Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-745bb68f8f-lrblm Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2025-02-11T05:46:59.394Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

Part I - Chronological history of French music from the early Middle Ages to the present

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  05 March 2015

Simon Trezise
Affiliation:
Trinity College, Dublin
Type
Chapter
Information
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2015

Part I Chronological history of French music from the early Middle Ages to the present

1 From abbey to cathedral and court: music under the Merovingian, Carolingian and Capetian kings in France until Louis IX

Alice V. Clark

Music for much of the Middle Ages is mostly treated as a trans-national repertoire, except in the area of vernacular song. Nevertheless, many of the most important documented developments in medieval music took place in what is now France. Certainly, if the concept of ‘France’ existed at all for most of the Middle Ages, it did not encompass anything like the modern hexagone: French kings (or, more properly, ‘kings of the French’) usually did not directly control all the territories they nominally ruled, and southern territories in particular sought to maintain their political and cultural distinctiveness. Still, it can be useful to consider medieval music in relation to other developments in French culture. From the intersections of chant and politics in the Carolingian era, to the flowerings of music and Gothic architecture, to the growth of vernacular song in the context of courtly society, music participated in broader intellectual and institutional conversations. While those conversations did not generally have truly national goals, they took place within what is now France, among people who often considered themselves to be, on some level, French.

The Gallican rite of Merovingian France (c. 500–751)

As the Roman empire gradually disintegrated, its authority was largely replaced by local leaders and institutions. The Christian church took up some of the empire’s unifying functions, but it too was geographically fractured as communication became more difficult. A distinct Gallican liturgy can be seen even before the conversion of Clovis, the first of the Merovingian kings, around the year 500. In light of future events, it is interesting to note that the earliest document attesting to Gallican liturgy is a letter by Pope Innocent I, dated 416, requesting that the churches of Gaul follow the Roman rite, but surviving texts attest to the persistence of the local liturgy.1

While the existence of a Gallican rite is clear enough, what it sounded like is harder to determine.2 No musical sources survive, since Gregorian chant effectively suppressed Gallican melodies before the advent of notation in the ninth century. Some texts and descriptions give hints, and traces may remain within the Gregorian liturgy, but teasing out the details is difficult, and scholars do not always agree on methods or results.3 What evidence survives suggests less a single coherent rite than a heterogeneous body of materials whose specific contents may vary from place to place, perhaps sharing a basic liturgical structure but using different readings or prayers. Though it largely disappeared, Gallican chant provided the Frankish roots onto which the Roman rite was grafted to create what we know as Gregorian chant. This new hybrid was inextricably linked to Carolingian reforms.

The Carolingian renaissance and the creation of ‘Gregorian’ chant (751–c. 850)

While the effective power of the Merovingian kings declined over the seventh century, that of the mayors of the palace who ruled in the king’s name increased, until in 751 Pépin III (the Short, d. 768) definitively took the royal title himself. He sought to enhance his new royal status in part by a renewed Frankish alliance with Rome.4Pope Stephen II travelled to Francia, making the first trip of any pope north of the Alps, and in 754, at the royal abbey of Saint-Denis, he anointed Pépin and his sons. By the end of the century Pépin’s son Charles, later known as Charlemagne (r. 768–814), was the most important ruler in the West, controlling much of what is now France, Germany and Italy, and he was crowned by the pope in Rome on Christmas Day 800.5

The Carolingians took their role as protectors of the church seriously, seeking to reform religious life through the better education of clerics.6 The cultural flowering that resulted, often called the Carolingian renaissance, built on both Merovingian and Gallo-Roman roots. Monastic and cathedral schools were created to foster basic Latinity, which could be passed by parish priests to the laity, and to provide further education in the liberal arts and theology. Both patristic texts and classical works by authors such as Cicero, Suetonius and Tacitus, largely neglected in Frankish lands for a couple of hundred years, were copied in the new script known as Carolingian minuscule, developed at the monastery of Corbie.7 Not only were older texts copied, but Carolingian masters wrote new commentaries on both sacred and secular texts, as well as poetry and treatises on a wide variety of subjects. Through all this can be seen not only a concern for proper doctrine, but also an increased emphasis on the written word.

The church was also the primary beneficiary of many developments in the visual sphere.8 Liturgical manuscripts and other books were often highly decorated, both on the page and in their bindings, which may include ivory carvings or jewels. New churches, cathedrals and monasteries were built and supplied with elaborate altar furnishings, such as chalices and reliquaries. Few examples survive of textiles and paintings, but ample evidence exists of their use. Charlemagne’s court chapel at Aachen is a superlative example of visual splendour in the service of both religion and royal power.

The importing of the Roman liturgy and its chant into the Frankish royal domain was an important part of the Carolingian reforming agenda. Roman liturgical books and singers circulated in Francia as early as the 760s. The effort to displace the existing Gallican liturgy in favour of the Roman, however, was never as successful as the Carolingian rulers might have liked. The number of documents that mandate the Roman use suggests a general lack of cooperation on the part of the Franks, and the surviving books attest to far greater diversity in practice than Carolingian statements would suggest.9 Moreover, melodic differences between the earliest sources of Gregorian chant and later Roman manuscripts show that Gregorian chant is in reality a hybrid, created through the interaction of the rite brought from Rome and Frankish singers. Susan Rankin compares Gregorian and Roman versions of the introit Ad te levavi, arguing that the Gregorian version shows a Carolingian concern for ‘reading’ its text in terms of both sound and meaning to a greater degree than the Old Roman melody does.10 This fits within the Carolingian reforming ideas already seen. In any case, Gregorian chant eventually became more than just another local liturgy: it was transmitted across the Carolingian empire and beyond, and given a uniquely divine authority through its attachment to Gregory I (d. 604), Doctor of the Church, reforming pope and saint. The earliest surviving Frankish chant book, copied about 800, uses his name, and an antiphoner copied in the late tenth century provides what becomes a familiar image: Gregory (identifiable by monastic tonsure and saintly nimbus) receiving the chant by dictation from the Holy Spirit in the shape of a dove.11

The need to learn, understand and transmit this new body of liturgical song led to developments in notation and practical theory that are first attested in Frankish lands.12 The earliest surviving examples of notation come from the 840s, and the first fully notated chant books were copied at the end of the ninth century. A system of eight modes may have been in use as early as the late eighth century, as witnessed by a tonary, which classifies chant melodies according to mode, copied around 800 at the Frankish monastery of Saint-Riquier. Treatises explaining the modes and other aspects of chant theory appear in the ninth century; early examples include the Musica disciplina of Aurelian of Réôme, a Burgundian monk writing in the first half of the ninth century, and Hucbald (d. 930), a scholar and teacher from the royal abbey of Saint-Amand. In addition to chant books and treatises on practical theory, the earliest surviving copy of Boethius’s treatise on music, a fundamental source for the transmission of ancient Greek speculative theory to the Latin West, was copied in the first half of the ninth century, perhaps at Saint-Amand. The proper performance of chant, as aided by these tools, was an essential element in the education of clerics in Carolingian times and beyond.

Monastic culture under the later Carolingians and the early Capetians (c. 840–c. 1000)

By his death Charlemagne ruled much of Western Europe, but the later ninth century and the tenth century were marked by a return to local concerns, even while the authority of monarch and church were acknowledged. This attitude may be reflected in the flowering of musical creativity associated with individual religious institutions. Even as Gregorian chant took hold, new chants were created to enhance local saints’ cults, and new genres such as sequences and hymns allowed additions to established liturgies. Just as glosses became important in the second half of the ninth century as a way of commenting on texts, tropes were created to enhance existing chants, adding words and/or music to explain or expand upon the original.13 For instance, the notion of Jesus’ birth as the fulfilment of prophecy is underlined in this trope added to the Christmas introit found in a manuscript from Chartres (chant text underlined):

Let us rejoice today because God descended from Heaven and to earth for our sakes
A boy is born to us
Whom long the prophets predicted
and a son is given to us
Now we know that this child was sent into the world by the father
upon whose shoulder dominion rests and his name will be called
wonderful counsellor, mighty god, prince of peace
angel of great counsel.14

Polyphony, which will be discussed in the next chapter, likewise began as a way to enhance chant. While these practices can be found all over the Christian West, and some specific examples were transmitted widely, these additions to the central Gregorian repertoire were not standardised, but rather locally chosen, and often locally composed.

A major factor in the fracturing of the Carolingian empire was the common practice of dividing territory among all male heirs, rather than passing on a title only to the eldest. When Charlemagne’s son Louis the Pious died in 840, he left three sons. At the Treaty of Verdun in 843, they agreed on a division of the empire, and Charles the Bald, the youngest, inherited most of what is now France. The notion of a unified kingdom, however, was difficult to maintain as areas such as Brittany, Gascony, Burgundy and Aquitaine each held on to their own culture and traditions, and often their own laws and language. The Frankish kingdom was further challenged by Viking raids, which became more numerous from the 840s. In 845 the Vikings reached Paris, and from the 850s winter settlements can be found in the Seine valley. In 911, Charles the Bald’s grandson Charles the Simple ceded the area around Rouen, creating what eventually became the duchy of Normandy. A further crisis came in 888, when, for the first time since Pépin III became king in 751, there was effectively no adult Carolingian candidate to take the throne. After a century of conflict, Hugh Capet was elected king in 987. Under these circumstances, it is not surprising that Frankish culture was located more within individual religious institutions than at a royal court.

Monasteries were particularly important sites for the creation of new types of chant, and for the study and transmission of learning in general. From Alcuin, an English monk who was Charlemagne’s chief advisor and was named abbot of Saint-Martin of Tours in 796, to Suger (c. 1081–1151), abbot of Saint-Denis and confidant of Louis VI, and beyond, churchmen were key advisors to kings. New monasteries flourished even as royal power waned, and old ones were reformed and better endowed by local patrons, who requested in return prayers for their souls and those of their relatives. The best-known reform house was founded at Cluny in 910 by William the Pious, duc d’Aquitaine.15Cluny and its many daughter houses fostered proper celebration of the Office, reinforcing the idea that a monastery’s primary work is corporate prayer. Cluniac houses, like Benedictine monasteries, cathedrals, chapels in royal palaces and other churches, were adorned with new buildings and decorations to enhance the liturgy, which was preserved in notated and sometimes decorated manuscripts. Reforming impulses also led to the formation of new orders, most notably the Cistercians in the twelfth century, and the Franciscans and Dominicans in the thirteenth. These tended to take a more austere attitude towards chant, but they too copied liturgical books.

A number of Frankish abbeys can be associated with specific musical developments. The library of the Benedictine monastery of Saint-Gall, in modern Switzerland, still holds a number of the earliest surviving manuscripts containing musical notation, as well as standard works such as Boethius’s Consolatio philosophiae, classical authors such as Cicero, Virgil and Ovid, and vernacular texts.16Saint-Gall was also the home of major early creators of tropes and sequences such as Notker and Tuotilo, and an early example of the Quem quaeritis dialogue can be found there.17 Another early centre of both troping and Latin song, as well as liturgical drama and early polyphony, was the abbey of Saint-Martial in Limoges, founded in 848. The cultural flowering associated with this monastery in the late tenth century and eleventh century included an attempt to proclaim its namesake, a third-century bishop, as an apostle. This effort, spearheaded by Adémar de Chabannes, who wrote a new liturgy for Martial, was ultimately unsuccessful, but it did enhance the fame of the abbey and its value as a pilgrimage site.18

Saint-Denis, just outside Paris, had been a royal abbey since Merovingian times, and served as burial site of many French kings.19Pope Stephen II and his schola cantorum stayed there in 754, and demonstrations of the Roman chant and liturgy probably took place at the abbey at that time. New efforts to foster Denis’s cult in the ninth century led to the conflation of the third-century bishop of Paris with the fifth-century theologian Pseudo-Dionysius, in turn linked to Dionysius the Areopagite, a Greek disciple of Paul. The octave or one-week anniversary of this enhanced Denis’s feast was celebrated by a Mass with Greek Propers, the only one of its kind. In the twelfth century Abbot Suger, a close advisor and friend to Louis VI who had been educated at the abbey, built one of the earliest manifestations of the new Gothic architectural style there, replacing a Carolingian church. Aspects of the building reflect principles of Pseudo-Dionysian thought, and a mid-eleventh-century rhymed office for Denis emphasises ‘the light of divine wisdom’ as described in the theology of Pseudo-Dionysius.20Saint-Denis did not cultivate polyphony, as the cathedral of Notre-Dame in Paris did, but its widespread practice of melismatic embellishments of chant can be seen as an attempt to move the singer or listener to the immaterial world, reflecting the belief that vocalisation without words approximated angelic speech and the Divine Voice.21

The Capetians and the age of cathedrals (987–c. 1300)

The focus on individual institutions as sites for musical developments continued under the early Capetians. While monasteries continued to serve an important role, urban cathedrals received increased attention, especially in the royal heartland still known as the Île-de-France. The election of Hugh Capet (r. 987–96) did not immediately lead to a resurgence of royal authority across the land, but it increased over the course of the eleventh and twelfth centuries. Primogeniture was still gaining acceptance and was not uncontested, so the early Capetians formally crowned and associated their eldest sons with them in their own lifetimes. This stability of succession allowed them time to build power. They also encouraged a new ideal of kingship: while coronation had long been seen as a sacrament, and the notion that the monarch is defender of the church had long roots, the early Capetians went a step further to build an image of the king as holy man. This can be seen in Helgaud of Fleury’s life of Robert the Pious (r. 996–1031), and in the widespread belief in the king’s touch, by which scrofula and other illnesses were said to be cured.22 The strongest manifestation of the sacralisation of kingship was the canonisation of Louis IX in 1297.

The early Capetians directly controlled only the area around Paris, but they gradually extended their geographic control westwards and southwards, and this culminated in the reclaiming of Normandy from the English kings in 1204. Philip Augustus (r. 1179–1223) further enhanced the position of Paris as his royal capital, building a new wall to protect recent growth. An economic recovery, beginning in the second half of the eleventh century, also benefited the French kings: the agricultural riches of northern France, including the royal domain, began to be realised, and trade between these areas and markets to the north, south and east was strengthened. Urban areas, especially Paris, became transportation hubs. Because cathedrals, unlike monasteries, tend to be located in cities, they benefited from this economic activity through the patronage of kings, nobles and townsfolk. New buildings were created in the new Gothic style, which encouraged liturgical and musical developments as well.

After the cathedral in Chartres burned in 1020, Bishop Fulbert (d. 1028) began work on the current building, which was also dedicated to the Virgin Mary. The Marian cult already active there was enhanced, with a new focus on the Nativity of the Virgin.23 The liturgy fashioned for this new celebration combined chants for Advent and Christmas from the traditional Gregorian repertoire with newly composed material, including three responsories attributed to Fulbert himself. The best-known of these outlines the lineage of Mary through the Jesse tree, which is spectacularly expressed in glass at the west end of the cathedral (see Example 1.1).24

The shoot of Jesse produced a rod, and the rod a flower; and now over the flower rests a nurturing spirit. [V.] The shoot is the virgin Genetrix of God, and the flower is her Son.

This melody begins by hovering around its final, D, dipping down to A at the word ‘Jesse’, in the process emphasising Jesse as the root of this genealogical tree. It then rises a little, centring on F with hints of G at the two appearances of the word virga (rod), showing how the branch lifts away from the root, but by moving downwards again links the branch to that root, as well as to the flower it produces. When the Spirit rests on that flower, it releases a luxurious melisma on the word almus (nurturing), which both rises to A, the highest note of the chant, and falls to the octave below before cadencing on the final. The effect is one of a gradual ascent, but one that is thoroughly grounded, like the Jesse tree itself. A similar process operates in the verse, which explains the image described in the respond: the melody rises to A on dei (God), then falls to flos (flower), showing how Christ ultimately serves as both culmination and source of the Jesse tree. Fulbert, or whoever composed the music, did not choose the perhaps obvious path and create a melody that rises inexorably from beginning to end through an authentic range (or that might even extend its range to show the scope of the tree’s ascent), but by using a plagal mode, with a relatively limited compass that envelops its final, he followed a different path, one that emphasises stability and rootedness.25

Example 1.1 Fulbert of Chartres, Stirps Jesse, responsory for the Nativity of the Virgin, respond only

Notre-Dame of Paris, at the heart of Philip Augustus’s capital city, is perhaps the best-known Gothic cathedral. It was renowned for its cultivation of polyphony, which will be discussed in the next chapter, but chant and other forms of monophonic song continued to be central to its liturgical life.26 Its canons had connections outside the cathedral, most notably at the abbey of Saint-Victor and the nascent university. Saint-Victor was a major centre of Augustinian reform in the twelfth century, balancing rejection of the world with serving the laity and seeking to create clerics who would teach ‘by word and example’.27 Its canons translated their reforming doctrine into liturgical song through a substantial group of sequences, many associated with Adam (d. 1146), who served as a canon and precentor of Notre-Dame before retiring to the abbey. Philip, chancellor of Notre-Dame from 1217 to 1236, wrote a number of conductus texts (for more on the conductus see below), though it is uncertain whether he wrote music, and indeed several are linked to melodies by Perotin, who will be discussed in the next chapter. Since Philip’s position brought him into contact with the university, it is not surprising that some of his conductus refer to student conflicts in the early thirteenth century.28

The growth of the University of Paris reflected a renewed concern for the proper education of clerics. Paris became the centre of a new cadre of clerks, associated with noble and royal households, educated at cathedral schools and universities and often remunerated in part through the acquisition of church benefices. University-trained clerics also enhanced the rosters of monasteries, cathedrals and other sacred foundations. This educated non-noble class, whether based at church or court or moving between the two, provided a number of the creators and performers of the written musical tradition, monophonic and polyphonic, in both Latin and the vernacular. Music as an abstract mathematical art was one of the seven liberal arts, but Joseph Dyer argues that it and the other disciplines in the quadrivium were effectively eliminated from the curriculum at the University of Paris by the mid-thirteenth century in favour of other subjects, especially Aristotelian logic.29 There is evidence, however, that university students had significant contact with practical music-making, through their early education, the liturgical practices of colleges and relationships with cathedral canons and singers of the Chapelle Royale. Peter Abelard and Peter of Blois are known to have written songs in Latin, and Abelard also composed hymns and six planctus. In perhaps the best-known witness to university-related music-making, the theorist known to us as Anonymous IV, probably a monk of St Albans in England, tells us about sacred music in Paris, especially Notre-Dame polyphony, on the basis of his experience as a university student.

Cathedrals were not the only witnesses to the Gothic style. After Louis IX (r. 1226–70) bought the Crown of Thorns from the Byzantine emperor in 1241, he built a chapel within the royal palace to house it. The Sainte-Chapelle is a masterpiece of colour in glass and paint that visibly links the French kings to those of the Old Testament and both to Christ the King.30 These connections were made in the liturgy for the chapel as well, perhaps most notably in the Offices created to celebrate Louis IX after canonisation:

Rex regum regis filio
regales parans nuptias,
post certamen in stadio
celi prebet delicias
glorioso commercio.
[V.] Pro regno temporalium
regnum habet celestium
Ludovicus in premium.

The King of kings, laying out a kingly wedding feast for the king’s son, offers him, after the race in the stadium, the delights of heaven in glorious exchange. [V] In exchange for the kingdom of earthly things, Louis has the celestial kingdom as reward.31

In this responsory, Louis is explicitly linked to the New Testament parable, and both Christ (by analogue) and Louis are offered celestial kingship for their earthly work. The responsory is less melismatic than many examples, perhaps in part so that it can reflect the rhyming text.32 Its fourth-mode melody is restless, beginning with a leap from D to A and cadencing on various pitches before the extended melismas on glorioso commercio (glorious exchange, referring to Louis’s exchange of earthly rule for spiritual delights) close on E, as though finding at last in heaven the rest the saint could not find on earth.

Secular monophony and the growth of courtly song (c. 1100–c. 1300)

To this point we have focused mostly on music for the church, but other forms of Latin song appear as early as the ninth and tenth centuries. Particularly associated with the abbey of Saint-Martial is a group of songs variously called carmen, ritmus and especially versus. While many of these pieces are sacred or even para-liturgical, they also include planctus or laments, such as those on the death of Charlemagne and on the battle of Fontenay (842), satirical songs and so forth. These songs are mostly syllabic and usually strophic in form, with a single melody used for multiple stanzas of text, though the planctus and lai share the paired-verse form of the sequence, where a new melody is used for each pair of verses.33 From the twelfth century Latin songs called conductus appear in Aquitaine and Paris; these are likewise strophic and largely syllabic, though sometimes melismas appear at the beginning and/or the end of the stanza. The conductus can be either monophonic or polyphonic, with all voices moving together homorhythmically.

Peter Abelard wrote six planctus, though their melodies are written only in unheightened neumes that cannot be read, except for this lament of David on the deaths of Saul and Jonathan:

Dolorum solatium, laborum remedium, mea michi cithara
Nunc quo maior dolor est iustiorque meror est plus est necessaria.
My harp, my consolation in sorrow and cure for pain,
is now the more needful to me, as my sorrow is greater and my grief more fitting.34

Songs in the language now known as Occitan or Provençal began to appear at the turn of the twelfth century. The relative autonomy of the southern territories and their generally more urban culture may have allowed greater scope for the creation and transmission of vernacular song than was possible in the north. Some have also suggested influence from Arabic songs, by way of Spain, but that cannot be proved. Created by poet-composers known as troubadours, these songs flourished into the thirteenth century, though southern culture was largely cut off by the Albigensian Crusade in the 1220s. Troubadours included both noble amateurs and professionals of lower rank: Guillaume IX, duc d’Aquitaine (d. 1127), and Bernart de Ventadorn (d. c. 1190–1200), who may have been the son of servants of the comte de Ventadorn,35 give an idea of the range possible. Others came from the urban merchant class, and several ended their days in the church; one is known to us only under the name Monge (Monk) de Montaudon. Several women wrote songs, though only one melody, by the comtessa de Dia, survives.

Stylistically, troubadour songs are much like their Latin counterparts: a single melody is used for multiple stanzas of poetry, and mostly syllabic text-setting allows that text to be heard clearly. While laments, crusade songs and satirical songs exist, the most common subject is love, specifically the kind of sacralised devotion known as fin’amors, often translated into English as ‘courtly love’. This is in many ways comparable to the Marian devotion that also flowered in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, and it can be difficult sometimes to determine whether the subject of a given song is the Virgin or an earthly lady. While erotic feelings can exist within fin’amors (or within a mystical spiritual context in Marian devotion), they usually cannot be consummated, because the lady is married, of higher social status, or otherwise unavailable. She can, however, be worshipped, and deeds can be done in her name. As Bernart de Ventadorn writes, ‘Fair lady, I ask you nothing/Except that you take me as your servant.’36 On the other hand, the lady’s rejection can be a mortal blow for the poet, as Bernart says elsewhere:

Since with my lady nothing avails me
And I go away, since she does not retain me,
Wretched, into exile, I know not where.37

Perhaps more importantly, songs can be sung to and for her, and many examples speak of the narrator’s compulsion to sing. Troubadour songs therefore are in some ways less about love than about singing about love, especially in the high-register examples known as cansos (or grande chanson courtoise).38Gace Brulé (d. after 1213), a minor noble from Champagne and a trouvère, provides one of many examples (see Example 1.2).39

Desconfortez, plain de dolor et d’ire,
M’estuet chanter, qu’ailleurs n’ai on entende;
Tot le mont voi, fors moi, joer et rire,
Ne je ne truis qui d’ennui me desfende.
Cele m’ocit qui mes cuers plus desirre,
Si sui irez quant ele n’en amende,
Chascuns dit q’il aime autresi;
Pour ce ne conoist on l’ami.

Disconsolate, full of pain and sorrow, I have to sing for I cannot direct my attention elsewhere; I see everyone, except me, play and laugh, nor do I find anyone who can protect me from distress. She whom my heart most desires is killing me, so I am distressed as she offers no redress. Each one says that he loves in this way; one cannot discern a lover by that.

The melody of this song is typical of troubadour and trouvère song in many ways: strophic with a refrain, it sets the text with mostly one note per syllable, sometimes marking the cadences at ends of lines with short melismas. This kind of setting allows the performer to focus on declaiming the text. Lines 1–2 and 3–4 receive paired melodies, which draw the ear to link the lover’s sad state to his separation from those around him. (This reading reflects only the first stanza, which usually seems to be most carefully set to the melody.) The next section rises into the upper range as he sings of how his desire is killing him, but then falls as he realises she will not save him.

Example 1.2 Gace Brulé, ‘Desconfortez’

In the short final stanza or envoi, the poet names himself and refers directly to his song:

Gascez a chanter feni
Qui touz jorz aime et n’a merci.
Gace, who always loves and receives no mercy, has finished his song.

This self-referential aspect, foreign to chant and early polyphony, may be reflected in the manuscript transmission of the songs: they often appear in collections organised by author, frequently including author ‘portraits’ and even short ‘biographies’ (vidas). The vidas cannot be trusted for strict documentary veracity, but they demonstrate an interest not only in the songs but in the lives of the individuals who created them, an attitude far removed from the fundamentally anonymous nature of chant and sacred polyphony.

The surviving sources of troubadour song come from the mid-thirteenth century and beyond, considerably later than the main flowering of composition. Some manuscripts come from Occitan areas, but many were copied elsewhere, in northern France, Catalonia and especially Italy. Only four of about forty surviving sources or fragments include musical notation. The notation used, like that for chant, generally gives no information about rhythm, much less other nuances of performance, such as the use of dynamics or instrumental accompaniment. This lack of notational specificity has created difficulties for scholars and modern performers, but it seems to suggest a kind of performative flexibility that could not be written in any system available to thirteenth-century scribes.40 Texts are generally unstable, and where a melody appears in more than one manuscript, there are nearly always variants that show a similar lack of concern for fixity and suggest not only oral transmission but also the possibility that scribes intervened in the copying of melodies as well as texts, creating and fixing problems in transmission and ‘improving’ readings according to their lights.41

While many examples of troubadour song are in the elevated style of the canso, lower-register poetry such as that of the pastourelle also exists, set to popularising melodies reminiscent of dance styles. Such songs were probably performed metrically, whether or not they are so written, and they may well have had some form of improvised instrumental accompaniment. The higher-register songs, on the other hand, may have been performed without accompaniment, facilitating the rhythmic flexibility that allows greater expression of the text.42

From the late twelfth century poet-composers known as trouvères appear in northern lands, working in French dialects. The shift may not be directly attributable to the influence of Eleanor of Aquitaine (c. 1122–1204), as has sometimes been argued, but it is worth noting her extensive family connections to secular song: her grandfather, Guillaume IX, duc d’Aquitaine, was the first documented troubadour, while her descendants included two trouvères, her son Richard, King of England, and Thibaut de Navarre, grandson of Marie de Champagne, one of Eleanor’s daughters by Louis VII and a major literary patron in her own right.43 Paris and the royal court, however, were less important for the development of trouvère song than Picardy and Champagne, and in the thirteenth century Arras became an important centre of trouvère activity among members of the merchant class, notably the poet and composer Adam de la Halle (b. c. 1245–50; d. 1285–8?). Most of the basic formal and stylistic features of trouvère songs are similar to those already outlined for the troubadours, but by the mid-thirteenth century a shift of emphasis may be seen, away from the high-register grant chant courtois and towards less elevated and more popularising styles and genres such as the pastourelle and the jeu-parti.44

Trouvère song survives in written form much more strongly than its southern counterpart. This may be in part because it flourished rather later, so it benefited from the growing book culture of Paris and the Île-de-France during the thirteenth century. It is not surprising, then, that not only more sources exist, but more sources with musical notation, and that therefore far more songs survive with melodies intact. Where Elizabeth Aubrey calculates 195 distinct melodies for 246 troubadour songs, approximately 10 per cent of the surviving poems, surviving in four sources with notation,45Mary O’Neill cites ‘some twenty substantial extant chansonniers’ of trouvère song containing approximately ‘1500 songs [that] survive with their melodies’.46

Ample evidence exists in literature, sermons and other texts for dance music, ceremonial music, popular song and so forth, but few traces of these remain.47 Courtly song and dance were often performed by minstrels or jongleurs, whose activities went beyond music to include storytelling, conversation and other forms of entertainment. Minstrels and heralds also sometimes served diplomatic or messenger roles, since they tended to travel from place to place; in the process, they could facilitate the movement of musical styles and genres. In a song written around 1210 the troubadour Raimon Vidal outlines a fictional journey from Riom at Christmas time to Montferrand (with the Dalfi d’Alvernhe), Provence (and the court of Savoy), Toulouse (where the narrator receives a suit of clothes), Cabarès, Foix (where the count is unfortunately absent) and Castillon, finally arriving at Mataplana in April.48 There is no reason to believe that similar travels were not undertaken by actual musicians.

Music can also be found in dramatic genres, from debate songs and dialogue tropes to more fully developed plays.49 Latin liturgical dramas such as those found in sources from Saint-Martial in Limoges and Saint-Benoit in Fleury, near Orléans, were completely sung, mostly using chant and chant-like styles. The Play of Daniel, one of the best-known examples today, was created by students of the cathedral school in Beauvais in the early thirteenth century for performance in the Christmas season, perhaps in conjunction with Matins on the Feast of the Circumcision (1 January).50 Vernacular religious drama tended to use spoken dialogue along with a wide range of musical styles, from chant to instrumental music. The only French secular drama that survives with a substantial body of music is Adam de la Halle’s Jeu de Robin et de Marion, probably intended to entertain troops from Arras spending Christmas in Italy around 1283. The melodies it contains use the style of popular refrains like those also found inserted into narrative poems, so they may have been borrowed rather than newly composed.

Christopher Page traces a ‘powerful secularising impulse … in many areas of cultural life’ as in other areas of culture during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.51 The ability to write and sing songs becomes an essential attribute of the courtier, a manly art suitable for indoor display in front of women.52 Indeed, this ideal of the noble who can sing and play is common within romance, and this image surely not only reflects lived reality but in turn influenced the training and self-image of young nobles who read and heard such tales. Employing minstrels or jongleurs could also enhance the reputation of a nobleman, because it showed his generosity and ability to entertain his courtiers; those travelling entertainers in turn could carry songs and tales about his prowess to other lands.53

By the thirteenth century clearly secular forms of music were much more likely to be written down and discussed by both courtiers and churchmen than they had ever been. Sacred and secular, however, were frequently intertwined throughout medieval culture: liturgy and politics served each other at the Sainte-Chapelle as at Charlemagne’s court, court functionaries from Alcuin to Machaut were educated in schools tied to the church and rewarded with ecclesiastical positions, and the languages of fin’amors and Marian devotion continually overlapped. Our neat categories do not always fit the medieval reality.

It is easy to believe that the story of French monophony ends at this point, and indeed polyphony has taken over most readers’ attention well before the end of the thirteenth century. Nevertheless, monophony continued to be performed, and it probably dominated the average person’s daily experience well into the early modern era. Monophonic dance music and popular song surely flourished – it simply was not usually written down. Gregorian chant remained the foundational musical experience of choirboys, so it served as the roots, both literally and figuratively, from which polyphony grew. New chant continued to be composed when needed, for instance by Guillaume Du Fay for a new celebration at Cambrai Cathedral in the 1450s. Since the primary tale of music history, however, is the story of compositional innovation in the written tradition, we turn the page towards a polyphonic future.

Notes

I am grateful to William Chester Jordan and Daniel DiCenso for comments that kept me from several inaccuracies in areas outside my area of specialisation. The members of my research group here at Loyola, as usual, forced me to clarify my thoughts. All remaining errors are my own.

1 Michel Huglo et al., ‘Gallican chant’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

2 Specialists in this area emphasise the fundamental heterogeneity of Merovingian liturgy; see, for example, the introduction to Missale gothicum, ed. Els Rose, Corpus Christianorum Series Latina, 159D (Turnhout: Brepols, 2005), 190–3.

3 For example, see Kenneth Levy, ‘Toledo, Rome and the Legacy of Gaul’, Early Music History, 4 (1984), 49–99.

4 There had already been extensive contact between Rome and Francia by this time. See Susan Rankin, ‘Carolingian music’, in Rosamond McKitterick (ed.), Carolingian Culture: Emulation and Innovation (Cambridge University Press, 1994), 275–7; and Christopher Page, The Christian West and its Singers: The First Thousand Years (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2010), especially chapters 8–17.

5 Charlemagne was clearly considered to be an emperor, but apparently he avoided taking that title, perhaps wishing to emphasise that he ruled a new, Christian empire rather than simply taking on the mantle of the Romans. See Pierre Riché, The Carolingians: A Family who Forged Europe, trans. Michael Idomir Allen (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1993), 122–3.

6 See John J. Contreni, ‘The Carolingian renaissance: education and literary culture’, in Rosamond McKitterick (ed.), The New Cambridge Medieval History, vol. II: c. 700–c. 900 (Cambridge University Press, 2008), 709–57. See also the work of Rosamond McKitterick, especially The Frankish Kingdoms under the Carolingians, 751–987 (London and New York: Longman, 1983), and Charlemagne: The Formation of a European Identity (Cambridge University Press, 2008).

7 Rosamond McKitterick, The Carolingians and the Written Word (Cambridge University Press, 1989); and David Ganz, ‘Book production in the Carolingian empire and the spread of Carolingian minuscule’, in McKitterick (ed.), The New Cambridge Medieval History, vol. II, 786–808.

8 George Henderson, ‘Emulation and invention in Carolingian art’, in McKitterick (ed.), Carolingian Culture, 248–73; and Lawrence Nees, ‘Art and architecture’, in McKitterick (ed.), The New Cambridge Medieval History, vol. II, 809–44.

9 Susan Rankin, ‘The making of Carolingian Mass chant books’, in David Butler Cannata et al. (eds), Quomodo cantabimus canticum? Studies in Honor of Edward H. Roesner (Middleton, WI: American Institute of Musicology, 2008), 37–63.

10 Rankin, ‘Carolingian music’, 281–9.

11 The role of Gregory I is summarised in David Hiley, Western Plainchant: A Handbook (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1993), 503–13.

12 See Rankin, ‘Carolingian music’, 290–1; and Charles M. Atkinson, ‘Some thoughts on music pedagogy in the Carolingian era’, in Russell E. Murray Jr, Susan Forscher Weiss and Cynthia J. Cyrus (eds), Music Education in the Middle Ages and Renaissance (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2010), 37–51.

13 On the origins of glossing, see McKitterick, The Frankish Kingdoms, 289.

14 Text ed. and trans. in Margot Fassler, ‘Liturgy and sacred history in the twelfth-century tympana at Chartres’, Art Bulletin, 75 (1993), 506.

15 McKitterick, The Frankish Kingdoms, 281.

16 Many of the Saint-Gall manuscripts have now been digitised as part of the Virtual Manuscript Library of Switzerland. See www.e-codices.unifr.ch/en (accessed 22 May 2014).

17 This is the mid-tenth-century manuscript St-Gall, Stiftsbibliothek, MS 484; see David A. Bjork, ‘On the dissemination of Quem quaeritis and the Visitatio sepulchri and the chronology of their early sources’, Comparative Drama, 14 (1980), 46–69.

18 James Grier, The Musical World of a Medieval Monk: Adémar de Chabannes in Eleventh-Century Aquitaine (Cambridge University Press, 2006).

19 Gabrielle M. Spiegel, ‘The cult of Saint Denis and Capetian kingship’, Journal of Medieval History, 1 (1975), 43–69; and William Chester Jordan, A Tale of Two Monasteries: Westminster and Saint-Denis in the Thirteenth Century (Princeton University Press, 2009).

20 The reference to divine luce comes from the verse of the Vespers responsory Cum sol nocturnas, quoted in Anne Walters Robertson, The Service-Books of the Royal Abbey of Saint-Denis: Images of Ritual and Music in the Middle Ages (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1991), 230. The seventh responsory speaks of ‘the angelic companies’, another Pseudo-Dionysian concept. Reference SpiegelIbid., 232.

21 Reference SpiegelIbid., 245–8.

22 Spiegel addresses the creation of the idea of the holy king in ‘The cult of Saint Denis’. On scrofula, see Frank Barlow, ‘The King’s evil’, English Historical Review, 95 (1980), 3–27.

23 Margot E. Fassler, The Virgin of Chartres: Making History through Liturgy and the Arts (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2010).

24 Example 1.1 is edited from Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, MS fonds latin 15181, fol. 379v; image accessed from http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b8447768b/f766.item (accessed 22 May 2014). The manuscript is the first part of a two-volume early fourteenth-century noted breviary from Notre-Dame of Paris according to the CANTUS database (cantusdatabase.org). Spelling is as given in the manuscript, except that abbreviations have been silently expanded and i/j and u/v have been given their modern forms. Slurs indicate ligatures in the source. This chant is also edited in Fassler, The Virgin of Chartres, 414 (text and translation) and 415 (music).

25 This reading is independent of Fassler’s, which rightly stresses the music’s support of the structural units of the text, along with emphasis on key words. Ibid., 125–6.

26 Craig Wright, Music and Ceremony at Notre Dame of Paris, 500–1550 (Cambridge University Press, 1989).

27 The phrase docere verbo et exemplo is common in Augustinian literature. This paragraph is largely based on Margot E. Fassler, Gothic Song: Victorine Sequences and Augustinian Reform in Twelfth-Century Paris (Cambridge University Press, 1993).

28 Thomas B. Payne, ‘Aurelianis civitas: student unrest in medieval France and a conductus by Philip the Chancellor’, Speculum, 75 (2000), 589–614.

29 Joseph Dyer, ‘Speculative “musica” and the medieval University of Paris’, Music and Letters, 90 (2009), 177–204.

30 Alyce A. Jordan, Visualizing Kingship in the Windows of the Sainte-Chapelle (Turnhout: Brepols, 2002), v.

31 M. Cecilia Gaposchkin, The Making of Saint Louis: Kingship, Sanctity, and Crusade in the Later Middle Ages (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2008), 105, 261.

32 The melody is given as the first responsory for Matins in Marcy J. Epstein, ‘Ludovicusdecus regnantium: perspectives on the rhymed office’, Speculum, 53 (1978), 316–17.

33 For the intersections among these three genres, see John Stevens, Words and Music in the Middle Ages: Song, Narrative, Dance and Drama, 1050–1350 (Cambridge University Press, 1986), 80–2.

34 This melody is from a thirteenth-century English source, Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS Bodley 79, fols 53v–56. Stevens, Words and Music in the Middle Ages, 121–6.

35 Bernart’s origin is based on untrustworthy sources and has been questioned; for a summary of the issue see Elizabeth Aubrey, The Music of the Troubadours (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1996), 9.

36 From the seventh stanza of ‘Non es meravelha s’eu chan’: Samuel N. Rosenberg, Margaret Switten and Gérard Le Vot (eds and trans.), Songs of the Troubadours and Trouvères: An Anthology of Poems and Melodies (New York: Garland, 1998), 64–5.

37 From the seventh stanza of ‘Can vei la lauzeta mover’: Rosenberg, Switten and Le Vot (eds and trans.), Songs of the Troubadours and Trouvères, 68–9.

38 On the self-referentiality of songs, see for instance Mary O’Neill, Courtly Love Songs of Medieval France: Transmission and Style in the Trouvère Repertoire (Oxford University Press, 2006), 56–62.

39 Example 2.1 is edited from Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, MS fonds français 845, fol. 38r; image accessed from http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b6000955r/f85.image.r=845.langEN (accessed 22 May 2014). Spelling is as given in the manuscript, except that abbreviations have been silently expanded, apostrophes are given when appropriate, and i/j and u/v have been given their modern forms. Slurs indicate ligatures in the source. See Christopher Page (ed.), Songs of the Trouvères (Newton Abbot: Antico Edition, 1995), xv (text and translation) and 13 (music).

40 The various theories are summarised in Aubrey, The Music of the Troubadours, 240–54. Christopher Page has made the fullest study of the question of instrumental participation in Voices and Instruments of the Middle Ages: Instrumental Practice and Songs in France, 1100–1300 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986).

41 See Aubrey, The Music of the Troubadours, 51–65; and O’Neill, Courtly Love Songs, 53–92.

42 Aubrey discusses the genres of troubadour song in chapter 4 of The Music of the Troubadours, 80–131.

43 The best introduction to Eleanor is Ralph V. Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine: Queen of France, Queen of England (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2009).

44 O’Neill, Courtly Love Songs, especially chapter 5, 132–73. In chapter 6, 174–205, however, O’Neill argues that to some degree Adam de la Halle attempts to reverse this movement, returning to an older aesthetic.

45 Aubrey, The Music of the Troubadours, 49.

46 O’Neill, Courtly Love Songs, 13, 2.

47 Christopher Page has mined this area particularly well in The Owl and the Nightingale: Musical Life and Ideas in France, 1100–1300 (London: Dent, 1989).

48 This song is discussed in Christopher Page, ‘Court and city in France, 1100–1300’, in James McKinnon (ed.), Antiquity and the Middle Ages: From Ancient Greece to the 15th Century (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1990), 209–12, and in Page, The Owl and the Nightingale, 42–60.

49 Most of this paragraph draws from John Stevens et al., ‘Medieval drama’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014). See also Thomas P. Campbell, ‘Liturgical drama and community discourse’, in Thomas J. Heffernan and E. Ann Matter (eds), The Liturgy of the Medieval Church (Kalamazoo, MI: Medieval Institute Publications, 2001), 619–44.

50 Dunbar H. Ogden, ‘The staging of The Play of Daniel in the twelfth century’, in Dunbar H. Ogden (ed.), The Play of Daniel: Critical Essays (Kalamazoo, MI: Medieval Institute Publications, 1996), 15–17.

51 Page, The Owl and the Nightingale, 3.

52 Page, Voices and Instruments, 3–8.

53 Page, The Owl and the Nightingale, 42–4.

2 Cathedral and court: music under the late Capetian and Valois kings, to Louis XI

Lawrence Earp

The period extending from the end of the twelfth century to the middle of the fifteenth marks the highpoint of French influence on European music. French composers contributed brilliantly to contemporary genres after 1450, but it was in the earlier period that northern French composers steered a path forward in an environment that paradoxically admitted both constant renewal – a normal participatory music-making – and an aesthetic of authority and fixity, the legacy of Carolingian liturgical chant. The coordination of active musical creativity with constructivist techniques of polyphonic elaboration in rational synthesis (is that what ‘French’ is?) created the fundamental profile of what we recognise as ‘Western’ music in the first place.

The Notre-Dame school

In the years from 1163 to 1250, a new cathedral of Notre-Dame was built on the central island in Paris. Remarkably, the construction paralleled the development of a new polyphonic music, the first to be regulated by metrical rhythm. Much of what we know about the so-called Notre-Dame school of composers comes from a music treatise penned perhaps in the 1270s by ‘Anonymous IV’, an unnamed English student who had once studied in Paris.1 He records the achievements of two composers, Leonin, organista, author of a great book (magnus liber) of organa, and Perotin, discantor, who made ‘better clausulae’ than Leonin.

Extant musical manuscripts confirm that the first great achievement of the Notre-Dame composers lay in a collection of two-part organa (settings of the Gregorian cantus firmus plus one added voice, the duplum). For the most part, three plainchant genres were subject to elaboration: the Gradual and Alleluia from the Mass, and the Great Responsory from the Divine Office. As monophony, these are ‘responsorial’ chants, alternating virtuosic solo passages with unison choral passages. In the new organa, segments originally delivered by the soloist provide the cantus firmus, as another soloist sings new music above. Segments originally delivered by the choir remained the domain of the choir.

Theorists distinguished two styles of polyphony, organum purum and discant. Broadly speaking, the two styles respond to two patterns of text declamation in the original plainchant. Segments of syllabic text were set in organum purum, sustaining the individual pitches of the cantus firmus in the long tones of the tenor, above which the added voice would rhapsodise freely. Melismatic segments were set in faster-moving discant, one or two notes in counterpoint against the cantus firmus. At first probably unmeasured, by around 1200 discant segments exhibited metrical rhythm based on a regular pulse. In these isolated discant segments of Leonin’s two-part organa, a fateful step towards a fundamental prerequisite of Western music occurs: the ability to control polyphonic voices in rhythm. Examples 2.1a and b illustrate excerpts from a Notre-Dame organum purum and discant, extracted from the organum Alleluia Nativitas for the Nativity of the Virgin.2

Example 2.1a Alleluia Nativitas, organum purum (beginning) by Leonin(?)

Example 2.1b Alleluia Nativitas, discant on ‘Ex semine’ (beginning) by Leonin(?)

Craig Wright has shown that Leonin may be identified with a canon at the cathedral of Notre-Dame who lived from around 1135 to after 1201.3Anonymous IV credits Leonin as the best organista, a specialist in organum purum. Does he mean a skilled singer capable of negotiating a new work as a performance unfolds or a figure closer to what we would label a ‘composer’, someone who literally puts together a work, which is then notated and transmitted as an entity? The question is currently debated.4

Anonymous IV has much more to say about Perotin (d. c. 1238?). First, his superior skill as discantor produced better clausulae (phrases), discant segments that can replace corresponding segments in Leonin’s settings. Such ‘substitute clausulae’ utilise the same snippet of chant, but exhibit increasing rhythmic sophistication. Our most complete source of music of the Notre-Dame school, the Florence Codex, finished in 1248 for the dedication of Louis IX’s Sainte-Chapelle, has a fascicle of no fewer than 462 of these two-voice substitute discant segments.5Example 2.1c illustrates a modernised reworking of Example 2.1b, presumably by Perotin.6

Example 2.1c Alleluia Nativitas, discant on ‘Ex semine’ (beginning) by Perotin(?)

Unlike most chansonniers of the troubadours and trouvères, manuscripts of polyphony in this period lack composer attributions, but thanks to Anonymous IV seven specific works preserved in the extant manuscripts can be attributed to Perotin. Two highly sophisticated four-part works can even be dated: the Viderunt (Gradual for the third Christmas Mass) of 1198 and the Sederunt (Gradual for St Stephen’s Day) of 1199. Three of the attributions involve a second genre cultivated by the Notre-Dame school, the conductus, a freely composed setting of strophic Latin poetry in one to three voices. Several conductus texts can be attributed to Philip the Chancellor (b. c. 1160–70; d. 1236), a direct contemporary of Perotin, and in fact Beata viscera, a monophonic conductus, is a collaboration between them.

The early motet

Notre-Dame organa and conductus soon receded from compositional history, but a third genre, the motet, became the crucible for all advances in polyphony for at least the next 125 years. Unfortunately, our informant Anonymous IV is completely silent on its origins. The usual musicological narrative links the earliest motets to the active development of discant in the early thirteenth century: the initial step that created the motet was the application of a poetic text to the most modern rhythmised music of the time, pre-existing discant clausulae.

Consider again the Alleluia for the Nativity of the Virgin (Example 2.1a). Our earliest source, W1 (c. 1230), transmits a rudimentary discant setting the words ex semine (Example 2.1b), modernised in the Florence Codex (Example 2.1c).7 Indeed this modernised clausula saw double duty in a work that Anonymous IV attributed to Perotin, the three-voice Alleluia Nativitas, with the addition of a triplum voice. Both as a two- and three-voice form we can count this segment one of the ‘better clausulae’ composed by Perotin. The text, probably by Philip the Chancellor, fits Perotin’s music and makes the segment into a motet (Example 2.2).8

Example 2.2 Perotin(?) and Philip the Chancellor(?), motet Ex semine Abrahe/Ex semine

In explicating the mysteries of the birth of the Virgin Mary, Philip framed his text with the words of the cantus firmus, and skilfully incorporated bits of text from elsewhere in the Alleluia verse (these connections are set in italic type). Note that the poetic impulse behind the motet has a different emphasis from that of a purely occasional conductus text. Because of its ultimate origins in liturgical organum, the motet’s text glosses the original liturgical context of the parent organum; indeed, it is possible that early motets, like tropes, were used liturgically.

Besides responding to the liturgical moment, a poet faced a special challenge, for it happens that the discant clausula was not a kind of music suited to traditional poetic forms, which build strophes out of regular patterns of rhyme and syllable count. The melody of the cantus firmus is usually broken into groups of two or three notes, separated by rests and set in rhythmic ostinato, as in Example 2.2. Phrases in the duplum voice play off the recurring patterns, now bridging across rests, now pausing with the tenor. The text given above divides lines according to their distribution across each statement of the five-note ostinato. One might also print the text observing rhymes, which produces a flood of irregular short lines: neither option produces an orthodox piece of poetry, because musical exigencies generated ad hoc poetic designs.

Thomas Payne argues that the creation of the motet was a product of collaboration between Perotin and Philip the Chancellor: its conceptual beginnings lie in surviving organum prosulas (texting just the duplum of the four-voice Viderunt and Sederunt) whose texts can be ascribed to Philip.10 One might push Payne’s thesis a step further and seek the earliest notation of rhythm itself in the application of text, for this simple means was available well before modal rhythmic notation, first attested in W1.11 The motet texts themselves suggest musical rhythm, a sing-song that results from the alternation of strong and weak word accents organised into lines of specific syllable count, and from the chiming of the frequent rhymes. The texted form of the duplum voice of Perotin’s Viderunt is thus a surviving remnant of compositional process: each phrase of text preserves the rhythms of a phrase of music right from the start – a true collaboration of a skilled musician and a skilled poet. The other two voices, the triplum and quadruplum, did not require separate notation, for they operated closely in tandem with the texted duplum through voice exchange, and could apply the same words. Guided by Philip’s text, performers learned Perotin’s music. Such a scenario allows us to imagine the construction of Perotin’s organum as a ‘work’, even before an efficient notation was devised to fix it onto parchment.

The motet in the mid-thirteenth century

Motets of the early and middle years of the thirteenth century are protean works, products of collective and collaborative creative efforts. The ‘case history’ of motets based on Perotin’s Ex semineclausula in its two forms, a two-voice discant updating Leonin’s Alleluia Nativitas and a three-voice discant taking its proper place in Perotin’s new three-voice Alleluia Nativitas, can serve as a simple example. We have seen that Philip’s poem Ex semine Abrahe was key to the initial fixing of the rhythms of the new work, and thus motet and clausula were interlinked from the beginning. Once the music was set, it was available for further use. For example, the three-voice version appears with a new text for the triplum, again alluding to a liturgical context by borrowing words from the parent Alleluia.12

Crucial to the explosive development of the motet was its quick acceptance of vernacular French texts. Two use Perotin’s discant as their musical source: Se j’ai amé/Ex semine and Hier main trespensis/Ex semine.13 Most often, new vernacular texts are in no way tied to the liturgical context of the tenor cantus firmus, but the tenor text may relate emblematically or ironically to the texts of the upper voices. In general, the direction of development is towards more phrase overlap between the voices than we observe in Example 2.2, a musical characteristic confirmed by poly-textuality (a separate poem for each upper voice) and different verse structures in each text. Often new music as well as new text can replace an existing voice.

Once the motet entered the world of vernacular literature, it began to participate in a highly ramified and interconnected cultural endeavour. Its polyphonic and poly-textual nature made it the ideal form for the synchronous juxtaposition of diverse materials (the French motet can draw upon the wide variety of contemporary trouvère genres, such as the gran chant, chanson de mal mariée, chanson de toile, pastourelle and rondet, as well as the ubiquitous refrain), which in turn stand in dialogue with the sacred associations of the tenor. For example, one could juxtapose a male and a female voice, or different voices that represent different sides of a single persona, or place courtly love conceits side by side with Marian adoration and with earthy pastoral high jinks.14

The French motet epitomises in miniature the most characteristic large-scale literary production of this period: the narrative with lyrical insertions (‘hybrid narrative’). Indeed, the first hybrid narrative, Jean Renart’s Roman de la rose (c. 1210?), which includes forty-six lyrics of diverse genres cited in the course of the narrative, appeared about the same time as the first French motets. The most familiar of the hybrid narratives is Le jeu de Robin et de Marion (c. 1283, seventeen refrains and chansons), a pastoral drama by Adam de la Halle (b. c. 1245–50; d. 1285–8?), working at a French outpost, the Angevin court at Naples. Integration and unity were not artistically desirable traits in this aesthetic: its essence lies in the unexpected and ingenious juxtaposition of dissimilar materials. Intertextual citations, cross-references within and between genres (especially prominent in French motets that cite refrains), can be bewilderingly complex.15

For us today the most elusive aspect of the mid-thirteenth-century motet is its social context.16 Hybrid narratives, such as Renart’s Roman de la rose, often present credible social contexts for the lyrical insertions. No one in a hybrid narrative stands up at a banquet to sing a polyphonic motet, however. The best information we have is the statement of the Norman theorist Johannes Grocheio, writing in Paris around 1300: ‘This kind of music should not be set before a lay public because they are not alert to its refinement nor are they delighted by hearing it, but [it should only be performed] before the clergy and those who look for the refinements of skills.’17 Yet the clerics, in creating works for their peers, proved themselves thoroughly conversant with the vernacular courtly-popular literary culture of the day. In the French motet, the elite clerical culture transforms ‘lewd entertainment’ into ‘spiritual performance’.18

The late thirteenth-century motet

By the end of the thirteenth century the motet had assumed a level of complexity that excluded the casual contribution of a new poem or the revision of a single musical voice, favouring instead skilled individual creators of unique works. The new diversity meant that the mensural system needed to be regularised. For a time, the old ostinato patterns of the Notre-Dame tenors held sway along with the Notre-Dame cantus firmi (cf. Example 2.2). But when a refrain with pre-existing music was incorporated into the upper voices, it meant that the tenor required more flexibility so that the tenor pitches could be adjusted as needed to fit with the refrain, and hence there was a growing urgency for the exact specification of rhythmic values. The new system of mensural notation drew upon the notational figures of Gregorian chant, utilising three traditional shapes, but now assigning them the durations of long (), breve () and semibreve (). A definitive and rational mensural notation was codified by the theorist Franco of Cologne around 1280.19

The late thirteenth century was a period of great experimentation. For example, the motet Mout me fu grief/Robin m’aime/Portare incorporates Marion’s well-known opening song from Adam de la Halle’s pastoral drama Jeu de Robin et de Marion as its duplum.

Maintaining the song’s original rhythms, it is the duplum’s phrase structure and irregular repeating patterns (ABaabAB, rondeau-like) that shape the overall structure of the motet, not the tenor. Yet the composer was also able to incorporate a second bit of pre-existing music, a Gregorian cantus firmus carried by the tenor.20 This was but one experiment among many.

Beginning with collective and collaborative creative efforts, the motet underwent enormous expansion in the thirteenth-century creative nexus, more and more delighting in connections that touched every sort of literary and musical creation until the emergence at the end of the century of individual works. The late thirteenth-century motet exhibits a striking variety of organisational techniques, each aiming at a new flexibility in handling long-range structural articulation that had not been possible with the short ostinatos that structured the earliest motets. In the early fourteenth century, by dint of powerful intellectual application, this quest for variety converged in a new approach, which created a concentrated and reflexive form that would overturn the old aesthetic of rupture.

The ars nova and the Roman de Fauvel

Until this point, musical rhythm had been largely based on triple metre (‘perfect time’). The potentialities of duple metre (‘imperfect time’) were first rationally worked out in the early fourteenth century. The new notation, epitomising a dawning new age of music, is a product of the ars nova, a term attested by four witnesses of around 1325. While two music-theory treatises celebrate the new developments, a third treatise and a papal document deride them. Regardless of opinion, the ars nova brought an enormous expansion to the possibilities of organising and notating rhythm, best expressed by the music theorist Johannis des Muris: ‘whatever can be sung can be written down’.21

The most important musical monument of the early ars nova is a version of theRoman de Fauvel found in only one manuscript, Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, fr. 146.22 It expands two earlier allegorical hybrid narratives (of 1310 and 1314) critiquing the government of King Philip IV and admonishing his heirs Louis X and Philip V. The revised Fauvel of fr. 146 (c. 1318) incorporates seventy-two miniatures as well as 169 musical insertions, including items of Gregorian chant, newly composed pseudo-Gregorian chant, conductus (some with newly composed music), motets, French refrains, ars nova chansons, lais and satirical or obscene sottes chansons.

Perhaps compiled with the patronage of a prince in the king’s council, the Roman de Fauvel gives satiric artistic expression to the discontent felt by officials of the royal chancery over a government in crisis. It is a topsy-turvy world ruled by Fauvel, a corrupt half-man-half-horse creature; here, the sort of grotesqueries formerly relegated to the margins of a manuscript have been transformed into the principal players, front and centre.23

Though we lack certain proof, for no music is attributed in the manuscript, it appears likely that the young Philippe de Vitry (1291–1361) was the principal composer of new music for the Fauvel project. Arguably the most progressive musical work of the entire manuscript is his ingenious motet Garrit Gallus/In nova fert/Neuma.24 The quotation of the opening of Ovid’s Metamorphoses at the start of the duplum voice – ‘In nova fert animus mutatas dicere formas’ (‘I am moved to speak of forms changed into new bodies’) – epitomises the work’s message, an expression of the political transformations that threatened society. In this motet Vitry brilliantly succeeds in transferring the essence of this message – the abstract notion of transformation – into the very core of the musical structure. He accomplishes this first through the absolutely unprecedented rhythmic design of the tenor, which transforms itself from perfect to imperfect time and back again, employing red ink for the imperfect notes and rests, an ars nova innovation (Example 2.3). (In the original notation, the note shapes form a palindrome.)

Example 2.3 Periodic structure in Philippe de Vitry(?), motet Garrit gallus/In nova fert/[Tenor]

Further, in composing out the poetic idea, Vitry drew on a new aesthetic of integration. We have seen that the Roman de Fauvel as a whole incorporates both old and new works among the musical insertions. Sometimes they stand in loose juxtaposition with the narrative, an extreme expression of thirteenth-century discontinuity, while at other times they form coherent episodes. In a performative sense, they are ‘staged’.25 The same can be said of the motet. Since its inception, the form had exhibited discontinuities: a stratification of voices and especially poly-textuality, which before had allowed for a refreshing independence in phrase lengths between the different voices. In this motet, Vitry ‘stages’ these discontinuities by coordinating the phrase lengths of both upper voices with the tenor. In Example 2.3, the rests above the tenor talea indicate the placement of rests in the duplum and triplum (there are no other rests in these voices).26 Except at the very beginning and at the very end, rests always recur at the beginning and end of the tenor segment transformed into imperfect time. By means of this ‘periodicity’, the whole musical structure is subject to transformation, not just the tenor. The poetic message is integrated into the deepest structure of the work, permeating it.

The polyphonic chanson

The motet was not the only genre revolutionised by the Roman de Fauvel. The Roman de Fauvel also turned vernacular song on its head. Although it took longer to accomplish the full measure of change in the chanson than it did in the motet, eventually the transformation set in motion in the early fourteenth century came to fruition with polyphonic chansons in ‘fixed forms’ that saw their first maturity in the 1340s in the works of Guillaume de Machaut (c. 1300–1377) and his contemporaries. Ultimately built on thirteenth-century dance genres, the three fixed forms – ballade, rondeau and virelai – each incorporate the text and music of refrain and stanza in a different pattern.

The emergence of the Machaut-style chanson involved at least three steps.27 First, the projection of rhythm through syllabic declamation at times dissolves in melismatic passages. In the monophonic fixed-form chansons inserted into the Roman de Fauvel, melismas can sever the direct tie to the sung dance, for now syllabic declamation no longer animates the rhythm; further, the melismas effectively slow the text delivery, or relegate it to isolated active patches. At the same time, melismatic melody imbues the refrain form with an unaccustomed highbrow artifice.

Another stage of development, which we can follow in early fourteenth-century hybrid narratives, lends the ballade a certain dignity stemming from long poetic lines, as had been characteristic of the most precious chansons of the trouvères. Finally, the chanson takes on polyphony, a new disjunctive polyphony rare in the chanson before Machaut. Earlier essays in the polyphonic setting of refrain lyrics, such as those of Adam de la Halle, exhibit an integrated projection of the poetic structure, too uniform to command sustained compositional interest.28 Rendered fully independent by the new notation, now the tenor operates freely, creating discant-based counterpoint with the texted cantus voice. Other parameters that may be in play, and which may be staged with disjunction or with integration depending on the needs of the moment, include text projection (syllabic or melismatic, normal or syncopated declamation patterns), tonal centres (degree of tonal unity, use of directed progressions) and sonorities.

As with the motet, our role as attentive listeners in coming to terms with this aesthetic is to discover the poetic image that the work reifies. Examples are legion in Machaut: the harsh leaps and unexpected turns, as well as the wholly unorthodox cadence formation of the ballade Honte, paour, represent the contortions a faithful lover must endure; the fragrance of the rose in the rondeau Rose, lis, which is sensed in sonorous descending progressions, now with E♮, now with E♭; the ‘sweet’ opening sonority of the rondeau Douce, viare, which concludes on a soft B♭; one might continue such examples at will.29

Guillaume de Machaut and the Remede de Fortune

The figure of Guillaume de Machaut looms large in any discussion of fourteenth-century music. Equally distinguished as a poet and musician, he was unusual for the care he took in the preservation of well-organised manuscript collections of his works.30

Machaut’s early works were written in the service of John of Luxembourg, King of Bohemia (r. 1311–46), son of an emperor and father of another emperor, an itinerant king active in political affairs throughout Europe. A favourable marriage sealed an alliance with King Philip VI of France: in 1332, John’s daughter Bonne married John, Duke of Normandy (the future King John II the Good, r. 1350–64). Bonne spent most of her time at Vincennes, the royal manor just east of Paris. It was here that most of the royal children were born and raised, including Charles (the future King Charles V, r. 1364–80) and his siblings, many of them patrons of music of the next generation.

Although full documentation does not survive, it appears likely that Machaut served Bonne at Vincennes at least from around 1340 until she succumbed to the Black Death in 1349. It was at her court that Machaut produced the hybrid narrative Remede de Fortune, a didactic treatise on poetic forms couched in a love story that waxes and seems to wane (one rotation of Fortune’s wheel?).31 The seven interlarded model genres, all supplied with music, include a lai, complainte, chanson royale, duplex ballade, ballade, virelai and rondeau, that is, the three fixed forms (with two forms of ballade) as well as the lyric lai (itself newly ‘fixed’). All of the fixed-form chansons are radically new, to the point that a thirteenth-century courtier would scarcely recognise them as music. Dame de qui toute ma joie vient, the second of the two ballades, is typical of the new style, now holding back and lingering on a syllable, now pushing rambunctiously ahead, always playfully unpredictable and yet affording a satisfying whole (Example 2.4).32

Example 2.4 Guillaume de Machaut, ballade Dame de qui toute ma joie vient, beginning

In the Remede de Fortune Machaut created his own universe, a self-contained world of allusion and intertextual complexity. While he does cite from past authorities such as Adam de la Halle, more frequently he cites himself.33 Like the complete works themselves, it is a world ruled by Machaut, the professional author.

The motet after the Roman de Fauvel

Philippe de Vitry had a particular expressive purpose in mind in composing the motet Garrit/In nova fert/Neuma. In realising that purpose, he hit upon the new concept of periodicity, a systematic coordination of long-range phrase articulation in all voices. Once such a powerful organisational technique was discovered, it soon transformed the motet. In so far as we can tell, all subsequent motets of Vitry, and most of the twenty-three motets of Machaut, are stamped with periodicity, always in the service of a particular poetic image.

As the century progressed, further developments continued to serve a poetic focus. For example, many ars nova motets have two sections, with an additional statement or more of the color (melody of the cantus firmus) in a different rhythmicisation, usually in diminution by one-half. The second section frequently incorporates hocket, the ‘hiccup’ effect of an isolated note in one part emphasised by a rest in the other part, a striking texture that enhances articulation of periodicity in the diminished taleae, thus making relationships clear that had been obscure in the section of long rhythmic values. An early example, Vitry’s O canenda vulgo/Rex quem metrorum/Rex regum (1330s?), leaves the diminished section without text. Yet the unusual texture is justified by a poetic image, announced in the final lines of the duplum, which speak of ‘[the king] whose virtues, mores, race, and the deeds of his son I cannot write; may they be written above the heavens’.34 What more fitting response to follow than pure music, an evocation of the music of the spheres?

After around 1360, motets might appear in three or four sections, with proportional reduction of tenor rhythms, as in Ida capillorum/Portio nature/[Ante tronum], in four sections in the proportions 6:4:3:2.35 Further, the periodicity of the upper voices often extends itself well beyond rests (as in Example 2.3), even to ‘isorhythm’ throughout each talea, in which each iteration is absolutely identical, as regards rhythm, from one talea to the next.36

Isorhythm in this literal sense has often been regarded as a desirable, even inevitable, consequence of periodicity. Paradoxically, however, isorhythm is a symptom of the breakdown of the founding principles of the ars nova motet, for it tends towards disintegration – strophic projection – instead of the integration and accumulation of poetic and musical expression that had been the ideal of the motet since Philippe de Vitry. More and more the motet tends to represent a certain generic model, a series of sections, each culminating in imposing washes of hocket sonorities. The gain was a form of polyphony impressive for public display, since a motet effectively cast in movements, with regular pockets of sublime sonorities, could be appreciated for an overall effect, as an assertion of power. This, along with easy adaptability to dedicatory or celebratory Latin texts in a variety of forms, made the motet useful in state functions in grand architectural settings.37 Later examples of grand political motets include works by Ciconia (a native of Liège) as well as many by Guillaume Du Fay.

Towards a new synthesis

The years from 1360 to 1450 saw palpable increases both in the functions assigned to polyphony and in the diffusion of works. In terms of French music, the period begins with the consolidation of the motet and polyphonic chanson within the French orbit, and the first applications of compositional techniques learned in those genres to sacred art music. It ends with the cultivation over a wide geographical area of a broadened spectrum of forms, for use in a variety of sacred and political contexts, in which the French input, decisive at the beginning, was tempered and merged with streams from the Low Countries, Italy and England in new syntheses, which eventually consolidated into the pan-European ‘international’ style that we associate with the Josquin generation of the late fifteenth century.38

Despite enormous social instability, a number of historical developments contributed to an environment in which musicians and music circulated freely, leading to the diffusion of the advanced French polyphonic style beyond Francophone limits and allowing cross-pollination with indigenous elements. Among these factors were (1) a weakened and unstable central French government under Charles VI and the increased influence of outlying courts; (2) the cultivation and development of sophisticated art polyphony at the courts of the pope and cardinals in Avignon, with a new centre opening in Rome as a consequence of the Great Schism; (3) the international diplomatic missions, with full musical retinues, that gathered at the early fifteenth-century church councils designed to lift the Schism; and (4) an increase in private endowments for polyphony in side chapels of churches, giving rise to service works in sets and cycles. It would be a long and uneven process to establish artistic polyphony at court and church; indeed, the process was far from finished at the end of the period covered in this chapter.

France under Charles VI and the Valois princes

The death of Charles V marked the beginning of a long period of decline for France as a central power. Charles VI (r. 1380–1422), at first too young to rule, then subject to intermittent bouts of insanity, stood by as his brother and his uncles vied for power. This phase of the Hundred Years War saw the English gain traction, with the victory of King Henry V at Agincourt (1415) and the occupation until 1435 of northern France by the English.39 Slow recovery, with the encouragement of Joan of Arc and the forces she rallied, came with Charles VII (r. 1422–61), crowned at Reims in 1429. The princely power centres, particularly Burgundy and Berry, stood in fierce competition with each other for the best performers and composers, although a given ruler’s active support for music might vary in times of peace or war, depending on financial resources. Dynastic marriages of Charles V’s sisters and their progeny brought French influence even further afield, to Aragon and northern Italy. One further important princely patron important for the diffusion of northern French culture, with close ties to Aragon, was Gaston Fébus, comte de Foix and vicomte de Béarn (r. 1343–91). Froissart reported that Fébus not only ‘took great pleasure in minstrelsy, for he was well versed in it’, but also ‘gladly had his clerks sing polyphonic chansons, rondeaux and virelais in his presence’.40 As musicians moved around, the cultivation of French polyphony radiated further.

Music at court

The favourable survival of archival sources for the Valois dukes of Burgundy have made it possible to form a detailed picture of courtly musical activities in the late fourteenth and early fifteenth centuries.41 Servants of widely varying musical skills provided a broad range of musical functions. Trumpeters played an essential role, conveying military orders in the din of battle (indeed they were issued with armour). Their fanfares, along with the blare of the minstrels, also contributed to the pomp accompanying the duke’s grand entry into a city, or added to the clangour of the tournament, or to the ceremonial tattoo at diplomatic gatherings and peace conferences.

Closer to the duke (and also issued with armour in war) was his harper, a courtier who not only provided soft music as an ornament to the chamber or to the duke’s immediate proximity in the banquet hall, but was also essential for the duke’s diversion over his numerous displacements between Flanders, Burgundy and Paris. Sometimes such virtuosos of harp and song can be identified as known composers (for example, Jaquemin de Senleches, fl. 1382–3, and later Gilles Binchois, c. 1400–60), allowing us to imagine a social context for a portion of the extant written repertoire. Other chamber valets serving the duke (or ladies-in-waiting serving the duchess) might cultivate musical skills as a singer-poet (faiseur), or play estampies on the portative organ or clavichord (eschequier).42

Chapel singers and choirboys were essential to the cultivation of the holy rites, even when the court was in transit. While plainsong sufficed for church processions as well as the day-to-day Office, Philip the Bold’s chapel performed polyphony for special expanded celebrations at Christmas, Easter, Pentecost and All Saints’ Day, as well as New Year’s Day.

Finally, among the musicians serving at court were minstrels skilled in strings, winds, percussion, portative organ and clavichord, who played for the entries, banquets and balls that accompanied weddings, baptisms and important political gatherings. Minstrels performed music learned by memory, perhaps employing strategies worked out in meetings – the so-called minstrel schools – held yearly in different cities during Lent.43 The grandest occasions were supported by the full range of court musicians, at times massing the forces of several separate courts with town musicians. Perhaps the most notorious large gathering, occasioned by a planned crusade against the Turks after the fall of Constantinople in 1453, was Duke Philip the Good’s ‘Feast of the Pheasant’ held the next year in Lille, which enacted musical entremets between chapel musicians in a miniature church at one end of the hall and minstrels performing from an enormous pastry at the other.44

The Avignon papacy and the Great Schism

Pope Benedict XII (r. 1334–42) had established a college of some dozen singers for papal Masses, a group that subsequent popes maintained throughout the fourteenth century.45 Although solemn feasts, bound more rigidly by tradition and often officiated or at least attended by the pope, were sung in plainchant, polyphony was probably introduced in lesser feasts and left to the direction of the college of singers. Polyphonic Mass Ordinaries could be performed for most of the year. It was also possible, at least by the early fifteenth century, to use the organ in hymns, probably in alternatim practice (alternating verses, one in the choir, unaccompanied, the next in the organ, instrumentally elaborating the cantus firmus).

The importance of Avignon as a musical centre in the fourteenth century was due not merely to the pope’s singers, but also to the chaplains and clerks in the retinues of the many resident cardinals, whose households rivalled those of secular princes in splendour. Grand festivals celebrating visits of kings and great princes offered ample occasion for musical exchanges and interaction. Surviving written polyphony celebrates particularly the more luxury-loving popes.46

The emergence of the pope and ambient cardinals as patrons of music came to a head with the return to Rome and the Great Schism (1378–1417). The reconstituted Roman papacy maintained the Avignonese model of bureaucracy and patronage, as well as a chapel of skilled singers from northern dioceses. In addition, the Roman pope controlled lucrative benefices in territories that aligned with Rome, notably the county of Hainault and bishopric of Liège, which would funnel skilled musicians to Rome. Johannes Ciconia (c. 1370–1412) of Liège, who journeyed to Rome around 1390, was one of the first of a long line that would include Du Fay and later Josquin des Prez.47 Ciconia is best known for a series of political motets that synthesise French and Italian elements, and for his Italian songs.48 A significant work in French is his virelai Sus un’ fontayne, perhaps written for the Visconti court at Pavia, which quotes the opening passages of three French ballades of Philipoctus de Caserta, an Italian composer who wrote exclusively in the most complex French style.49

Musical styles in the years around 1400: an ars subtilior

The style of motet and chanson that consolidated around 1360 was well known in the courts and curia of the late fourteenth century. An example – the most widely transmitted work of the entire fourteenth century – is the ballade De ce que fols pense (‘What a fool thinks’) by Pierre des Molins, a chaplain of John II who served the captured French king in English exile during the years 1357–9. (He is later found in the service of the duc de Berry.) To judge from its refrain, ‘d’ainsi languir en estrange contree’ (‘thus to languish in a foreign country’), the ballade was written in England. Works of a core ars nova repertoire such as this one seem to have been cultivated for many years: to judge from transmission patterns, perhaps as late as around 1420.

Another popular style of artistic polyphony cultivated in these courts (one with no precedent in Machaut) is the mimetic chanson, particularly the so-called ‘bird-call virelai’, such as Jean de Vaillant’s widely known Par maintes foys (‘Many times’). Here the disruptive call of the envious cuckoo competes with the complex song of the nightingale, providing a neat justification for a rhythmic innovation, in which four fast minims can replace three, in effect shifting between quaver triplets and groups of four semiquavers.

The confrontation and combination of disjunct elements that polyphony makes possible occasionally affords a glimpse of a realm of music normally left unwritten. For example, the anonymous virelai Contre le temps et la sason jolye/He! Mari, mari! (‘Against the pretty weather and season/Hey, husband, husband!’) pits a virtuosic and rhythmically complex upper voice against a simple dance-song in the tenor. (The opening text of the upper voice is a pun, with the additional meaning of ‘against the time’ or ‘against the measure’.) We can only be grateful that a window on what must have been a large and vital phenomenon at court survives in such a work: the performance of a sung dance on the sort of refrain known since the thirteenth century. This and a few similar works delight in a stylistic disjunction between ultra-refinement and a continuing oral tradition, a rupture savoured in high French courts as an outward manifestation of cultural sophistication. Such works became even more common in the course of the fifteenth century, for instance the charming Filles a marier (‘Girls to be married’) by Binchois on a popular song tenor Se tu t’en marias, tu t’en repentiras (‘If you get married you’ll regret it’).50

By the 1380s some works display an ars subtilior, a fever pitch of complexity, the ultimate expression of high French culture.51 Justification for extreme compositional virtuosity sometimes lies in mimesis, of which Par maintes foys is a modest example. At other times, a work may comment in apparent irony on the current woeful state of music, as in the very complex ballade by Guido, Or voit tout en aventure (‘Now everything is run amok’), which employs three different note shapes to express the same duration, seeming to prompt the refrain ‘Certes ce n’est pas bien fayt’ (‘Certainly this is not well made’). On the one hand this navel-gazing may appear to focus on musical developments of restricted value and function, but on the other such works manifest a growing focus on the individual artist.52

The most skilled of these ars subtilior musicians also played games of one-upmanship with each other, multiplying intertextual citations and allusions in their works. A good example is the ‘En attendant’ series, involving at least two rondeaux and three ballades by various composers, works that have been related to the ill-fated Neapolitan campaign of Louis I, duc d’Anjou, of the early 1380s, aided by Pope Clement VII and Bernabò Visconti.53

The complex style also manifests itself in many dedicatory songs, such as ballades for Pope Clement VII, ballades celebrating Gaston Fébus and ballades celebrating the wedding of John, duc de Berry, and Jeanne de Boulogne (a princess raised by Fébus) in 1389. Characteristics of the style include fast ornamental passages in complex cross-rhythms, motet-like hocket segments and held notes to set off the refrain rhetorically. Long after simpler styles had begun to dominate the scene, such highly refined and hyper-virtuosic display was prized in aristocratic circles quite far afield, as for example in Du Fay’s ballade Resvelliés vous (‘Rouse yourselves’) for the wedding of Carlo Malatesta da Pesaro and Vittoria di Lorenzo Colonna at Rimini in 1423.

Church councils and papal politics

An effort to end the Schism at the brief Council of Pisa (1409) succeeded only in electing a third pope. It was the Council of Constance (1414–18), culminating in the election of Martin V in 1417, that finally deposed the pretenders. Countless receptions and ceremonies of high officials of church and state, processions and grand Masses gave thousands of participants ample opportunity to hear diverse practices, both the unwritten musical collaborations of trumpeters and minstrels and the artistic polyphony of chapel singers.

One index of the reception specifically of French music at Constance is seen in the contrafacts (new textings of old music) of the poet and composer Oswald von Wolkenstein (c. 1376–1445), in the service of King Sigismund of Luxembourg, an architect of the Council. Among several popular French works that Oswald heard was Vaillant’s Par maintes foys, reworked as Der mai mit lieber zal (‘May, with a lovely throng’).54 Vaillant’s virelai also appeared in the Strasbourg manuscript (Bibliothèque Municipale, 222 C.22, burned in 1871) with a sacred contrafact text Ave virgo gloriosa. It must have been jarring for French clerics to hear familiar vernacular chansons subjected to Latin sacred contrafacture by German and Bohemian clerics, let alone the amusingly incomprehensible prolixity of von Wolkenstein’s South Tyrolian dialect. Thus did foreigners reimagine French musical art. Even so, the new Latin sacred settings were attractive vehicles, communicating their messages in the appealing garb of a chanson rather than the high formality of a motet. It is worth considering this and other possible scenarios (including English input at the re-established papal chapel in Rome, and the English occupation of Paris and northern France) to ground the development of the cantilena motet (more like a chanson with sacred text than a traditional motet), a new genre emerging in the 1420s.55

Several manuscripts document the widespread transmission of English music to the Continent during the extended period of the Council of Basel (1431–49).56 By now the cantilena motet was a well-established fact; at this point the most useful lesson for further development lay in the enormous potential of undergirding several movements of the Mass Ordinary with a single cantus firmus, a technique first found in some English Masses of the 1420s.57 The compositional (and aesthetic) lessons of the old motet were brought to bear in this multi-movement ‘tenor Mass’, a form increasingly employed in Mass cycles composed for special functions.

Votive Masses and anniversaries, sets and cycles

Even at large churches throughout a good part of the fifteenth century, High Mass in the choir remained hidebound, celebrated in monophonic plainchant. Nevertheless, manuscripts show that as the fifteenth century unfolded, there was a growing demand for polyphonic service music, answered more and more by sets or cycles of works, for both Mass (Propers, Sequences, Ordinaries) and Office (especially hymns, antiphons and Magnificat settings for Vespers).58 Two tendencies are present. On the one hand, a composer might fill out feasts in the liturgical year with workaday elaborations of plainchant cantus firmi, often paraphrased (rendered into modern-sounding melodies) in the upper voice or tenor of a three-voice setting. For example, Du Fay wrote large cycles of hymn and Kyrie settings, products of his many years of service to the papal chapel and to princely chapels.59 On a far larger scale, Du Fay supervised the collection of polyphonic service music – both Ordinaries and Propers – for the entire liturgical year at Cambrai Cathedral in the 1440s.

On the other hand, a composer might write a set of Propers, or most usually a polyphonic Mass, a cycle of Ordinaries, for special-purpose endowments.60 Members of elite social strata, at first princes and rich churchmen, and increasingly rich merchants and guilds, endowed such private devotions in side chapels, most usually a Mass to the Virgin performed in a lady chapel, to ease the path of their souls to salvation. Such ‘anniversary’ services were not restricted to yearly observance, as the name seems to imply, but might be observed weekly or even daily; it depended on the revenues made available by the patron to pay the singers. An early example is the Machaut Mass (c. 1364), the composer’s own memorial to be sung at the Saturday Lady Mass at Reims Cathedral.61Reinhard Strohm has proposed an analogous commemorative function for Du Fay’s last Mass, the Missa Ave regina celorum (c. 1470–1), replaced after his death by a three-voice Requiem (not extant).62

Guillaume Du Fay

At the close of this chapter, it is appropriate to focus on Du Fay (c. 1397–1474), a figure who not only sums up the principal stylistic heritage of the fourteenth century, the motet and the fixed-form chanson, but also, in absorbing contemporary influences and tendencies, materially contributed to a new beginning, broadening the domain of art music with the cantilena motet and a vastly expanded repertoire of simple service music for Mass and Office, as well as contributing model cantus-firmus Masses, which synthesised English and Continental tendencies.63 No other composer of polyphony, from any previous period, composed as much music in as many different styles. Yet despite this new beginning, Du Fay at the same time marked a point of termination in that his music had a short shelf life: what he helped to begin was continued in new directions after his death.

Educated as a choirboy at Cambrai Cathedral, Du Fay probably figured among the some 19,000 clerics and church dignitaries who in 1414 descended on Constance, where he would have observed written and unwritten local practices of ecclesiastical and courtly chapels from all over Europe. From there he proceeded to Italy, one of the most distinguished of the French-speaking northerners to forge a new style in that land. Over the next twenty-five years, Du Fay established himself as a leading composer whose works were actively sought by ecclesiastical and secular patrons alike, including an Italian noble family, the Malatesta, two popes and finally duc Amédée VIII de Savoie. By hiring Du Fay, the duke in one stroke raised the level of his musical establishment to such a degree that in 1434, at the marriage of his son Louis with Anne of Cyprus, he could without embarrassment greet the visiting Burgundian Duke Philip the Good, who had travelled to Chambéry with a retinue of some 200, among them the distinguished composer Binchois.

The marriage was doubtless the occasion for the meeting of Du Fay and Binchois celebrated by the Savoyard poet Martin Le Franc in his Champion des dames (c. 1438–42). The passage, well known in music history, proclaims a shift in musical style, occasioned by Du Fay and Binchois, who in some sense ‘followed’ the English composer Dunstable and adopted the ‘English manner’ (contenance angloise). Many music historians have associated Le Franc’s commentary, as well as some related statements in the music theorist Tinctoris, with the watershed of a musical ‘Renaissance’.64 In the end, the attempt to find some occasion or other to justify such an apocalyptic label is not helpful, but it is certainly true that these years of stylistic assimilation served a rapid transformation of music.

The music of this first period of Du Fay’s compositional career, which exhibits maturity from the start, counts major works in the full range of genres he cultivated. Solemn occasions found expression in the learned style of the political and dedicatory motet, of which the best known is Nuper rosarum flores, celebrating the consecration of Florence Cathedral in 1436. The proportional lengths of its four sections – 6:4:2:3 – represent the model church, Solomon’s temple.65

Probably a little more than fifty of around eighty extant songs belong to these early years. Among them is the ars subtilior dedicatory ballade Resvelliés vous (1423), mentioned earlier. By contrast, smooth and flowing rhythms (some consider this quality a matter of English influence) dominate the ballade Se la face ay pale, perhaps originally destined for the 1434 Savoy wedding and popular for many years thereafter (the last section is given in Example 2.5a).66 French-language songs enjoyed an overwhelming preponderance in Italian sources until at least 1440, and there exist only a handful of works in Italian from these years in Italy, notably Du Fay’s own setting of the Petrarchan canzona Vergine bella.67

Example 2.5a Guillaume Du Fay, ballade Se la face ay pale, last phrase

Du Fay returned to Cambrai in 1439, now as a resident at his home church, enjoying the canonicate that papal service had netted. The next decade saw the completion of some large-scale sacred projects, including a thorough-going reorganisation of liturgical music at Cambrai Cathedral, encompassing both plainchant and polyphony.

A good part of the 1450s found Du Fay back in the south, mostly at Savoy. One important work of this period, the Missa Se la face ay pale, creates a uniquely Continental response to the English cantus firmus Mass cycle, building especially on the anonymous Missa Caput.68 The reception of the relic known today as the Shroud of Turin (held at Chambéry from 1453 until 1578) was probably the occasion for Du Fay’s Mass. The cantus firmus, the tenor of the ballade Se la face ay pale, which Du Fay had composed for Savoy twenty years earlier, infuses each of the five movements of the Mass with the musical emblem of Christ’s pale face.69 Musically, Du Fay’s cyclic Mass draws on form-defining aspects of the grand motet: cantus firmus iterations in proportional diminution prefaced by introductory duets, and culminating in rhythmically animated segments. For example, both the Gloria and Credo movements of the Missa Se la face ay pale are laid out in three colores, with the cantus firmus subject to proportional diminution (3:2:1); see Example 2.5b for the last phrase, and compare Example 2.5a.71

Example 2.5b Guillaume Du Fay, Missa Se la face ay pale, Gloria, last phrase

As far as we know, Du Fay spent his last sixteen years at Cambrai. By the late 1450s, the composition of Mass cycles on the Continent had exploded. Du Fay’s own Missa L’homme armé was composed then, perhaps becoming the first of a long line of Mass settings on that tune.72 But the work that best sums up the moment is a devotional motet that Du Fay had asked to be sung at his deathbed, a work that combines a setting of the Marian antiphon Ave regina celorum (‘Hail Queen of Heaven’) with a personal prayer. Table 2.1 shows the interlocking layout of the texts in the first section, as the antiphon is interrupted by Du Fay’s prayer (italic text). As in the earliest polyphony, the tenor (shown in the right-hand column) carries only the cantus firmus, first entering at the point when the other voices intone Du Fay’s prayer. Du Fay exhibits his fluid mastery of cantus firmus paraphrase in this work, for the borrowed melody may appear in voices besides the tenor, always recognisable at the beginning of a phrase, but free to break into florid melisma to drive to an important cadence, thereby supplying the excitement of the old hocket segments without the hard edges. The tenor statement in Example 2.6 is by contrast rather literal (cantus firmus pitches are indicated by ‘x’).73

Table 2.1 Text distribution in Du Fay’s Ave regina celorum (III), first section

Example 2.6 Guillaume Du Fay, Marian antiphon Ave regina celorum (III), end of first section

Gradually over the course of the first half of the fifteenth century, itinerant performers and composers, in restlessly absorbing new influences as they responded to demands from new centres of activity, effectively transformed musical genres, broadening uses and venues for polyphony. The new syntheses and diversity of forms made a preponderantly rhetorical music possible later in the century, a new emphasis that would shake the foundations of expression.74 This, however, was a matter for the future. A familiar Marian antiphon resounds throughout Du Fay’s funeral motet, directing his personal prayer; despite some modern details, it remains emblematic of the ‘totalising’ aesthetic set in place in the early fourteenth century.

Notes

1 Charles Edmond Henri de Coussemaker (ed.), Scriptorum de musica medii aevi: novam seriem a Gerbertina alteram, 4 vols (1864; repr. Hildesheim: Olms, 1963), vol. I, 327–64, designates the writer ‘Anonymous IV’. See the English translation in The Music Treatise of Anonymous IV: A New Translation, ed. and trans. Jeremy Yudkin (Stuttgart: Hänssler, 1985).

2 Example 2.1a is based on Wolfenbüttel, Herzog August Bibliothek, 628, fol. 36r (old fol. 42r); image accessed from http://diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=mss/628-helmst (accessed 22 May 2014); slurs indicate ligatures in the source. Example 2.1b is based on the same manuscript, fol. 36v (old fol. 42v); ligatures in the source are not indicated in the edition. Example 2.1b presents the rhythmic shape of the discant segment as it was transmitted c. 1230 in our earliest extant source (see n. 7 below). A complete edition is in Le Magnus Liber organi de Notre-Dame de Paris, vol. IV: Les organa à deux voix pour la messe (de l’Assomption au Commun des Saints) du manuscrit de Florence, Biblioteca Medicea-Laurenziana, Plut. 29.1 ed. Mark Everist (Monaco: L’Oiseau-Lyre, 2002), 50–7.

3 On the dates, see Craig Wright, Music and Ceremony at Notre Dame of Paris, 500–1550 (Cambridge University Press, 1989), 281–8.

4 Anna Maria Busse Berger, Medieval Music and the Art of Memory (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2005), 161–97.

5 Florence, Biblioteca Laurenziana, Plut. 29.1. On the date, see Barbara Haggh and Michel Huglo, ‘Magnus liber – maius munus: origine et destinée du manuscript F’, Revue de musicologie, 90 (2004), 193–230.

6 Example 2.1c is based on Florence, Biblioteca Medicea Laurenziana, Plut. 29.1, fol. 129v (online image fol. 112v); image accessed from http://teca.bmlonline.it/TecaViewer/index.jsp?RisIdr=TECA0000342136 (accessed 22 May 2014); ligatures in the source are not indicated in the edition.

7 Wolfenbüttel, Herzog August Bibliothek, 628. On the date, see Mark Everist, ‘From Paris to St. Andrews: the origins of W1’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 43 (1990), 1–42.

8 Example 2.2 is based on Wolfenbüttel, Herzog August Bibliothek, 1099, fols 146v–147r; image accessed from http://diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=mss/1099-helmst (accessed 22 May 2014); ligatures in the source are not indicated in the edition.

9 Text and translation from Philip the Chancellor: Motets and Prosulas, ed. Thomas B. Payne, Recent Researches in the Music of the Middle Ages and Early Renaissance, 41 (Middleton, WI: A-R Editions, 2011), 91–3 (I have altered the line divisions in the example). Payne attributes this text to Philip the Chancellor. See also Richard H. Hoppin (ed.), Anthology of Medieval Music (New York: Norton, 1978), 72–4.

10 See Philip the Chancellor: Motets and Prosulas, ed. Payne, xi–xxx.

11 Two early treatises on modal notation are in Oliver Strunk (ed.), Source Readings in Music History, rev. edn (New York: Norton, 1998), 218–26.

12 The three-voice form, Ex semine rosa / Ex semine Abrahe/Ex semine, is edited in Richard Taruskin, The Oxford History of Western Music, vol. I: Music from the Earliest Notations to the Sixteenth Century (Oxford University Press, 2005), 209–13, with facsimiles of some sources.

13 The texts and music of Se j’ai amé (‘If I have loved I should not be blamed for it if I am committed to the most courtly little thing in the city of Paris’) and Hier main trespensis (‘Yesterday morning, deep in thought, I wandered along my way, I saw beneath a pine a shepherdess, who was calling Robin with a pure heart’) are in Hoppin (ed.), Anthology of Medieval Music, 72–4.

14 See Sylvia Huot, Allegorical Play in the Old French Motet: The Sacred and the Profane in Thirteenth-Century Polyphony (Stanford University Press, 1997); and Ardis Butterfield, Poetry and Music in Medieval France: From Jean Renart to Guillaume de Machaut (Cambridge University Press, 2002).

15 Nico H. J. van den Boogaard, Rondeaux et refrains du XIIe siècle au début du XIVe (Paris: Klincksieck, 1969), 14–15. Butterfield, Poetry and Music in Medieval France, is an important recent study of the refrain, with full bibliography.

16 See Christopher Page, The Owl and the Nightingale: Musical Life and Ideas in France, 1100–1300 (London: Dent, 1989), 144–54; Page, Discarding Images: Reflections on Music and Culture in Medieval France (Oxford University Press, 1993), 43–111; and Taruskin, The Oxford History of Western Music, vol. I, 207–8, 226.

17 Trans. in Christopher Page, ‘Johannes de Grocheio on secular music: a corrected text and a new translation’, Plainsong and Medieval Music, 2 (1993), 36 (footnotes omitted).

18 Quoting Butterfield, Poetry and Music in Medieval France, 105. See also Page, The Owl and the Nightingale, 187–207.

19 Franco of Cologne, Ars cantus mensurabilis, in Strunk (ed.), Source Readings, 226–45.

20 Edition in The Montpellier Codex, ed. Hans Tischler (Madison: A-R Editions, 1978), vol. III, 88–9. For a complete analysis, see Dolores Pesce, ‘Beyond glossing: the old made new in Mout me fu grief/Robin m’aime/Portare’, in Dolores Pesce (ed.), Hearing the Motet: Essays on the Motet of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (Oxford University Press, 1997), 28–51.

21 Jehan des Murs, Notitia artis musicae, in Strunk (ed.), Source Readings, 268.

22 Facsimile and commentary in Le roman de Fauvelin the Edition of Mesire Chaillou de Pesstain: A Reproduction in Facsimile of the Complete Manuscript, Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, fonds français 146 ed. Edward H. Roesner, François Avril and Nancy Freeman Regalado (New York: Broude Brothers, 1990).

23 Michael Camille, ‘Hybridity, monstrosity, and bestiality in the Roman de Fauvel’, in Margaret Bent and Andrew Wathey (eds), Fauvel Studies: Allegory, Chronicle, Music, and Image in Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, MS Français 146 (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1998), 161–74.

24 Hoppin (ed.), Anthology of Medieval Music, 120–6.

25 See Ardis Butterfield, ‘The refrain and the transformation of genre in the Roman de Fauvel’, in Bent and Wathey (eds), Fauvel Studies: Allegory, Chronicle, Music, and Image in Paris, 105–59; and Emma Dillon, Medieval Music-Making and theRoman de Fauvel (Cambridge University Press, 2002), 216–82.

26 Each crotchet of the music in Example 2.3, corresponding to a breve in the original, is equal to one full bar (dotted minim) of the transcription in Hoppin, Anthology of Medieval Music, No. 59 (bar numbers reflect that edition). Each line of the example is one talea (repeating rhythmic unit) of the tenor – the entire motet is made up of six taleae. There are two repetitions of the color (melody of the cantus firmus), each taking up three taleae (6T = 2C). Notes and rests of the tenor in red notation, indicating a change from modus perfectus to modus imperfectus, are set between angle brackets. The rhythmic values of the complete tenor are indicated, but little beyond the location of rests in the upper voices (blank spaces in the upper voices are filled with free music).

27 Lawrence Earp, ‘Lyrics for reading and lyrics for singing in late medieval France: the development of the dance lyric from Adam de la Halle to Guillaume de Machaut’, in Rebecca A. Baltzer, Thomas Cable and James I. Wimsatt (eds), The Union of Words and Music in Medieval Poetry (Austin: University of Texas Press, 1991), 101–31; see also Butterfield, Poetry and Music in Medieval France, 273–90.

28 Mark Everist studies the polyphonic chanson before Machaut in three articles: ‘The polyphonic “rondeau” c. 1300: repertory and context’, Early Music History, 15 (1996), 59–96; Motets, French tenors, and the polyphonic chanson ca. 1300’, Journal of Musicology, 24 (2007), 365–406; and “Souspirant en terre estrainge”: the polyphonic rondeau from Adam de la Halle to Guillaume de Machaut’, Early Music History, 26 (2007), 1–42.

29 On Honte, paour, see Sarah Fuller, ‘Tendencies and resolutions: the directed progression in “ars nova” music’, Journal of Music Theory, 36 (1992), 240–6; on Rose, lis, see Daniel Leech-Wilkinson, ‘Machaut’s Rose, lis and the problem of early music analysis’, Music Analysis, 3 (1984), 9–28.

30 Lawrence Earp, ‘Machaut’s role in the production of manuscripts of his works’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 42 (1989), 461–503.

31 For an edition and translation of the Remede de Fortune, see Guillaume de Machaut, Le Jugement du roy de Behaigne and Remede de Fortune, ed. James I. Wimsatt and William W. Kibler (Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1988).

32 Example 2.4 is based on Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, fr. 1584, fols 70v–71r; image accessed from http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b84490444/f162.image.r=francais%201584%20machaut.langEN; ligatures in the source are not indicated in the edition.

33 On citation in Machaut, see Yolanda Plumley, The Art of Grafted Song: Citation and Allusion in the Age of Machaut (Oxford University Press, 2013).

34 Trans. David Howlett in booklet for CD recording, Philippe de Vitry and the Ars Nova: 14th-Century Motets, The Orlando Consort, Amon Ra CD-SAR 49 (1991).

35 Motets of French Provenance, ed. Frank L. L. Harrison, Polyphonic Music of the Fourteenth Century, 5 (Monaco: L’Oiseau-Lyre, 1968), Nos. 5 and 5a, 24–35.

36 On the modern historiography of this term, see Margaret Bent, ‘What is isorhythm?’, in David Butler Cannata et al. (eds), Quomodo cantabimus canticum? Studies in Honor of Edward H. Roesner (Middleton, WI: American Institute of Musicology, 2008), 121–43.

37 Taruskin, The Oxford History of Western Music, vol. I, 277–81.

38 In The Rise of European Music, 1380–1500 (Cambridge University Press, 1993), Reinhard Strohm studies traditions in all parts of Europe as they intermingled and transformed themselves.

39 On the possible repercussions of the English occupation, see ibid., 239.

40 Jean Froissart, Chroniques: Livre III (du voyage en Béarn à la compagne de Gascogne) et Livre IV (années 1389–1400), ed. Peter Ainsworth and Alberto Varvaro, Le livre de Poche ‘Lettres Gothiques’ (Paris: Librairie Générale Française, 2004), book 3, §13, 176–7.

41 For Philip the Bold and John the Fearless, see Craig Wright, Music at the Court of Burgundy, 1364–1419: A Documentary History, Musicological Studies, 28 (Henryville, PA: Institute of Mediaeval Music, 1979). For Philip the Good and Charles the Bold, see Jeanne Marix, Histoire de la musique et des musiciens de la cour de Bourgogne sous le règne de Philippe le Bon (1420–1467) (Strasbourg: Heitz, 1939). On the other Valois dukes, see, for John of Berry, Wright, Music at the Court of Burgundy; and Paula Higgins, ‘Music and musicians at the Sainte-Chapelle of the Bourges palace, 1405–1515’, in Atti del XIV congresso della Società Internazionale di Musicologia, 3 vols (Turin, 1990), vol. III, 689–701; and for Louis of Anjou, Alice V. Clark, ‘Music for Louis of Anjou’, in Karl Kügle and Lorenz Welker (eds), Borderline Areas in Fourteenth and Fifteenth-Century Music (Münster and Middleton, WI: American Institute of Musicology, 2009), 15–32. On the urban context for music in the most important northern centre of the Burgundian realm, see Reinhard Strohm, Music in Late Medieval Bruges, rev. edn (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990), 1–9, 74–101.

42 On ladies-in-waiting, see Paula Higgins, ‘Parisian nobles, a Scottish princess, and the woman’s voice in late medieval song’, Early Music History, 10 (1991), 145–200.

43 On ‘unwritten’ strategies of realising music, see Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 348–9, 357–67 and 557–8. On minstrel schools, see Wright, Music at the Court of Burgundy, 32–4; and Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 307–8.

44 See the account of Olivier de la Marche in Strunk (ed.), Source Readings, 312–16.

45 The best treatment of music at Avignon is Andrew Tomasello, Music and Ritual at Papal Avignon, 1309–1403 (Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1983).

46 Margaret Bent, ‘Early papal motets’, in Richard Sherr (ed.), Papal Music and Musicians in Late Medieval and Renaissance Rome (Oxford University Press, 1998), 5–43.

47 See Giuliano Di Bacco and John Nádas, ‘The papal chapels and Italian sources of polyphony during the Great Schism’, in Sherr (ed.), Papal Music and Musicians, 50–6.

48 On Ciconia’s motets, see Margaret Bent, ‘The fourteenth-century Italian motet’, in Giulio Cattin and Patrizia Dalla Vecchia (eds), L’ars nova italiana del Trecento VI: Atti del congresso internazionale ‘L’Europa e la musica del Trecento’ (Certaldo: Polis, 1992), 85–125; and Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 96–9.

49 See Yolanda Plumley, ‘Ciconia’s Sus un’ fontayne and the legacy of Philipoctus de Caserta’, in Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Johannes Ciconia, musicien de la transition (Turnhout: Brepols, 2003), 131–68.

50 On Filles a marier, see Strohm, Music in Late Medieval Bruges, 85.

51 Ursula Günther, ‘Das Ende der ars nova’, Musikforschung, 16 (1963), 105–21; Anne Stone, ‘Che cosa c’è di più sottile? riguardo l’ars subtilior?’, Rivista italiana di musicologia, 31 (1996), 3–31.

52 On music about music, see Anne Stone, ‘The composer’s voice in the late-medieval song: four case studies’, in Vendrix (ed.), Johannes Ciconia, musicien de la transition, 169–94; and Jehoash Hirshberg, ‘Criticism of music and music as criticism in the Chantilly Codex’, in Yolanda Plumley and Anne Stone (eds), A Late Medieval Songbook and its Context: New Perspectives on the Chantilly Codex (Bibliothèque du Château de Chantilly, Ms. 564) (Turnhout: Brepols, 2009), 133–59. For the case of Or voit, see Dorit Tanay, ‘Between the fig tree and the laurel: Or voit tout en aventure revisited’, in Plumley and Stone (eds), A Late Medieval Songbook and its Context, 161–78.

53 See Yolanda Plumley, ‘Citation and allusion in the late ars nova: the case of Esperance and the En attendant songs’, Early Music History, 18 (1999), 287–363; and Reinhard Strohm, ‘Diplomatic relationships between Chantilly and Cividale?’, in Plumley and Stone (eds), A Late Medieval Songbook and its Context, 238–40.

54 Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 119–21. Nine of the eleven songs in Strohm’s list of contrafacts were originally French.

55 On Rome, see Di Bacco and Nádas, ‘The papal chapels’, 58–87; on the English in Paris, see Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 197–206, 239.

56 Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 251–60.

57 On the development of the cantus firmus Mass cycle, see ibid., 228–38.

58 The formulation ‘sets and cycles’ is Strohm’s. Ibid., 435–40.

59 Alejandro Enrique Planchart, ‘Music for the papal chapel in the early fifteenth century’, in Sherr (ed.), Papal Music and Musicians, 109–17.

60 Planchart, ‘Guillaume Du Fay’s benefices and his relationship to the Court of Burgundy’, Early Music History, 8 (1988), 117–71; Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 170–81, 273–81; and Andrew Kirkman, The Cultural Life of the Early Polyphonic Mass: Medieval Context to Modern Revival (Cambridge University Press, 2010), 39, 270 n. 2.

61 On the Machaut Mass, see Anne Walters Robertson, Guillaume de Machaut and Reims: Context and Meaning in his Musical Works (Cambridge University Press, 2002), 257–75.

62 Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 283–7.

63 David Fallows, Dufay, The Master Musicians, rev. edn (London: Dent, 1987), remains a superb longer study of the composer.

64 The passage in Martin Le Franc has been much discussed; see Gustave Reese, Music in the Renaissance, rev. edn (New York: Norton, 1959), 12–14; Craig Wright, ‘Dufay at Cambrai: discoveries and revisions’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 28 (1975), 180; Andrew Wathey, ‘Dunstable in France’, Music and Letters, 67 (1986), 1–3; David Fallows, ‘The contenance angloise: English influence on Continental composers of the fifteenth century’, Renaissance Studies, 1 (1987), 189–208; Strohm, The Rise of European Music, 127–9; Margaret Bent, ‘The musical stanzas in Martin Le Franc’s Le champion des dames’, in John Haines and Randall Rosenfeld (eds), Music and Medieval Manuscripts: Paleography and Performance: Essays Dedicated to Andrew Hughes (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2004), 91–127; Rob C. Wegman, ‘New music for a world grown old: Martin Le Franc and the “contenance angloise”’, Acta musicologica, 75 (2003), 201–41; Reinhard Strohm, ‘Neue Aspekte von Musik und Humanismus im 15. Jahrhundert’, Acta musicologica, 76 (2004), 135–57. For Tinctoris, see the dedication of the Proportionale musices (1473–4), in Strunk (ed.), Source Readings, 291–3.

65 See Craig Wright, ‘Dufay’s Nuper rosarum flores, King Solomon’s temple, and the veneration of the Virgin’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 47 (1994), 395–441.

66 Example 2.5a is based on Guglielmi Dufay opera omnia, ed. Heinrich Besseler, vol. VI, rev. David Fallows (Middleton, WI: American Institute of Musicology/Hänssler, 2006), p. 38; numerous emendations.

67 See David Fallows, ‘French as a courtly language in fifteenth-century Italy: the musical evidence’, Renaissance Studies, 3 (1989), 429–41.

68 Anne Walters Robertson, ‘The Savior, the woman, and the head of the dragon in the Caput Masses and motet’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 59 (2006), 537–630.

69 Anne Walters Robertson, ‘The man with the pale face, the shroud, and Du Fay’s Missa Se la face ay pale’, Journal of Musicology, 27 (2010), 377–434.

70 Antiphon: Hail Queen of Heaven, Hail mistress over the angels’; prayer: ‘Have mercy on thy dying Dufay Lest, a sinner, he be hurled down into seething hot hellfire.’ Trans. in Sarah Fuller (ed.), The European Musical Heritage, 800–1750, rev. edn (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006), 159–60, with musical edn, 153–9.

71 Example 2.5b is based on Guglielmi Dufay opera omnia, ed. Heinrich Bessler, vol. III (Neuhausen Stuttgart: American Institute of Musicology/Hänssler, 1951), 12–13; numerous emendations. On the influence of ‘isorhythmic’ techniques in Mass movements, see Bent, ‘What is isorhythm?’; and Kirkman, The Cultural Life of the Early Polyphonic Mass, 264 n. 66.

72 Craig Wright, The Maze and the Warrior: Symbols in Architecture, Theology, and Music (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001), 175–205.

73 Example 2.6 is based on Guglielmi Dufay opera omnia, ed. Heinrich Besseler, vol. V (Neuhausen Stuttgart: American Institute of Musicology/Hänssler, 1966), 124–5; numerous emendations.

74 On the change in musical expression from a ‘medieval’ symbolism to a ‘Renaissance’ mimesis, see Wright, The Maze and the Warrior, 203–5.

3 The Renaissance

Fabrice Fitch
In memory of Frank Dobbins (1943–2012)

Introduction

In most surveys of Renaissance music of the past fifty years, the guiding narrative thread is one of transition from one dominant aesthetic paradigm to another, from the ‘Gothic’ north, centred on the Low Countries, to the humanist-inspired, properly ‘Renaissance’ south, centred on Italy. Within this narrative the notion of a distinctly French music assumes a subordinate position. This is a paradoxical situation, since while French remained the international courtly language for most of the Renaissance period, the music to which its poetic forms were set enjoyed a wider international currency than that of any other vernacular: thus pieces like De tous biens plaine, J’ay pris amours, Mille regretz, Jouyssance vous donneray, Doulce mémoire, Susanne un jour and many others were copied and known by name throughout Europe. Before the middle of the sixteenth century, very few songs in other languages could boast a comparable vogue. To complicate matters further, the composers of these international ‘hits’ were by no means all native francophones, and of those who were, many were born in territories outside the direct control of the French crown. Thus defining French music in this period is no easy matter. During the early sixteenth century, however, the situation becomes somewhat clearer. After 1500 the classically francophone formes fixes, inherited from the medieval period, were on the wane throughout Europe; meanwhile French composers showed a marked predilection for declamatory clarity that surpassed their former interest in more intrinsically musical priorities. A further paradox was that this relative loss of international currency saw the rise of poetic and musical forms and idioms that came to be seen by outsiders as specifically French (as shown in the Italian term canzona alla francese and its cognates, which, ironically, designate an instrumental piece opening with dactylic rhythmic patterns and following closely the clear sectional structure of a song model). This brand of ‘Parisian’ chanson was thus imitated by composers working and publishing far from Paris, such as Nicolas Gombert and Thomas Créquillon at the peripatetic imperial chapel of Charles V, Orlande de Lassus in Munich and Philippe de Monte in Prague. In what follows it will be useful to keep in mind the distinction between ‘music in France’ and ‘music setting French texts’, while remembering that such a distinction would have had little pertinence at the time.1

The period 1460–1600 saw the restoration and growth of central French power on the European political and economic stage following the conclusion of the Hundred Years War, despite the lengthy struggle between King Louis XI (r. 1461–83) and his Burgundian cousin Duke Charles the Bold (r. 1467–77). The international conflicts centred on Italy, which began under Charles VIII (r. 1483–98), were not fully resolved until the 1550s. But they prevented neither French singers and their music from dominating the chapels and chambers of royal, princely and ecclesiastical courts, nor the dissemination of their works in print and manuscripts throughout Europe. Political events and the reformation of religious thought and ceremony also had important consequences for the arts and music. The individual and congregational interpretation of the scriptures, encouraged by Luther and followed by Calvin, led to a profusion of simpler monophonic and homophonic settings of biblical psalms (translated by Clément Marot and Théodore de Beze), which were widely printed and copied for the bourgeoisie and menu peuple (common people) during the 1540s. The bloody Wars of Religion, which from the mid-century decade embroiled the realm in civil conflict, took their toll on all levels of French society, including princes and even kings. The thousands of Huguenots massacred on St Bartholomew’s Day (1572) and its aftermath included at least one composer, Claude Goudimel, who had devoted most of his considerable skills to setting the new French psalms. A measure of political and religious stability returned with the advent to the throne of Henri IV in 1589. The tradition of strong, centralising royal power begun under Louis XI and reinforced by François I (who moved the previously itinerant court from the castles of the Loire valley to the palace of the Louvre) was thus resumed with increased vigour, and the position of Paris as the seat of that power definitively established.

The musical landscape: church and court

The key role of the French royal court within musical life is undeniable. Its prestige may be gauged from the calibre of the singer-composers it attracted, especially from 1454, when Johannes Ockeghem (c. 1425–97) was appointed head of the Chapelle Royale. Ockeghem merits pride of place not only chronologically, for he was clearly an outstanding figure: apart from his musical excellence as both singer and composer, he was evidently an impressive administrator and valued royal advisor. His position as treasurer of the abbey of Saint-Martin of Tours (whose titular, hereditary abbot was none other than the king himself) made him probably the most powerful French musician before Lully. His long tenure as premier chappelain ushered in a long period of sustained musical excellence and prestige at the French court. All the same, the Chapelle Royale is perhaps best understood as part of a complex network of musical establishments throughout the realm. Charles VII and his successors preferred the Loire valley to their fractious capital, and throughout the Italian wars, Lyons was a more convenient base of operations, with the court in permanent residence there between 1499 and 1503. But wherever it was located, the court exerted a direct influence on the surrounding area. During its period of residence in Tours, connections existed with neighbouring ecclesiastical institutions in Tours itself, but also at Bourges and Poitiers. Thus in the early 1460s, Antoine Busnoys (c. 1430–92) was certainly active within the court’s orbit. Later, during the Parisian period beginning with François I (r. 1515–47), links with the neighbouring Sainte-Chapelle were particularly close, owing no doubt in part to its own royal pedigree.2 These links took the form of a more or less regular exchange of personnel between the two institutions, so that Claudin de Sermisy (c. 1490–1562) and Pierre Certon (d. 1572), for example, were attached to both. By contrast, Notre-Dame’s relations with the crown remained uneasy, and the more august ecclesiastical institutions were often similarly jealous of their prerogatives. Recent research has uncovered much unsuspected information on the activities of regional collegiate institutions.3 There is scarcely a town of any importance that cannot boast of the presence, however fleeting, of a major musical figure. Most of Janequin’s long career, for example, was spent en province, notably at Angers and Bordeaux; by the time official royal preferment came his way, over half of his extant output had been published.

With a few significant exceptions, throughout the fifteenth century the singer-chaplains of the Chapelle Royale tended to be French or francophone, and their number (little over a dozen singers and an organist) remained comparatively stable. During Charles VIII’s reign their number included Alexander Agricola (b. 1456?; d. 1506) and Loÿset Compère (c. 1445–1518), as well as Ockeghem. Under his successor Louis XII (r. 1498–1515) there was considerable expansion: his consort, Anne de Bretagne (d. 1514), established a chapel of her own, equal to the king’s in size and excellence. The membership of their combined chapels included Compère, Antoine Brumel (b. c. 1460; d. 1512–13?), Antoine de Févin (b. c. 1470; d. 1511–12), Johannes Ghiselin (fl. 1491–1507), Jean Mouton (b. c. 1459; d. 1522) and Dionisius Prioris (fl. c. 1485–1512),4 and later the young Sermisy. This period was surely one of the highpoints of the chapel’s history. The trend throughout the sixteenth century was for increased formalisation and specialisation. The long reign of François I marked a number of significant innovations. By 1526 at the latest, the chapel was placed under the control of a high-ranking cleric, although his direct subordinates (sous-maîtres) continued to be singers and composers; from that date, the singing of plainchant and polyphony was entrusted to different ensembles (the former being by a considerable margin the larger of the two), while certain musicians were specifically named as composers or even scribes. A smaller group of singers and instrumentalists was attached to the king’s household or chamber, which during François’s reign was established as distinct from the chapel. In some cases the association appears to have been merely formal or honorary (as may have been the case with Janequin). Although François’s personal interest in music may not have matched his demonstrable enthusiasm for the other arts, philosophy and sciences,5 he clearly appreciated its value within courtly life, ceremonial ritual and diplomacy. Some of the later Valois were probably more enthusiastic: François’s successor, Henri II, is reported to have composed, and both he and his son Charles IX (r. 1560–74) were known to join in singing with their choirs. Charles IX tried unsuccessfully to coax the most celebrated composer of the day, Orlande de Lassus (c. 1532–94), to join his service. His younger brothers, Henri III (r. 1574–89) and François, duc d’Alençon (d. 1584), carried on this lavish musical patronage. In the closing years of the century the chapel was further expanded, the leading composer being Eustache Du Caurroy (1549–1609), whose Requiem was used for the obsequies of Henri IV, Louis XIII and Louis XIV. Baptised in the Protestant faith and a pragmatic convert to Catholicism, Henri IV (r. 1589–1610) was content to leave the structure of the Chapelle Royale unchanged, but his interest in music is attested by the quality of his musiciens de chambre, who included the lutenist Charles Tessier and the singer Pierre Guédron.

Throughout our period, the provision of instrumental music at court had been similarly expanded and formalised. In contrast to the singers of the chapel, these musicians included a high proportion of foreigners, particularly Italians recruited from the time of the wars of Charles VIII and Louis XII. The distinction between the musicians’ different functions becomes explicit under François I, who established a military band (écurie) consisting of loud instruments, while several lutenists (including Albert de Rippe) were paid as servants in the king’s household as musiciens de chambre. As queen and later regent, Catherine de Médicis (d. 1589) shared her adoptive family’s enthusiasm for sacred music, but inclined also towards secular entertainments of the sort she had known in her native Florence, particularly dance. A well-documented occasion was the visit of the Polish ambassadors in 1573, which saw the staging at court of one of the first ballets, followed in 1581 by the Balet comique de la royne, with choreography by the Italian-born violinist Balthasar de Beaujoyeux (or Beaujoyeulx) and music in the form of récits, airs, choruses and dances by Girard de Beaulieu and Jacques Salmon. It was most likely at Catherine’s behest that a set of violins (including, that is, all the instruments of the violin family) was sent from Italy to France. The Valois court also imported Italian musicians in great number to provide the music at secular entertainments. Their standing was beginning to change: for the most part, their education continued to differ markedly from that of singers, and with the obvious exception of organists, the ecclesiastical revenues available to singers were closed to them; yet certain individuals, like the blind menestriers (minstrels) of Charles the Bold, or later Albert de Rippe, were more admired and highly rewarded than the chapel singers. Finally, it was during the reign of Henri IV that the violin band was put on a more formal footing (partly to please his queen, Marie de Médicis), laying the groundwork for the famous Vingt-Quatre Violons, which was eventually transferred from the écurie to the chambre, further elevating its status.

The musical landscape away from court

The overwhelming presence of the church within later medieval and Renaissance society is today increasingly difficult to imagine. The second of the three estates (the first being represented by the crown and the aristocracy), it provided the only meritocratic route to social advancement for members of the third. Through a network of choir schools (maîtrises) it afforded musically gifted boys an excellent general education and a secure, lucrative career.6 Just as the wealthier nobility kept their own chapels, so did the most powerful ecclesiasts, who also employed musicians for secular entertainments.7

The craft of instrumental musicians was, in contrast to the polyphony of singers, largely unwritten, and had its own professional organisations: the confraternités or guilds, which regulated the pay and status of their members and stipulated their years of apprenticeship. The guilds were involved in state occasions and public entertainments, as when visiting nobles or foreign dignitaries were welcomed, or when the king was received on an official visit. These occasions, known by the term joyeuse entrée, were also a common feature of urban life in the Burgundian lands. The festivities were reported in locally published pamphlets that reflect the role and importance of musicians at such events, and the attainment of a degree of musical literacy as a mark of breeding increasingly filtered down from the aristocracy to the bourgeoisie. The growing middle classes’ enthusiasm for the music sponsored by church and courts is most concretely signalled by the advent of music printing in France, which occurred simultaneously in Paris and Lyons in 1528.

The Parisian Pierre Attaingnant was the first to develop a more economic single-impression method of musical typography, an invention soon adapted by others. Supported by royal funding and privilege, his firm was also the first to achieve a truly international distribution based on a wide aristocratic and bourgeois readership. In 1547 Henri II relaxed his father’s monopolies, opening music publishing opportunities to competitors including Nicolas Du Chemin, Robert Granjon and the lutenist Adrian Le Roy, who in collaboration with Robert Ballard established a dominant position supported by new royal patents.

For much of the sixteenth century the populous city of Lyons functioned as a second capital through the quantity and quality of its literary and musical publication.8 Its strategic location and safe distance from Paris engendered a greater cosmopolitanism and diversity of outlook, making it a natural home for intellectuals, freethinkers and Huguenots (owing to the proximity of Geneva). Although Lyons represents a special case by virtue of its administrative independence from royal authority and its commercial prosperity, its individuality offered a valuable corrective to the royal and centripetal view of Paris’s cultural dominance.

For much of our period, and with the limited exceptions just noted in church and court, the social status of practising musicians was on a par with that of artisans. The medieval distinction between musicus and cantor (that is, those versed in music theory and its practitioners) continued to hold sway throughout the Renaissance. This was a consequence of music’s position as one of the seven liberal arts taught at university, in which it was placed with the three other number-based sciences, arithmetic, geometry and astronomy. With music considered a speculative branch of knowledge, it was almost de rigueur for theorists to profess disdain of their practising counterparts, including clerical singers of polyphony. Yet many of those theorists were composers with a university education, such as Johannes Tinctoris (c. 1430–1511), the most influential theorist of his generation, who was connected with the university and cathedral of Orleans in the late 1450s and early 1460s. All the same, the later Renaissance evinced a growing unease at a theoretical model dating back to Boethius, and the universities themselves were increasingly derided for clinging to outdated models.9Intellectuals and artists responded by forming ‘academies’, at which questions could be debated in a freer manner than was possible at the university. In Paris the writer Jean-Antoine de Baïf (1532–89) gathered one such circle around him under the patronage of Charles IX, who granted the Académie de Poésie et de Musique its own royal charter in 1570. A crucial point of discussion, also carried on at contemporary Italian accademie, concerned the relation of text and music. A similar concern animated the deliberations of the Council of Trent (1545–63), in response to the Reformed church’s criticisms of the textual unintelligibility of the music being composed for the Catholic Church. As in the accademie, Baïf and his musical collaborators Guillaume Costeley (c. 1530–1606), Joachim Thibault de Courville (d. 1581) and Girard de Beaulieu (fl. 1559–87) sought a model inspired by the supposed musical practices of ancient Greece; but, typical of the French propensity to give rhythm and metre predominance over melody and harmony, the Académie’s musical fruits were very different from the rather freer Italian monody: the vers mesurés à l’antique presented stressed and unstressed syllables with long and short note values, respectively. The proximity of this approach to the Huguenot tradition of metrical psalm singing is striking: though it stemmed from different ideological premises, the parallel can hardly be coincidental. The metrical formulations devised by Marot for his psalm translations followed the melodies of Calvin’s Genevan musicians, and their harmonisations by Loÿs Bourgeois, Janequin and others were combined with the dance rhythms of the same composers’ settings of secular strophic verse (voix de villes and airs). These formulations no doubt inspired the declamatory patterns found in the airs mesurés.

The significance of the Académie’s classicising stance for music history and its implications for musical style (in particular the move away from complex polyphony) have tended to overshadow its larger intellectual programme, indeed the deep moral purpose with which it saw itself invested, to which the king’s charter repeatedly refers. In France as elsewhere throughout Europe, the late Renaissance was the last period in Western music in which music was regarded almost universally as unequivocally positive, essential for the improvement and proper conduct of individuals, for their peaceable coexistence in society and for the very fabric of the universe. Music was perceived not only as positive, but as popular: familiarity with music and its terminology was therefore more widespread in this than in any other subsequent period. Further evidence for this is the establishment in 1570 of the Puy d’Evreux, an annual competition – the first of its kind – to which composers submitted works in different categories, including motets and chansons, and whose victors included the most prestigious composers of the day, including Lassus, Du Caurroy and many others. In the following century, however, music’s status as a science increasingly came under scrutiny. Although later thinkers (particularly the encyclopédistes) became deeply concerned with the acoustic bases of tonality, music itself was no longer considered a tool of cognition. It may be argued that, even compared with the other arts, music never regained the position within French culture that it enjoyed in the Renaissance.

From formes fixes to strophic song

In the last forty years it has been established that several of the most significant French-language formes fixes manuscripts transmitting the song repertoire of the later fifteenth century originated in the Loire Valley – that is, in the orbit of the French royal court.10 Further, two of its major composers, Ockeghem and Busnoys, were closely associated with the court’s circle. The close collaboration between two of the century’s most influential composers marks out the period around 1460 as one of the highpoints of French music. It is not unreasonable to ascribe to this time and place certain key developments in French song: first, the revival of the virelai in an abbreviated form, sometimes referred to as bergerette (ABbaA). This was a particular favourite of Busnoys, and the surviving examples from Du Fay and Ockeghem count among their most memorable and distinctive songs. Ockeghem’s Ma bouche rit and Presque trainsi, both virelais in the Phrygian mode, seem in different ways to have been extraordinarily influential, and it is quite possible that the use of the Phrygian mode in polyphony, with its attendant textual topos of mourning, is due to the success of these pieces. However, Busnoys was arguably the more immediately influential figure of the two stylistically: the songs of several other figures of the time (for example Caron and Delahaye) show remarkable affinities with his. During the third quarter of the century, this group of composers also resumed experimentation with poly-textual pieces, in which different texts were brought into relation with each other. The textual play with different narrative voices (typically opposing the courtly and the pastoral or rustic) harks back to the early motet; but the graphic obscenity of some pieces (like Caron’s Corps contre corps) was carried on in the épigrammes which, alongside the strophic song and the ‘popular’ song with regular symmetrical strophes, supplanted the courtly formes fixes early in the following century. However, it should be realised that, notwithstanding these differences of tone, the evidence that ‘native’ popular idioms played a significant role in that transition is scant: as in the fifteenth century, references to the menu peuple are entirely from an aristocratic perspective, even though those popular references may themselves have contributed to the widening demographic appeal of the music observed in prints.

Until recently, the transition was difficult to pin down, owing to several documentary problems: first, the transmission of French printed and manuscript chanson sources in the second and third decades of the century is extremely patchy; second, poetry manuscripts and printed anthologies (such as the monumental Jardin de plaisance, published in Paris by Antoine Vérard in 1502) continued to transmit formes fixes poetry that had long ceased to be set to music; and finally, contemporary nomenclature (even of an apparently straightforward term like ‘chanson’) is by no means straightforward. But as Frank Dobbins has shown, a clear transitional stage is perceptible in other contemporary collections of verse and music, including the well-known monophonic ‘Bayeux’ chansonnier, commonly known as the manuscrit de Bayeux, probably copied for Charles de Bourbon and transmitting melodies set polyphonically by countless composers.11 A shift of emphasis is also detectable with the two most prolific song composers of the following generation, Compère and Agricola, both of whom composed superb formes fixes settings alongside strophic and through-composed songs. The varied strophic structure with refrain of Compère’s ribald Nous sommes de l’ordre de Saint Babouin prefigures the later songs of Janequin and his emulators. By the turn of the century, these strophic forms (including single strophes, such as the famous Mille regretz) became increasingly the norm for polyphonic settings, and their affective range broadened commensurately. Josquin’s Nymphes des bois, setting Cretin’s lament for Ockeghem, is an outstanding example of a relatively new trend. A few songs that may confidently be ascribed to Mouton adumbrate the ‘new songs’ of Sermisy, Janequin and the younger generation found in the earliest books published by Attaingnant, starting with the Chansons nouvelles of 1528. As with the Italian madrigal, printing (initially in Italy, but soon afterwards in France) was to play a crucial role in the dissemination of the chanson.

This new style is far too diverse and widespread for the designation ‘Parisian chanson’ that attaches to it.12 The variety of the poetic texts in their forms, metrical structures and use of refrains is mirrored in their musical settings. Sermisy is perhaps the purest exponent of the style in its courtly vein. The melody of Je n’ay poinct plus d’affection illustrates it neatly. The repetition of the music for the third and fourth lines of text, though not ubiquitous, is typical enough; still more common is the reprise of the opening phrase for the end, which may be lightly varied or expanded. A lighter variant of the basic form is the drinking song (e.g. Hau, hau je bois and La, la, Maistre Pierre), in which the refrain punctuates the text at intervals (sometimes in truncated form). Janequin’s style is occasionally close to Sermisy’s lyrical simplicity, though inclining to a more melismatic approach, but he far outshines him in the variety of his rhythm and brilliant articulation of a syllabic counterpoint that is perfectly matched to the words of the narrative. A distinct category is the épigramme, setting single strophes whose last line introduces a pointe or punch-line. The narrative is often obscene, and some of the wittiest settings (such as Janequin’s Ung jour Colin) contrive a musical representation of the (usually sexual) activity described. Strophic settings were less often associated with ribald texts; an exception is Sermisy’s scatological Je ne menge point de porc, whose two strophes with refrain are through-composed. The pointe is not the refrain here but the penultimate line, in which a pig addresses a piece of excrement as he prepares to eat it. To emphasise this surreal moment, Sermisy moves to perfect time (by then seldom used), effectively slowing down the beat to stress the pig’s apostrophe.

Janequin’s narrative songs with their lively counterpoint and neat structures profoundly inspired the song-writing of generations of followers. The best known are Le chant des oyseaulx and La bataille, which must commemorate the victory of François I over imperial forces at Marignano in 1515; but the hunt-scene in La chasse, which paints a tableau including the king himself, and Le caquet des femmes (‘The chatterbox of women’) are just as accomplished. The formal mastery and sense of pacing that he deploys in these large-scale compositions are remarkable: moments of harmonic stasis, in which the music is overrun with onomatopoeia, set the scene for a sudden dramatic breakthrough, as when the quarry is finally sighted in La chasse. The impact of these pieces in live performance is undeniable, and they were frequently imitated: even the usually straight-laced Gombert was moved to try his hand in La chasse au lièvre and his own setting of Le chant des oyseaulx.

The later sixteenth century was dominated by Costeley and Claude Le Jeune, both closely associated with Baïf’s académie and its vers mesurés à l’antique. These might be described as a typically French attempt to impose a rational framework on an inherently fluid medium; not coincidentally, however, the concern to systematise the French language itself was shared by countless authors and intellectuals of the time, from Rabelais to the circle of the Pléiade.

Between these early and late figures is a group of significant personalities mostly active outside France: Thomas Créquillon and Pierre de Manchicourt, both born in the northern town of Béthune but employed by the Habsburgs, and Jacobus Clemens (alias ‘non Papa’ owing to his dissolute lifestyle). To some extent they stand apart from the composers working in France, exhibiting the Flemish preference for more elaborate and stricter imitative counterpoint, stricter fugal sequence, stretto entries, dovetailed cadences and denser textures most markedly exhibited in the work of Gombert. There will be more to say concerning the distinction between ‘Franco-Flemish’ and French, but the most gifted of these Ausländer – indeed, arguably the most versatile of all composers in the genre – is Lassus, who settled in Munich from the mid-1550s. Much has been written about his phenomenal sensitivity to text, which ranges from the mimetic games dear to Janequin to extraordinarily subtle references audible (or, in the case of Augenmusik, visible) to musicians alone. This psychological acuteness is matched by an effortless facility with counterpoint and an elfin sense of play with style unmatched by any of his contemporaries. His lyricism, figuralism and word-painting are illustrated in songs like Bonjour mon coeur, which neatly balances Ronsard’s poem; La nuit froide et sombre, which depicts each antithetical image portrayed in a few lines from Du Bellay’s Ode à l’inconstance des choses; and Paisible demaine, which succinctly sets an old ‘Blason de Paris’. His compositions combine Sermisy’s stylised elegance with Janequin’s rhythmic verve and Arcadelt’s allusive touches. Lassus set French verse ranging from Villon to Baïf and never fails to show his skill and originality in reworking the many musical models provided by the previous generation of composers. In turn, his songs profoundly influenced countless later settings of the same verses.13 Although Lassus’s delight in contrapuntal mastery and emotive use of harmony appears to flout classic French sensibility, which holds that art should conceal art, his pith and lucidity mark him out as one of the greatest composers ever to have set the language.

In 1571, the publisher and lutenist Adrian Le Roy brought out a collection of solo songs with lute accompaniment, which he called Airs de cour (the first known use of the term). These arrangements of strophic songs, mostly composed by King Charles IX’s organist, Nicholas de La Grotte, and published by Le Roy in a four-voice version in 1569, included texts that Ronsard had composed for masquerades and other quasi-dramatic festivities performed at Fontainebleau in 1564. Le Roy’s monodic arrangements introduce a novel unmeasured, declamatory rhythm, rarely found earlier, though it occurs in some of his own airs, including Est-ce pas mort quand un corps froid (Second livre de chansons, 1564). The air de cour had less of a European vogue than the chanson, but it was still widely disseminated – the best-known instances being the publication by Thomas East of Charles Tessier’s Chansons et airs de court, which influenced the first book of Dowland’s ayres printed in the same year, 1597. Although the fashion for solo singing may have been influenced by developments in Italy, the directness and simple elegance of the air de cour is typically French. But that simplicity is deceptive, for the best singers ornamented the melody as lavishly as their Italian counterparts. The highly stylised attitude that characterises the genre, already evident with Pierre Guédron, was carried still further by his successors. This rarefied sophistication reflects the tone of airs de cour texts, which is subtly different from that of the chanson. Humour, though present in the sub-generic airs à boire (drinking songs), seldom matches the ribaldry of the chanson at its most direct; more typically, allegorical descriptions of the beloved are pursued to the point of preciosity – or so it would seem, were it not for the excellence of the music. The change of sensibility indicates a significant aesthetic shift.

Instrumental music

Instrumental music remained subordinate to vocal music in France, as in other European countries during the period. The minstrel’s oral traditions are only marginally represented in notated sources like the published dance books, the earliest being that of Michel de Tholoze (c. 1510). These included mostly basses danses, pavanes and gaillardes, such as were danced in courtly ballrooms and town halls for weddings and other festivities arranged for four-part instrumental ensemble, keyboard, or solo lute. The arrangers are rarely named, but they included Claude Gervaise, the bandsman Étienne du Tertre, Tielman Susato and the distinguished lutenists Albert de Rippe, Guillaume Morlaye and Adrian Le Roy, as well as the guitarist Simon Gorlier. Many of these dances were structured and strictly rhythmicised versions of chansons, which also provided a vast repertoire of straight arrangements. Freer arrangements of chansons and occasionally motets or mass sections were also published in the form of phantaisies and rechercars, and some were preceded by virtuosic preludes, which were often mere finger-warming exercises with scales and arpeggios. Several books of choreographies were printed in Lyons and even Troyes, where in 1588 Thoinot Arbeau (Étienne Tabouret) issued his treatise Orchésographie. In 1576 under the title ‘voix de villes’ Jehan Chardavoine published the melodies for many airs and other songs that were sung and danced on the Pont Neuf in Paris. Music and notably chansons played a key role in French drama, from the passion plays, mysteries and moralities of the fifteenth century to the farces, pastorals and tragedies of the sixteenth century.14 The repertoire is clearly represented in the song-books of the time, and a few examples of full scores survive (e.g. a nativity play by Barthélemy Aneau with noëls by Étienne Du Tertre, Didier Lupi and Goudimel).

Sacred versus secular music

Because of the social structures within which leading musicians worked, there was little distinction between composers of sacred and secular music before the sixteenth century, even though individual composers might favour the one over the other. Thus Busnoys’s sacred output is comparatively small in relation to the number of his chansons, and the reverse is true with Ockeghem; but conversely, more copies survive of Busnoys’s justly celebrated L’homme arméMass than of any of Ockeghem’s Mass cycles, while none of Busnoys’s songs matched the popularity of Ma bouche rit. In the following century, Sermisy, though master of King François I’s chapel, published more songs than Masses or motets, while the priest Janequin hardly touched sacred genres. The enduring amalgamation of the sacred and the secular is marked by the fact that a significant proportion of the Masses, and many Magnificats, composed after 1500 were ‘imitations’ or ‘parodies’ of polyphonic chansons.

All the same, a number of points testify to the gradual split between the two. The most far-reaching event from this standpoint was the Reformation, and the reaction it triggered in Catholic countries. The rise of Reformed churches led to forms of worship in the vernacular, and a need for new musical genres suited to them. In French, this led most notably to countless settings of the Psalter, newly translated by Clément Marot and Théodore de Beze. As we have seen, the singing of these psalms in French was very popular at court, and they were set by the Catholic composers Janequin and Certon. Conversely, prominent Huguenots like Goudimel composed and edited collections of Masses for the Parisian printer Nicolas Du Chemin, and the pastor Simon Goulart made a career out of contrafacts, devising spiritual verse to fit the words of Ronsardian sonnets set by Bertrand, Boni and even Lassus. It was only from the 1560s onwards, when attitudes hardened on both sides, that the linguistic divide was perceived to mirror the confessional. Thus the entire production of Paschal de l’Estocart (a generation on from Goudimel) was conditioned by religious considerations. His Octonnaires de la vanité du monde set insistently moralising vernacular texts, albeit in a musical idiom strongly tinted with Italianate chromaticism. A remarkable degree of chromaticism also informs the spiritual as well as secular songs of Jean Servin and the airs spirituels of Antoine de Bertrand. It can hardly be coincidence that this emphasis on the devotional use of the vernacular corresponds to the emergence of new secular forms within each linguistic group – chanson, madrigal and the like.

The linguistic question aside, there is little doubt that the growing rift between sacred and secular was a pan-European phenomenon: while the Spaniard Victoria’s decision to concentrate on sacred music appears to have arisen out of personal conviction, Palestrina’s in Rome seems to have been more calculated. But either position would have been unthinkable forty years earlier. In French-speaking areas matters were rarely so clear-cut, as we have seen with Goulart’s practice of framing sacred texts to the very chansons that Reformed religious leaders denounced for their scandalous content! Trends in printed music, similarly, cut both ways: at first glance, the publications devoted to genre argued for the perception of sacred and secular as distinct; yet the two were often found alongside each other in collections known as meslanges (miscellanies), whether collective (as with those issued in Paris in 1560 and 1572) or from individuals.

Latin-texted sacred music: French versus Franco-Flemish?

To return to the question broached at the beginning of this chapter: what, if anything, qualifies as specifically ‘French’ in the music written in French, or in France, during the Renaissance? The problem is posed perhaps most acutely in the sacred music written for the Catholic ritual, and not just for the obvious reason that it sets Latin rather than French texts.

With Ockeghem, the Chapelle Royale – and by extension, France – could claim the most respected composer of his generation. But because barely a handful of contemporary French sources of sacred polyphony have come down to us, such knowledge as we have of the music itself comes second-hand at best, often from sources copied very far afield. Hence the impression that French sacred polyphony of the late fifteenth century is well-nigh indissociable from an international style practised by the ‘Franco-Flemish’ musicians who disseminated it throughout Europe. In fact, most of the principal composers active in France at the time were francophone. Long believed to have been of Flemish origin, Ockeghem is now known to have been born near Mons, in French-speaking Belgium. A survey of his sacred music is beyond the scope of this chapter, but a word is in order concerning his contribution (and through him, that of composers working on French soil) to that most lofty of fifteenth-century musical genres, the polyphonic Mass cycle.15 Ockeghem’s posthumous reputation rested on a group of works of a distinctly speculative sort: the three-voice canonic song Prenez sur moy, the Missa Cuiusvis toni, designed for performance on several starting pitches, and the Missa Prolationum, conceived almost entirely in double canon. Such pieces may have been designed as audition pieces for the French Chapelle Royale, but compositionally they seem also to straddle the fault lines of the theoretical systems within which they are conceived. (The idea that a notated work may have several sounding realisations was revisited a couple of generations later by Pierre Moulu in his Missa Alma redemptoris mater, which can be performed with or without rests longer than a minim.) At first glance, these important pieces are exceptions within his output, and they have often been portrayed as such. Nevertheless, their speculative bent is typical of the composer more generally, for in his other Masses he frequently adopts a questioning stance towards the borrowed material that serves as their basis.

Apart from their theoretical bases (or rather, precisely on account of them), the Masses Cuiusvis toni and Prolationum are exceptional in relying on no pre-existing material whatever.16 The more usual way of treating the Mass cycle was to take pre-existing material of one sort or another as a basis for a new work, the options available to the composer depending on the nature of the borrowed work. The tradition of using a line of plainsong as a compositional starting-point was already centuries old, but its application as a recurrent structuring (hence the term ‘cantus firmus’) across the five movements of the Mass Ordinary counts as one of the fifteenth century’s greatest innovations. If its invention is credited to the English composers of the generation of Leonel Power (c. 1380–1445) and John Dunstable (c. 1390–1453), its development and diversification seems to have been a largely French affair, most notably through Guillaume Du Fay (c. 1397–1474), and Ockeghem and Busnoys in the following generation. Where the English tended to present the plainsong in the same guise in each movement, their successors might ornament it differently each time, as in the Ecce ancilla Masses by Du Fay and Ockeghem. And it may also have been Du Fay who first hit upon the idea of using a line from an existing polyphonic song as a cantus firmus in his Se la face ay pale cycle, probably composed in the 1450s and based on a strophic song of Du Fay’s own. (This intersection of sacred and secular can be surprising to modern sensibilities, but it would have seemed entirely natural to contemporary observers. For one thing, God and his saints were everywhere, tangible presences; for another, medieval culture delighted in the sort of analogical relationship that such correspondences set up: thus the Virgin Mary was readily assimilated to the idealised, unattainable Lady of chivalry, subject of countless chansons of the period.17) Bold though these developments undoubtedly are, still more striking is the speed with which new ideas were not only adopted, but their implications pursued and extended. More or less from the off, composers began to quote not only from the single line but from several or, again, from the entire polyphonic texture of borrowed pieces. Most of these developments may be observed in Ockeghem’s Mass output, and whether or not he initiated them himself, the number of his surviving Masses (over a dozen, whether complete or fragmentary), most of which must have been written during his long tenure at the French court, is indicative of an influence beyond what the surviving sources suggest.

Independently of his international reputation, within France itself Ockeghem was unquestionably the dominant figure of his generation. Once again, the lack of primary sources obscures the picture; but with the exception of Busnoys (who had left France by the mid-1460s), Ockeghem had no rival in the domain of sacred music. Busnoys’s L’homme armé Mass has already been mentioned, and was one of the most influential works of the century; and his motet in honour of Ockeghem, In hydraulis, composed just before his leave-taking of his colleague around 1465, was also echoed in a number of works, including, for example, Josquin’s Illibata virgo nutrix. More obviously, perhaps, than Ockeghem’s, Busnoys’s music exhibits traits that might be described as quintessentially French: innate balance and sense of line, and fastidious contrapuntal technique. And of the two, it was arguably Busnoys who was the more influential. Like many of his songs, his Missa L’homme armé (which may well date from his last years at the French court) supremely embodies a form of mid-fifteenth-century classicism, refined, consummately sure-footed and yet capable of coups de théâtre as breathtaking as they are carefully staged (as the concluding section of the Agnus Dei reveals). Not only was it widely copied, but its elegant design led to a number of homages by younger composers, notably Jacob Obrecht and Josquin (the latter in his Missa L’homme armé super voces musicales). Close to Busnoys in style is his probable near contemporary Firmin Caron, who was probably born at Amiens and left five elegantly executed Masses, including a Missa L’homme armé. (The popularity of his songs has already been mentioned.) In the 1480s and 1490s, the royal court was joined by more distinguished figures. Although born in Ghent and therefore of Flemish birth, Agricola appears to have made some impact during his tenure there. His highly individual style might be held up as a synthesis of his two most illustrious predecessors at the French court, for its textural vocabulary owes much to Busnoys, but its subversive streak is reminiscent of Ockeghem. It is possible that there existed a relationship between Agricola and Ockeghem similar to the one that had linked Ockeghem and Busnoys twenty years earlier.18

The music of both Ockeghem and Agricola exhibits stylistic traits often described as ‘Flemish’: a preference for convoluted, intricate lines, dense textures (whatever the number of voices) and contrapuntal sophistication. These features have sometimes been contrasted with the gradual simplification of style observed in the early years of the next century in the works of the chapel members Prioris, Divitis, Moulu and Févin, characterised by a greater clarity of texture, melodic design and form, and a preference for four-voice textures where five and six voices were increasingly the norm elsewhere (for example with Habsburg musicians in the Low Countries and northerners in Italy). But the interpretation of these changes as evidence of a specifically French sensibility emerging from the shadow of a Franco-Flemish school is overhasty. Divitis, for example, was born in Leuven and spent most of his career in Flemish-speaking areas. His works exhibit a stepping-down of contrapuntal virtuosity comparable to that of his francophone contemporaries at the Chapelle Royale. Conversely, in the work of the francophone Mouton the propensity for clear textures is balanced by an occasional interest in contrapuntal artifice, so the ‘Franco/Flemish’ duality is hardly clear-cut. The difference may depend more on the formation received in certain choir schools like those of Cambrai or Notre-Dame and the Sainte-Chapelle, or from the prevailing fashion at the place of employment. To view it from the other side, the composers working in the Habsburg orbit continued in the ‘Flemish’ manner just noted, particularly retaining the preference for rich and dense textures; but not a few of these composers (Manchicourt, Crecquillon) were francophone. So one need hardly invoke the tunefulness and the textual and formal clarity of the new ‘Parisian’ chanson (a quintessential symbol of the French Renaissance) to explain the lack of contrapuntal artifice in Sermisy’s sacred music, which is better viewed in light of trends extending beyond France to include much of Europe.

The early sixteenth century ushered in the heyday of the motet, which replaced the Mass as the main focus for composers of sacred music, and of canonic writing as a privileged locus of contrapuntal virtuosity. The simplification of style just discussed applies here also, for in the fifteenth century the term ‘canon’ was applied to a wide variety of techniques for transforming a single line of music by means of externally imposed criteria, of which the technique designated by the term nowadays (that is, the exact replication of a single notated line by two or more voices sounding at different times) was only one.19 After the turn of the sixteenth century the vogue for abstruse and cryptic ‘non-fugal’ forms of canon went out of fashion (notwithstanding the odd exception), while the strict imitative sort became increasingly popular, as in the Chanzoni franciose a quatro sopra doi, which consists entirely of canonic pieces (in the sense of ‘fuga’), both sacred and secular. In its concentration on fugal canon this was the first publication of its kind; but it is striking that nearly all the composers represented had close links with the French court in the decade preceding the volume’s appearance. Its title should not be read anachronistically, since national and linguistic labels were quite loosely applied during this period; but it plainly signals a perception of French composers (or of composers working in France) as a distinctive presence on the international scene.20 The influence of Italy on courtly French culture in the Renaissance is widely documented; but it is worth noting that the traffic was not exclusively in one direction, since at least one of the pioneers of the Italian madrigal, Philippe Verdelot, was French.

Compared with that of the preceding period, sacred music in France during the latter half of the sixteenth century gives the impression of being somewhat insular or conservative, but this perception is neither fair nor accurate. Until recently, musicology has neglected the abundant and often fine sacred polyphony of such figures from the middle of the century as Arcadelt, Certon, Maillard, Phinot and Boni.21 True, no French composer of the time has since achieved the iconic status of Byrd for England, of Victoria for Spain or of Palestrina for Italy, though Du Caurroy’s reputation within France was nearly comparable, eliciting enthusiastic citations fifty years after his death, not least from Mersenne. The fact that Du Caurroy’s music was not widely published until the very end of his life (two major collections appeared in 1609 and 1610, and Mersenne mentions several Masses that are now lost) must explain, at least in part, why his fame did not spread more widely. But his Preces ecclesiasticae is an impressive collection of motets, to which a modern edition has only recently done justice,22 and in Nicolas Formé he left a talented disciple who succeeded him as sous-maître of the royal chapel and contributed to the development of the grand motet that was to characterise the sacred music of the grand siècle. In the closing years of the sixteenth century, however, Lassus’s reputation eclipsed Du Caurroy’s in France as it did that of so many contemporaries elsewhere. Yet Ronsard’s famous encomium of Lassus as ‘nostre divin Orlande’ reminds us that the composer could reasonably be regarded by native French speakers as one of their own. Not for the first time in this survey, the correlation between linguistic and national boundaries fails to do justice to the complexity of the situation. But if that situation resists convenient packaging, the fluidity of musical exchange that characterises it is one that Europe would hardly encounter again before the twentieth century.

Notes

I wish to record my debt to Frank Dobbins, first, in the formulation of certain passages of this chapter, which helped avert some omissions and encouraged me further to elaborate some of its themes; and second, his friendly and timely support at several significant junctures of our professional relationship. May the dedication of this chapter to his memory stand as a modest but fitting tribute, concerning as it does the time and place that were closest to his scholarly career and, I think, his sensibility as a person.

1 Despite the breadth of the chronological span covered in this chapter, there are few monographs in English devoted to French or French-speaking composers of this period in a traditional ‘life-and-works’ format. Useful exceptions are David Fallows, Dufay: The Master Musicians, rev. edn (London: Dent, 1987); and Jerome Roche, Lassus (Oxford University Press, 1982). Even specialised composer-centred studies are rare. On the major figures of Ockeghem and Busnoys, see Fabrice Fitch, Johannes Ockeghem: Masses and Models (Paris: Champion, 1997); Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Johannes Ockeghem: Actes du XLe Colloque international d’études humanistes (Paris: Klincksieck, 1998); and Paula Higgins (ed.), Antoine Busnoys: Method, Meaning, and Context in Late Medieval Music (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1999).

2 For the period after c. 1520, the most complete summary of biographical information remains François Lesure, Musicians and Poets of the French Renaissance (New York: Merlin Press, 1955), which is usefully supplemented by the impressive study by Christelle Cazaux, La musique à la cour de François Ier (Paris: École Nationale des Chartes, 2002). The later Valois court is well treated in Jeanice Brooks, Courtly Songs in Late Sixteenth-Century France (University of Chicago Press, 2000).

3 As in the particular case of Saint-Omer in the Pas-de-Calais, where Mouton was active in 1494–5. It should be noted that Saint-Omer was not formally joined to the French kingdom until 1677. See Andrew Kirkman, ‘La musique à la collégiale à la fin du moyen âge’, in Nicolette Delanne-Logié and Yves-Marie Hilaire (eds), La cathédrale de Saint-Omer: 800 ans de mémoire vive (Paris: CNRS, 2000), 133–8.

4 The report of the name Dionisius Prioris (Denis Prieur) and its identification with the composer ‘Prioris’ appears, with a full reconsideration of the composer’s biography, in Theodor Dumitrescu, ‘Who was “Prioris”? A royal composer recovered’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 65 (2012), 5–65.

5 See Cazaux, La musique à la cour de François Ier.

6 Recent studies of the education of choirboys include Kate van Orden, ‘Children’s voices: singing and literacy in sixteenth-century France’, Early Music History, 25 (2006), 209–56; and Andrew Kirkman, ‘The seeds of medieval music: choirboys and musical training in a late-medieval maîtrise’, in Susan Boynton and Eric Rice (eds), Young Choristers, 650–1700 (Woodbridge: Boydell and Brewer, 2008), 104–22.

7 Two recent studies that give a fine-grained picture of the life of the jobbing fifteenth-century composer are Rob C. Wegman, ‘Fremin Caron at Amiens: new documents’, in Fabrice Fitch and Jacobijn Kiel (eds), Essays on Renaissance Music in Honour of David Fallows:Bon jour, bon mois et bonne estrenne (Woodbridge: Boydell Press, 2011), 2–32; and Andrew Kirkman, ‘Johannes Sohier dit Fede and St Omer: a story of pragmatic sanctions’, in Fitch and Kiel (eds), Essays on Renaissance Music, 68–79.

8 Frank Dobbins, Music in Renaissance Lyons (Oxford University Press, 1992).

9 Philippe Vendrix, La musique à la renaissance (Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1999), 17–20, 87–8.

10 This was first proposed in print in Joshua Rifkin, ‘Scribal concordances for some Renaissance manuscripts in Florentine libraries’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 26 (1973), 305–26. A recent study of these manuscripts and their cultural context is Jane Alden, Songs, Scribes, and Society: The History and Reception of the Loire Valley Chansonniers (Oxford University Press, 2010).

11 Frank Dobbins, ‘Strophic and epigrammatic forms in the French chanson and air of the sixteenth century’, Acta musicologica, 78 (2006), 197–234.

12 The first known use of the term, by François Lesure in 1951, is reported by Frank Dobbins. Reference DobbinsIbid, 197.

13 Frank Dobbins, ‘Lassus – borrower or lender’, Revue belge de musicologie, 39–40 (1985–6), 101–57; and Dobbins, ‘Textual sources and compositional techniques in the French chansons of Orlando de Lassus’, in Ignace Bossuyt, Eugeen Schreurs and Annelies Wouters (eds), Orlandus Lassus and his Time (Peer: Alamire, 1995), 139–61.

14 See Howard Mayer Brown, Music in the French Secular Theater, 1400–1550 (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1963); and Frank Dobbins, ‘Music in French theatre of the late sixteenth century’, Early Music History, 13 (1994), 85–122.

15 For the most recent discussion of this seminal genre, see Andrew Kirkman, The Cultural Life of the Early Polyphonic Mass: Medieval Context to Modern Revival (Cambridge University Press, 2010).

16 As Kirkman has argued, however, the tendency of modern-day scholarship to privilege Masses unified by shared material should not obscure the fact that other approaches also had currency in the period. See Andrew Kirkman, ‘The invention of the cyclic Mass’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 54 (2001), 1–47.

17 M. Jennifer Bloxam, ‘A cultural context for the chanson mass’, in Honey Meconi (ed.), Early Musical Borrowing (New York: Routledge, 2004), 7–35.

18 Fabrice Fitch, ‘“Who cares who is speaking?” An essay in style-criticism’, Acta musicologica, 82 (2010), 49–70.

19 One must bear in mind that musicians designated both imitation and strict canon (in the modern sense) with the same term ‘fuga’, whereas the Latin word ‘canon’ (meaning ‘rule’) covered any sort of verbal instruction to the performer, including one prescribing ‘fuga’ (e.g. ‘Canon: 4 ex 1’, which requires that the same notated part be read at four different speeds).

20 Its editor was probably Adrian Willaert, who may have come from Belgium but spent some formative years in France. Nearly all the composers represented were active at the court of Louis XII at Blois. Antico probably intended his book for the French market; it is significant that it was pirated by Pierre Attaingnant in Paris as probably the first example of an edition produced by the new single-impression typography.

21 A recent exception is Marie-Alexis Colin, ‘Eustache du Caurroy et le motet en France à la fin du XVIe siècle’ (PhD thesis, University of Tours, 2001).

22 Eustache du Caurroy, Preces ecclesiasticae, ed. Marie-Alexis Colin, Musica Gallica, collection ‘Epitome musical’ (Paris: Klincksieck, 2000).

4 Music under Louis XIII and XIV, 1610–1715

Peter Bennett
Georgia Cowart

After the domestic religious wars of the sixteenth century, seventeenth-century France saw a period of relative internal stability during the reigns of Louis XIII (r. 1610–43) and Louis XIV (r. 1643–1715), though religious conflict with the Huguenots was never far from the surface, and external wars occupied both Louis XIII (the Thirty Years War, 1618–48) and Louis XIV (particularly the War of Spanish Succession, 1701–14) for much of their reigns. With the help of his premier ministreCardinal Richelieu, Louis XIII worked to consolidate and centralise the power of the Bourbon dynasty; Louis XIV continued this process with Cardinal Mazarin until 1661, and then alone, from Paris and later Versailles. Although recent scholars have questioned the concept of ‘absolute power’ or ‘absolutism’, Louis XIV, through a programme of image-making and the arts, as well as through political means, probably did more than any other single ruler to create a mystique of grandiloquence and glory that posterity has not effaced.

Tendencies towards centralisation and a resulting isolation were reflected in seventeenth-century French music.1 In contrast to Italy, where the near-simultaneous appearance of the first solo-monody publication and the first opera production signalled the rise of what later became known as the Baroque period, France witnessed no such dramatic shift in aesthetic, and in France the term has generally been applied less frequently. Instead, for much of the early part of the seventeenth century, French musicians remained strongly influenced by the practice of so-called musique mesurée (the practice of declaiming text in ‘syllabic homophony’ in supposed imitation of classical metres), with polyphony remaining more attractive to the French than monody: as Claude Le Jeune (c. 1530–1600) stated in the preface to his Printemps (1603), the French retained the ‘improvements’ of polyphony attained over the past centuries, rather than discarding them as the Italians had done. In broader musical terms, this influence was expressed in the continuing multi-voiced character of the air de cour, liturgical music and instrumental ensemble music. Although this character was often homophonic (especially in instrumental music based on the dance), liturgical music often looked back to the counterpoint of the sixteenth century, and some instrumental works adopted a self-consciously archaic contrapuntal style. By the middle of the century, the solo voice had gained in importance, both airs sérieux for domestic performance and opera airs now being conceived as ‘solo with accompaniment’ rather than as homophony; but in contrast to Italy, where opera choruses were rare, the homophonic chorus never lost its attraction for Jean-Baptiste Lully (1632–87), the most important composer of the second half of the century. French music continued to remain relatively isolated for much of the seventeenth century, as it tended to exhibit a tuneful directness and to eschew virtuosity. This style held sway in all genres until the late seventeenth century, when Italian influence began to be felt through the use of abstract forms such as the sonata, virtuosity and the rise of Italian-influenced opera. The incorporation of Italian influences into French music preoccupied critics and theorists in the early years of the eighteenth century, and through these debates over the comparative merits of the French versus the Italian style, modern musical criticism began to develop. Finally, French musicians learned to incorporate and reconcile these Italian elements to produce the famous goûts réunis of figures such as François Couperin (1668–1733).2

Music under Louis XIII

When the eight-year-old Louis succeeded to the French throne after the assassination of his father Henri IV in 1610, the outward organisation of the musical establishment at court and the roles it played did not change, nor would they for the remainder of the century. As Louis XIII tightened his grip on power, however (he assumed personal rule in 1617, after the regency of his mother, Marie de Médicis), music at court became as much directed to political ends as to entertainment and worship. Although the most obvious examples of a political role for music were the frequent performances of ballets de cour (court ballets), which featured thinly disguised allegories of Louis as victorious over adversity, most famously in the Ballet de la délivrance de Renaud in 1617, in other ways too music served, and was subject to, the growth of Louis’s absolutist rule. Only forty years earlier, Charles IX’s Académie de Poésie et de Musique had made explicit the Platonic conception of the harmony inherent in music reflecting and reinforcing the harmony of a well-governed state. Under Louis too, all genres of music, from liturgical and devotional to court entertainment and music for entrées (ceremonial entrances into towns and cities), were engaged to serve the political needs of the king.3

As part of Louis’s controlling influence, musical activity became centralised at court. This centralisation extended to music publishing, with the king continuing to grant a monopoly (known as a privilège) to members of the Ballard family, during most of this period Pierre. From his appointment in 1607 until his death in 1639, Pierre Ballard’s musical tastes and commercial interests dominated music publishing in Paris and indeed France more widely, with only the occasional threat to his hegemony emerging from figures such as the composer Nicolas Métru (c. 1610–c. 1663) in 1635. After that threat, in 1637 Ballard was granted an even more exclusive monopoly in a decree from Louis XIII which also extravagantly praised the quality of his work, but on Ballard’s death the king nevertheless complicated matters by granting a privilège to Jacques Senlecque for the printing of plainchant, as well as to Pierre’s son and successor, Robert. The Ballards were eager to publish popular and fashionable repertoires (such as the books of airs de cour by the court composers Pierre Guédron, after 1564–c. 1620, and Antoine Boësset, 1586–1643), but less inclined towards sacred or instrumental ensemble music, though the firm was responsible for the publication of Jehan Titelouze’s Hymnes de l’église pour toucher sur l’orgue (1623), the only printed keyboard music to survive from the entire era. In the context of musical activity already centralised at court (a hallmark of absolutist rule, continuing with the reign of Louis XIV), Ballard’s selective choices and commercial impulses, together with the favourable survival of manuscripts from royal circles, preserve a historical picture of musical activity almost completely dominated by the royal household.

The musicians of the royal household were distributed among a number of performing ensembles (some musicians being members of more than one). The musique de la chambre was controlled by a surintendant (probably the most important musician at court) and participated in all aspects of the court’s musical life – sacred, secular and ceremonial. Under the direction of the surintendant (during Louis XIII’s reign Pierre Guédron, Henry Le Bailly, d. 1637, Paul Auget, c. 1592–1660, and Boësset), a small vocal ensemble (one elite singer to a part, with three boys taking the top line) together with a few instruments (lute, harpsichord, flute and viols) provided both secular and devotional entertainment for the court, while the Violons du Roi, considerably enlarged in the early years of Louis XIII’s reign with players from the Paris violin guilds, provided music for both social dancing and ballets de cour. While the musicians of the grande écurie (literally ‘large stable’), which consisted of trumpets, oboes and drums, provided ceremonial music for processions and large-scale events such as the entrées, the Chapelle Royale (sixteen men singing the lower parts and eight boys singing the top line, all under the direction of a sous-maître) performed music for the daily liturgy at court, and combined with the singers of the musique de la chambre on special occasions.

Music and ceremony

Music was an essential component of a number of royal ceremonies, and was clearly intended to heighten their effectiveness as projections of royal power both in Paris and throughout the country. In particular, as an absolute monarch ruling by divine right, Louis wished to be identified with God himself (or to be a ‘Vice-God’, as Godeau, bishop of Grasse, later put it). To that end, biblical (particularly psalm) texts featured prominently in ceremonial musical settings: just as David, the king-musician and author of many psalms, wisely ruled over the Israelites (God’s chosen people), so Louis (incidentally also in reality a proficient musician) ruled over the French (also supposedly God’s chosen people) with the help of music.

As Louis travelled through France consolidating power, ceremonial entrées, accompanied by music, were often organised to celebrate his arrival at a particular town or city. Although none of the music used on these occasions has survived, eye-witness accounts describe the kinds of performances that took place. During the entrée into Paris in 1628 following the military success against the Huguenots at La Rochelle, for example, the procession stopped at numerous ‘Arcs de Triomphe’. At the St Jacques gate the ‘Trompettes & les Tambours’ performed; at the arch of St Benedict, the ‘Hauts-bois’ (loud wind instruments); at the arch of St Severin, the ‘Musetes de Poictou’ (a consort of bagpipe-like instruments, part of the grande écurie); at the ‘Petit Pont’, ‘la Musique douce de voix, & d’Instruments’ (probably a description of the musique de la chambre); at the New Market, ‘le concert de Violons’; and at the Arch of Glory, ‘two choirs of musicians answered each other back and forth: one of wind instruments, the other of violins’.4

Music as a vehicle for biblical text was inevitably an important feature of Louis’s coronation at the cathedral of Notre-Dame, Reims, on 17 October 1610. Early in the ceremony the archbishop of Rheims sang the verse ‘Domine salvum fac Regem’, to which the people responded ‘Et exaudi nos in die qua invocaverimus te’ (Psalm 20: ‘O Lord save the King’, ‘And mercifully hear us when we call upon thee’), a text that played on the ambiguity of the psalmist and portrayed Louis as ‘king’ in the heavenly sense. Musical settings of this text would become ubiquitous during the later reign of Louis XIII and that of Louis XIV, forming an integral part of the daily Low Mass at Versailles. Later, the canons of the cathedral sang, in fauxbourdon, ‘Domine in virtute tua letabitur Rex’ (Psalm 21: ‘The King shall rejoice in thy strength, O Lord’), another psalm text highlighting the parallels between King David and King Louis. At the end of the coronation, the assembled gathering sang the Te Deum; this was also used frequently for other celebrations such as peace treaties and the culmination of entrées, including the one in 1628. According to the account preserved by Godefroy, ‘all the people made their acclamation and cried “Long live the King!”, while trumpets, shawms and other instruments sounded: and then the bishop of Reims began the Te Deum accompanied by the organ and other musicians’.5

Sacred music

Sacred music was clearly influenced by the musical and religious currents of the day.6 Although later in the century a strong desire to retain independence from Rome would manifest itself in the adoption of a Neo-Gallican liturgy and chant, under Louis XIII the revised Tridentine Roman liturgy was officially adopted as the liturgy of France in 1615. By contrast, the specific reforms of the Council of Trent were never formally adopted, but their spirit, and that of the entire Counter-Reformation, could be felt in much sacred music. Figures such as François de Sales, with their message of personal devotion and individual piety, were widely revered in France, and sacred music reflected this individualism. Sacred music also became more open to secular influences, with devotional music in particular adopting characteristics of the air de cour.

Under Louis XIII, the Chapelle Royale lost its pre-eminent position as a musical establishment. Virtually no music survives from this period, but what little there is suggests a conservative repertoire based almost entirely on sixteenth-century compositional practices, using instruments (cornets and sackbuts) only to double the voices. The music of Eustache Du Caurroy (1549–1609), chapel composer or sous-maître until 1609, exemplifies this conservative style, and a surviving set of eight Magnificats by Nicolas Formé from the middle of Louis XIII’s reign shows little advance in technique. Only in Formé’s Mass Aeternae Henrici Magni … (1638) do we see any hint of the compositional procedures later used there under Louis XIV, with the vocal forces divided into two contrasting choirs.7

If the Chapelle Royale remained primarily conservative, the musique de la chambre was quicker to adopt more progressive musical practices. According to contemporary accounts the musique de la chambre was required to sing ‘graces’ after the king’s meals, and the influence of the polyphonic air de cour (which they otherwise regularly sang) on these devotional works is clear. Setting Latin texts based on psalms or from the Song of Solomon, these works were often imbued with allegorical meaning: the anonymous Egredimini filiae Sion, for example, makes reference to the coronation of King Solomon by his mother, a clear allusion to the regency of Marie de Médicis, Louis’s mother. More clearly dependent on the air de cour is Veni, sponsa mea, a dialogue between Christ and his Bride (a common Counter-Reformation analogy for the church), which makes use of the musique mesurée rhythms and the variable scoring found in the air de cour.

Elsewhere in Paris, and indeed in the rest of France, most secular (i.e. non-monastic) churches remained conservative in outlook. The cathedral of Notre-Dame remained so throughout the seventeenth century, with polyphonic Mass settings by figures such as Henri Frémart (d. after 1646) forming the core of the repertoire. The Sainte-Chapelle maintained a similar musical staff and performed similarly conservative repertoire. Under the composer André Pechon (c. 1600–after 1683) much of the liturgy was sung in fauxbourdon at the royal parish church of Saint-Germain-l’Auxerrois, as in other major churches. Only in the south-west of France, where a school of composers including Guillaume Bouzignac (c. 1587–after 1642) developed a more madrigalian and dramatic style, did church music break free from sixteenth-century practices. It was left to the monastic institutions, freed from the control of the diocese of Paris, to embrace more progressive ideas from Italy, although music from only one of these survives: the royal Benedictine abbey of Montmartre.

During the reign of Louis XIII, the abbey of Montmartre witnessed a flourishing of sacred music under Abbess Marie de Beauvilliers and her maître de musique, Boësset (also surintendant de la musique de la chambre).8Boësset composed for the unusual combination of three or four high voices (sung by the nuns), bass (probably sung by Boësset himself) and basso continuo of organ and bass viol (the earliest use of the basso continuo in France). Often referred to as ‘transitional’ in style, this repertoire made use of the learned polyphonic techniques of the sixteenth century (in France and elsewhere seen as a symbol of ‘church music’) softened by the influence of the air de cour. The works skilfully juxtapose supple melodic solos accompanied by basso continuo with full choruses and points of strict imitation. Montmartre, together with the church of the Congregation of the Oratory next to the Louvre, also saw the instigation of a particularly French phenomenon, so-called plain-chant musical. Under the influence of the Counter-Reformation, the air de cour and humanist impulses surviving from the end of the sixteenth century, the Gregorian chant used for the majority of the liturgy was considered too melismatic and complex. In the early decades of Louis’s rule, the leader of the Oratorian Order, François Bourgoing, and an anonymous nun at Montmartre independently developed simpler, syllabic repertoires of chant which embodied the new trends. At Montmartre this body of chant (particularly the hymns) was subsequently incorporated into Boësset’s polyphonic repertoire.

Secular music

During the reign of Louis XIII, vocal music was more highly valued than abstract instrumental music. Accordingly, instrumental music, though of course widely performed, remained firmly rooted in dance, with the lute and later the harpsichord the most popular solo instruments. (The Ballard house published numerous collections of lute music during this period.) Ensemble music for the chamber remained particularly conservative: only a few works such as the polyphonic fantasias of Métru survive, although the fantasias of Le Jeune and Du Caurroy were probably also still being performed. Thus it was to the air de cour that the great composers of the day (those generally associated with the musique de la chambre) turned their attention. Based on models from the late sixteenth century (most notably Le Roy’s 1571 collection Livre d’airs de cour, which set poetry by Ronsard and others), the air de cour set strophic ‘courtly’ poetry to a simple and singable melody (the air). Like the sixteenth-century models, the air under Louis XIII remained essentially a polyphonic genre, with versions for solo voice and lute intabulation appearing only after the polyphonic original (generally four or five voices with or without lute accompaniment).

The most important composer of the early years of Louis’s reign, Guédron, published five volumes of airs for four and five voices (Ballard, 1602–20).9 Guédron’s earliest airs (setting poetry by contemporary poets such as Du Perron, Malherbe and Durand) remained influenced by musique mesurée: while their rhythmic motion was often restricted to homophonic crotchets and minims, their melodies eschewed all melisma and virtuosity in an effort to declaim the poetry clearly and correctly. By the time of Guédron’s later collections, however, the influence of musique mesurée had waned. Instead, a sensitive and supple approach was taken to text setting, and a complex patchwork of scoring was used to highlight the text: one line of text for treble and bass, the next for lower parts only, the next for upper two only and so on. Later volumes also introduced a particularly declamatory style, the récit, in which the line between theatrical declamation and singing was blurred. Sometimes unaccompanied, these works were generally composed for ballets de cour before being made available to a wider audience in the published volume (see Example 4.1).

Example 4.1 Authors’ transcription of a Guédron récit from the Ballet de la délivrance de Renaud

The better-known and more widely distributed versions of Guédron’s airs de cour appeared in a parallel series of publications from the Ballard house, the Airs de différents autheurs mis en tablature de luth (16 vols, Ballard, 1608–43: Guédron’s works appear in vols III–VI, 1611–15), a series in which (like the 1571 publication) the melodic voice was reproduced, accompanied by an intabulation for lute (at this time by Gabriel Bataille) of the other voices. In an era in which the song for solo voice and continuo (or monody) was becoming prevalent in Italy, these more ‘modern’ versions found a receptive audience among the French elite; also more practical and convenient, they are the arrangements generally heard today.

After Guédron’s death, the most widely renowned composer of airs de cour, and probably the most influential composer of Louis XIII’s reign, was his son-in-law Antoine Boësset. Like Guédron’s, Boësset’s airs were originally composed for four to five voices (9 vols, Ballard, 1617–42), but from 1632 onwards, a basso continuo or basse-continue accompaniment began to be specified for some works. More widely disseminated were the versions for solo voice and lute intabulation, these versions being arranged by Bataille and then Boësset himself (9 vols, Ballard, 1614–43). Boësset’s airs (now setting formulaic texts by minor and largely anonymous poets) no longer exhibited any obvious musique mesurée influence or the exaggerated declamatory style of some Guédron. Instead, he took Guédron’s ‘patchwork’ approach to scoring but developed an easy melodic style (now much more frequently moving in triple time), which remained influential throughout the remainder of the century. The critic Le Cerf de la Viéville (1674–1707) in the early eighteenth century distinguished Antoine from his son Jean-Baptiste thus: ‘The Boësset you knew was the younger, a very mediocre musician. Everything good written under this name is by his father, whom we call the “old” Boësset, and whom we have always talked about. It was the father Lully esteemed, a man whose memory will be immortal because of his famous air Si c’est un crime de l’aimer, etc.’10 This simple ‘classical’ style was subject to a practice of elaborate ornamentation and diminution, as documented by the principal music theorist of the period (and one of its foremost mathematicians), Marin Mersenne.11 Although the French style avoided technical display, the diminutions on Boësset’s air N’esperez plus mes yeux (by Boësset himself and Le Bailly, his colleague at court) represent the height of veiled virtuosity, at the same time retaining the French interest in correct declamation.

Music under Louis XIV

Under Louis XIV, music and music patronage, building on the model of Louis XIII, set a standard for magnificence that was emulated throughout Europe. On the death of Louis XIII in 1643, France entered into the regency of the queen mother, Anne of Austria, who ruled with the aid of her premier ministre, the Italian Cardinal Mazarin. As a young man, Louis XIV showed little interest in the government of the kingdom, devoting himself instead to his education in the courtly arts. Like his father, he became quite proficient as a dancer and instrumentalist, but unlike Louis XIII, who excelled on the lute, Louis XIV chose the guitar – formerly associated with the lower classes – as his primary instrument, which contributed to a new acceptance for that instrument among the aristocracy. With the death of the cardinal in 1661, Louis unexpectedly chose to reign alone rather than appointing another premier ministre. From that date forward he took an active interest in the government of the kingdom and in the creation of a body of music that would reflect his glory as monarch and his patronage of the artistic production of Europe’s pre-eminent court.12

Music under Louis XIV may be divided into periods of emphasis according to the king’s shifting musical interests. During the 1650s and 1660s, Louis himself danced in the court ballet, to which he committed an enormous amount of time, energy and financial resources. In the 1670s and 1680s, after his retirement as a dancer, emphasis shifted to the creation of a uniquely French version of opera called the tragédie en musique or tragédie lyrique. In his late years, under the influence of his devout second wife, Françoise de Maintenon, the king’s increasing religious devotion entailed a further shift away from the theatre and towards sacred music.

Until the death of Lully in 1687, musical taste in Paris and the rest of France was influenced by that of the king and the court. Chamber music was developed in the salon in imitation of the elegance and refinement of a courtly style. Ceremonial music, which continued at court and in the king’s public entrances and other royal celebrations, also left its stamp on the adulatory prologues and heroic plots of French opera. In the last two decades of the century, the centre of music production began to shift away from Versailles to the urban arena and commercial market. From that time onwards, musical taste tended more to be imported from Paris, rather than set by the court, in a process that would only intensify in later years. The development of the opéra-ballet and the enthusiastic importation of the Italian style around the turn of the century defined a clear demarcation between the conservative taste of the king and a developing public taste for a more modern style.

Secular music

The most illustrious composer of France under Louis XIV, Lully, came to France from his native Italy to serve as a garçon de chambre in the household of Louis’s cousin, the duchesse de Montpensier (La Grande Mademoiselle). When she was exiled for her participation in a series of civil wars (the wars of the Fronde), Lully entered the service of the king as a violinist and dancer in the court ballet, and in 1653 he was appointed compositeur de la musique instrumentale. Not long after this he became the leader of the Petits Violons, an instrumental group in the king’s personal service that augmented the official orchestra known as the Vingt-Quatre Violons du Roi. In 1661 Lully was named surintendant de la musique de la chambre du roi, a post that effectively assured his control over the development of French music for the next quarter of a century. In the court ballet, Lully developed a style that, assimilated from a variety of elements including the music of his native country, came to be perceived as uniquely French. Dance music for the ballet was mostly freely composed, but also referenced a seventeenth-century ballroom repertoire including the bourrée, minuet, sarabande, gavotte, canaries and courante. Vocal récits, used atmospherically rather than dramatically, opened the major parts (parties) of the ballet and also appeared within many of its entrées. Lully’s first fully developed example of what later became known as the French overture, with its pompous dotted rhythms combined with a lively Italian fugato, was introduced as early as the Ballet d’Alcidiane of 1657. With the expansion of its vocal portions and the addition of large choruses of monarchical praise in the 1660s, the music of the court ballet had a strong influence on the tragédie en musique of the following decade. Except for isolated productions for special occasions, the court ballet virtually ended with the retirement of its librettist, Isaac de Benserade, in 1669 and with the decision of Louis XIV to give up dancing around that time. The French affinity for the ballet continued, however, in the divertissements of the later tragédie en musique and opéra-ballet.13

Parallel to the development of the court ballet of the 1660s, Lully collaborated with the comic playwright Molière to develop the comédie-ballet, a genre that had made its debut in Les fâcheux by Molière, with music and choreography by the ballet master Pierre Beauchamps. Created as a means of allowing the actors of the play to rest between scenes, the danced portions of the comédie-ballet, far from mere interludes, are tightly integrated into the comic action. The comedy or ‘burlesque’ style in this genre grows directly out of the court ballet’s burlesque scenes, which are designed to set off the noble character of the court through the contrasting ridicule of foreigners, the bourgeoisie and persons in the professions. The comédie-ballet makes no such class distinctions, targeting everyone including the nobility and at times even the king. The comédie-ballets of Molière and Lully were performed at court and at Molière’s theatre in Paris; after Lully left the collaboration with Molière to take over the Opéra, the playwright collaborated with the composer Marc-Antoine Charpentier (1643–1704) in a final work entitled Le malade imaginaire (1673).14

Lully’s father-in-law, Michel Lambert (c. 1610–96), served, like Lully, as both a dancer and musician in the court ballet. Lambert, along with his contemporaries Jean-Baptiste Boësset (1614–85, son of Antoine Boësset), Bénigne de Bacilly (c. 1625–90) and Sébastien Le Camus (c. 1610–c. 1677), brought the air sérieux to its apogee. As a singer and lutenist, Lambert was famous for his nuanced text-setting, his expressiveness and the delicate filigree of his doubles, the ornamented strophes following the first strophe of the air. With his sister-in-law, the well-known soprano Hilaire Dupuis, Lambert performed both at court and in the salons of the précieuses, enclaves of society women who sought to transfer the appurtenances of an elegant and noble life from the court to Parisian society.15

Instrumental chamber music was also very much a part of the life of these salon gatherings. The late seventeenth century represented a period of decline for the lute, which at mid-century was already beginning to be replaced by the harpsichord. (The bass instrument of the lute family, known as the théorbe or theorbo, had greater carrying power and remained in use well into the eighteenth century, especially as an accompanying instrument.) The lute’s vaporous, improvisatory style, filled with ornaments, arpeggios and unexpected turns, strongly influenced the first generation of harpsichord composers, including Jacques Champion de Chambonnières (c. 1602–72), Louis Couperin (c. 1626–61) and Jean-Henri D’Anglebert (1629–91). Although linked to the dance repertoire, dances composed for harpsichord, like those for lute, tended towards extreme stylisation. Allemandes and gigues commonly incorporated points of imitation, while the courante could be quite rhythmically complex and irregular in phrase structure. As in the ballet, chaconnes and passacailles provided the opportunity for larger architectural structures. The unmeasured prelude, especially as exemplified by Louis Couperin, represents a richly textured, deeply expressive statement of an improvisatory nature. Much of the lute and early harpsichord literature had an effect of discontinuity and timelessness, undermining any clear sense of tonal direction or rhythmic drive. This aesthetic suited the salon, which like the court valued sensuousness and pleasure for their own sake, suitable for passing leisure time without pressing goals or the need for forceful or pointed rhetoric.16

Private concerts had arisen at least as early as the sixteenth century. In the seventeenth century they became a requisite component of social life not only at court, but also in the homes of the lesser nobility and bourgeoisie. Parisian concert life is described in the journals of Madeleine de Scudéry, La Grande Mademoiselle, Madame de Sévigné and others, as well as in Jean Loret’s Muze historique and in the fashionable periodical Le Mercure galant. Musicians such as the bass viol player Jean de Sainte-Colombe (fl. 1670–1700) and the lutenist Jacques Gallot, as well as Lambert and Dupuis, gave concerts in their homes on a regular basis. In her early career, the harpsichordist and composer Élisabeth Jacquet de La Guerre (1665–1729) was associated with the court; in the last decades of the century she gave concerts to great acclaim in her home and throughout Paris. Viols and lutes, the staple instruments of chamber-music performance in the early seventeenth century, continued in use through the late seventeenth century and into the eighteenth, giving way to the violin family much later than in Italy. Important viol composers included Sainte-Colombe, Marin Marais (1656–1728) and Antoine Forqueray (1672–1745). In early seventeenth-century France the violin, associated with open-air performance and with dance instruction, was rejected as an instrument for chamber music. In the late seventeenth century violins, along with flutes, recorders and oboes, gradually began to replace viols as treble instruments.17

The main forms of instrumental chamber and ensemble music in seventeenth-century France were the overture and dance suite, reflecting the continuing influence of dance and the ballet. The last decade of the century saw an influx of Italian instrumental music in the form of solo and trio sonatas (respectively for one and two solo instruments with basse-continue) and concertos (either solo concertos for solo and orchestra or concerti grossi for multiple soloists). The genres of sonata and concerto (called sonade and concert in France) were not clearly separated, as sonatas were often expanded to include more than one player to a part, and orchestral pieces could be performed by soloists as well. François Couperin incorporated Italian elements through both absorption and juxtaposition. These elements included more idiomatic writing, contrapuntal textures, driving rhythms, Italian dances, virtuosity and more directional harmonies defined by devices such as the circle of fifths. Several of Couperin’s early sonatas were included in a later collection, Les nations: sonades et suites de simphonies en trio (1726). His fourteen concerts were divided into two groups. The first four of these, entitled Concerts royaux, were performed at Versailles in Louis XIV’s last years (1714–15, published 1722). While incorporating some Italian elements, they mainly adhered to the king’s preference for a French style. The slightly later Les goûts réunis, ou Nouveaux concerts (1724) reflect a deeper assimilation of the Italian style associated with the Regency. At the end of this collection, Couperin appended his famous Le Parnasse, ou L’apothéose de Corelli, a tribute to Corelli and Italian music; a parallel Concert instrumental sous le titre d’Apothéose composé à la mémoire immortelle de l’incomparable Monsieur de Lully, emphasising French elements, followed in 1725.18

An Italian vocal style, in the form of the secular cantata, also invaded France and influenced French music around the turn of the century. Examples of early French cantates include those by Jean-Baptiste Morin (1677–1745), Nicolas Bernier (1665–1734) and Jean-Baptiste Stuck (1680–1755). In his first book of cantates (1708), André Campra (1660–1744) claimed to have mixed French ‘gentleness’ with Italian ‘vivacity’. Campra’s second and third books (1714, 1728) began to incorporate a more operatic idiom. This was taken up by Louis-Nicolas Clérambault (1676–1749), whose five books of cantates (1710–26) were particularly revered. The famous quarrels over French and Italian music, initiated in François Raguenet’s Paralèle des italiens et des françois, en ce qui regarde la musique et les opéras in 1702 and answered by Le Cerf de la Viéville’s Comparaison de la musique italienne et de la musique françoise (1704–6), represented the larger debate between an eighteenth-century cosmopolitan modernism as it challenged traditional modes of thought in France.19

Sacred music

Sacred music during Louis XIV’s reign was still characterised by a clear division between the conservative polyphony that continued to be composed into the eighteenth century for secular parish churches and the cathedral of Notre-Dame (composers such as François Cosset, c. 1610–after 1664, Jean Mignon, c. 1640–c. 1707, and Campra) and the more progressive music for monastic churches (such as the church of the Feuillants, Notre-Dame des Victoires and the Jesuits of Saint-Louis), noble households (including Marie de Lorraine, known as Mademoiselle de Guise) and the Chapelle Royale, which in contrast to earlier in the century was now in the vanguard of sacred music.

The most important figure of the early years of Louis XIV’s reign was Henry Du Mont (c. 1610–84), a composer trained in a more progressive style in the Low Countries around Liège and Maastricht.20 Although the devotional music of the musique de la chambre and Boësset’s liturgical works for Montmartre had made use of the basse-continue, Du Mont’s arrival in Paris, and his first publication, the Cantica sacra of 1652 (a publication intended for performance by nuns, according to Du Mont, even though the works are mainly scored for mixed voices), introduced other Italian elements into French sacred music. Du Mont used a much more expressive and affective style than Boësset: it included dramatic dialogues, independent instrumental parts and a figured basse-continue.

After the stagnation under Louis XIII and the disruption of the Fronde (1648–53), the Chapelle Royale underwent something of a renaissance in the 1650s. A new chapel was built at the Louvre in 1655–9, the Chapelle de Notre-Dame de la Paix (until then the court had used the chapel of the Petit Bourbon, the church of Saint-Germain-l’Auxerrois or various small chapels in the Louvre). Around the same time the sous-maîtreJean Veillot (d. 1662) began to compose on a larger scale than his predecessors, providing the occasional works Alleluia, o filii and Sacris solemnis (1659), the first to use independent ‘symphonies’ in addition to two choirs. (Otherwise, virtually no music survives from this period.) But it was with the appointment of Du Mont as Veillot’s successor at the Chapelle Royale, in 1663, that the era of the systematic composition of grands motets was inaugurated. Formalising a practice dating from the late sixteenth century, in which the singers of the musique de la chambre collaborated with the singers of the Chapelle Royale at important ceremonial events, Du Mont ‘created’ the grand motet, in which a choir of soloists (the petit choeur), a larger choir (the grand choeur) and an orchestra (the Violons du Roi) combined to set a text (either neo-Latin poetry or a psalm) verse by verse in a combination of solos, ensembles, tuttis and instrumental interludes.21 The grand motet was then performed in conjunction with a petit motet (for the elevation) and a Domine salvum fac regem (to conclude) as part of the celebration of Low Mass, a rite in which a priest spoke the liturgy to himself while the king listened to the music. Lully contributed to the genre only occasionally; his use of orchestra and choir remained less sophisticated and varied than that of Du Mont, though many of his works are more dramatic. After the court moved permanently to Versailles and after Du Mont’s death in 1684, Du Mont’s successor Michel-Richard de Lalande (1657–1726) continued the tradition, expanding the motet into a long work with individual ‘numbers’ and more advanced scoring and compositional techniques. Even so, the basic principle and function of the grand motet remained the same well into the middle of the eighteenth century.22

Elsewhere in Paris the petit motet for soloists and basse-continue flourished. While figures such as Guillaume-Gabriel Nivers (c. 1632–1714), André Raison (before 1650–1719) and Nicolas Lebègue (c. 1631–1702) published collections for the expanding market of monastic institutions, François Couperin provided few-voiced settings of Holy Week Lamentations for the same market. Couperin also contributed short organ pieces (versets) to the genre of the ‘organ Mass’, which could be substituted for portions of the liturgy. Active in several different circles, the Italian-trained Charpentier was at the forefront of musical developments, bringing the Italian oratorio to France as the histoire sacrée and producing grands motets for the Sainte-Chapelle and the Jesuit church of Saint-Louis. More generally, the reforms of the Neo-Gallican movement (primarily concerned with asserting French independence from Rome) led to the composition of new chants and modifications to the liturgy, a trend that would continue apace throughout the eighteenth century.

Ideology, aesthetics, society

In the seventeenth century a number of royal academies were formed with the aim of centralising and controlling the arts. The Académie Royale de Musique was founded in 1669, following the models of the Académie Française (founded 1634), the Académie Royale de Peinture et de Sculpture (1648) and the Académie Royale de Danse (1661). Lully is well known as the director of the Opéra (as the Académie Royale de Musique was informally known), for which, with the king’s support, he wrested the monopoly or privilège from Pierre Perrin in 1672. With his librettist Philippe Quinault, Lully produced a series of tragédies en musique that, both through the overt praise contained in their prologues and through the glorious heroism of their plots, served as a keystone of monarchical representation during the 1660s and 1670s, when Louis XIV was at the height of his power.

Lully and a number of his fellow artists, while contributing to an ideology and aesthetic of sovereign power, also belonged to a loosely knit community of French libertines, a group of individuals who combined in varying degrees transgressive sexual behaviour with political free thought. In the last years of his life (1685–7), Lully fell into disgrace with the king, at least in part because of his libertine behaviour. During these years he was patronised by the duc de Vendôme and his brother Philippe, leaders of a community lying outside police jurisdiction, within and around an old castle known as the Temple.23Lully’s final stage works, Acis et Galathée (1687) and Achilles et Polixène (1687, completed by Pascal Collasse), were settings of librettos by Jean de Campistron, a playwright who was also part of this community. These works, along with two operas by Lully’s sons, Jean and Jean-Louis, may be read as a stringent critique of Louis XIV in the late years of his reign. Treating themes of tyranny, victimisation of the artist and the sacrifice of the arts to an overweening militarism, they use an imagery of the abandoned theatre and deprived audiences as metaphors for a crisis in the arts in the last decades of the century. Similarly, the Muses appear in Lully’s last, uncompleted opera, as well as in several operas of his successors, as the voice of Louis’s artists, complaining that the ‘greatest hero’ has forgotten their games and pleasures. A similar critique, cast in a more utopian tone of optimism, characterises the new genre of the opéra-ballet developed by Campra and his librettists Antoine Houdar de La Motte and Antoine Danchet at the turn of the century. Campra’s opéra-ballet Les Muses (1703) may be read as a satire on a court ballet of Louis XIV, Le ballet des Muses (1666). It also represents a tribute to the genres of comedy and satire itself over the outworn gestures of monarchical praise. Likewise, Les fêtes vénitiennes presents the arts of a public, libertine Paris under the transparent mask of Venetian carnival. The music of these opéras-ballets, like their dances, light-hearted scenarios and Italianate idiom, exemplifies the galanterie, hedonistic spirit and anti-authoritarianism that audiences craved during the dismal late years of the Sun King.24

Lully, his sons and Campra all had connections with Louis, the Dauphin of France (‘le Grand Dauphin’), who patronised and protected Lully during the period of his disgrace. During these years a cabal arose around the dauphin, later known as the ‘cabal de Vendôme’ because of the leadership of that libertine duke. The Grand Dauphin, who attended the Paris Opéra on a regular basis (to the extent that it became a kind of counter-court), was favoured by libertines and artists because of his hedonism and love of the arts, particularly opera. The French fascination with italianisme was not shared by the king. Recent scholarship has shown, however, that an Italianate repertoire was performed at court in the chambers of the Grand Dauphin.25

It can be argued that despite its importance for French art and identity, a seventeenth-century aesthetic of sovereign power, reflected in a literary classicism paralleling the apex of the reign of Louis XIV, merely obscured rather than effaced a more long-standing aesthetic of galanterie equated with an aristocratic taste. It is true that ceremonial music, associated with conquest and glory through large choruses, heavy instrumentation, trumpet fanfares, drumrolls and other military motifs, branded the European imagination with the grandeur of Louis XIII and Louis XIV. At the same time, another form of power could be discerned in the king’s ability to make of the court a ‘society of pleasures’ dependent on his patronage. In the late seventeenth century, the high nobility (les grands seigneurs), largely divested of their former feudal powers, were constrained to live at court and to fashion a new identity from the pleasures it afforded. The king traditionally partook of these diversions, but as Louis XIV aged he withdrew from the social life of the court for a variety of reasons, including illness, a turn to religious devotion, military losses, a worsening economy and continuing tensions with his nobility. If the king was associated in his late years with grandeur, his nobility was associated with the quality of galanterie, a term evoking games of love, satiric wit and chic fashionability. This quality was absorbed by the bourgeoisie, who were eager to develop a taste for music, dance and the other arts as the reflection of an enhanced social status accompanying the wealth that had begun to accrue to their class.

The style galant, codified by German theorists in the eighteenth century, had its roots in the delicate ornamentation of the air de cour and the lute and harpsichord repertoire, as well as in the more brilliant coloratura of Italian opera. The qualities of galanterie and a light-hearted joie de vivre pervade the harpsichord music as well as much of the chamber music of Couperin. Like Campra’s opéras-ballets, these works shun the profound, majestic and grand for the topical, satirical and fashionable. The insouciant spirit of galanterie paralleled more serious philosophies of pleasure. In the early seventeenth century a group known as libertins érudits espoused a doctrine derived from the writings of Epicurus, which had been transmitted by the Roman philosopher Lucretius. The libertine movement tended to go underground in the late seventeenth century, though its tenets, overlapping with Epicureanism, were encoded in various doctrines of love as most particularly embodied in the goddess Venus.26

These ideas challenged the emphasis on reason that had come to France via the rediscovery of Aristotle in late Renaissance Italy, which thrived in the local soil of Cartesian rationalism and political absolutism. Another challenge came from across the Channel, in England, where John Locke and Thomas Hobbes formulated theories of cognition through the senses. In the early eighteenth century, French philosophers began to eke out a place for sensory perception in a field that around mid-century would come to be known as aesthetics. Jean-Pierre de Crousaz, a follower of Descartes, formulated a system in which the senses could function without disrupting reason. The abbé Dubos, who went the furthest in developing an aesthetic dependent on the senses, also developed the concept of ‘the sixth sense’, a direct physical apprehension of beauty circumventing reason altogether. Instead of imitating Descartes’s ‘passions of the soul’, the arts were now seen as setting in motion more delicate sensibilities, with the aim of touching lightly rather than moving forcibly. This appeal to the senses allowed the appreciation of the arts to bypass reason, so that the message of the text was now overshadowed by the direct apprehension of musical sound. This aesthetic, then, opened the way for a full appreciation of instrumental music. Finally, Dubos’s connection of this sixth sense with good taste, bon goût, illustrates the change that had come about since the height of seventeenth-century classicism, which had equated good taste with reason and the rules. Dubos in effect allowed the substitution of a relative taste, in which an individual could manifest preferences according to personal sensitivities. All these philosophies, in supporting a relative taste at the expense of a universal standard, undermined the authority of the academies, and indirectly the power of the king, to set the standards by which art should be created and judged.27

Notes

1 The distinctive character of French music during this century is described in probably the best survey of the seventeenth century: James R. Anthony, French Baroque Music from Beaujoyeulx to Rameau, rev. and expanded edn (Portland, OR: Amadeus Press, 1997).

2 On the querelles over French and Italian music, see Georgia Cowart, The Origins of Modern Musical Criticism: French and Italian Music, 1600–1750 (Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1981); and Don Fader, ‘The honnête homme as music critic: taste, rhetoric, and politesse in the 17th-century reception of Italian music’, Journal of Musicology, 20 (2003), 3–44.

3 For important cultural background and context, see Kate van Orden, Music, Discipline, and Arms in Early Modern France (University of Chicago Press, 2005).

4 Théodore Godefroy, Le cérémonial françois (Paris: Cramoisy, 1649), 998.

6 The most exhaustive general description of sacred music during the century remains Denise Launay, La musique réligieuse en France du Concile de Trente à 1804 (Paris: Société Française de Musicologie, 1993). For a more detailed discussion of specific repertoires under Louis XIII, see Peter Bennett, Sacred Repertories in Paris under Louis XIII: Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, MS Vma rés. 571 (Farnham: Ashgate, 2009).

7 See Peter Bennett, ‘Collaborations between the Musique de la Chambre and the Musique de la Chapelle at the court of Louis XIII: Nicolas Formé’s Missa Æternae Henrici Magni (1638) and the rise of the grand motet’, Early Music, 38 (2010), 369–86.

8 See Peter Bennett, ‘Antoine Boësset’s sacred music for the royal abbey of Montmartre: newly identified polyphony and plain-chant musical from the “Deslauriers” manuscript (F-Pn Vma ms. rés. 571)’, Revue de musicologie, 91 (2005), 321–67.

9 The most detailed study of the air de cour is Georgie Durosoir, L’air de cour en France, 1571–1655 (Liège: Mardaga, 1991). See also Catherine Gordon-Seifert, Music and the Language of Love: Seventeenth-Century French Airs (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2011).

10 Jean-Laurent Le Cerf de la Viéville, Comparaison de la musique italienne et de la musique françoise, 3 vols (1704–6; repr. Geneva: Minkoff, 1972), vol. II, 123–4.

11 Marin Mersenne, ‘Traitez des consonances, des dissonances, des genres, des modes, & de la composition’, in Harmonie universelle (Paris: Cramoisy, 1636), 411–15.

12 The standard work on music at Louis XIV’s court is Robert M. Isherwood, Music in the Service of the King: France in the Seventeenth Century (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1973). On Louis XIV as a musician, see Philippe Beaussant, Louis XIV, artiste (Paris: Payot, 1999).

13 An excellent recent study of the life and works of Lully is Jérôme de La Gorce, Jean-Baptiste Lully (Paris: Fayard, 2002).

14 On the comédie-ballet, see Stephen H. Fleck, Music, Dance, and Laughter: Comic Creation in Molière’s Comedy-Ballets, PFSCL-Biblio, 17 88 (Tübingen, 1995).

15 On Lambert, see Catherine Massip, L’art de bien chanter: Michel Lambert, 1610–1696 (Paris: Société Française de Musicologie, 1999).

16 On the ‘timeless’ quality of music in this period, see Susan McClary, ‘Temporality and ideology: qualities of motion in seventeenth-century France’, ECHO: A Music-Centered Journal, 2 (2000), www.humnet.ucla.edu/echo (accessed 22 May 2014).

17 On concert life in early modern France, a classic text is Michel Brenet, Les concerts en France sous l’ancien régime (Paris: Fischbacher, 1900).

18 On Couperin, see Philippe Beaussant, François Couperin, trans. Alexandra Land (Portland, OR: Amadeus Press, 1990).

19 On Campra, see Maurice Barthélemy, André Campra, 1660–1744: étude biographique et musicologique (Arles: Actes Sud, 1995). On the quarrels over French and Italian Music, see Cowart, The Origins of Modern Musical Criticism.

20 For an important study of Du Mont and sacred music in the middle years of the century see Henri Quittard, Un musicien en France au XVIIe siècle: Henry Du Mont (Paris: Mercure de France, 1906).

21 For a number of contributions to the early history of the grand motet, see the essays in John Hajdu Heyer (ed.), Jean-Baptiste Lully and the Music of the French Baroque: Essays in Honor of James R. Anthony (Cambridge University Press, 1989); and in Jean-Robert Mongredien and Yves Ferraton (eds), Actes du Colloque International de Musicologie sur le grand motet français, 1663–1792 (Paris: Université de Paris-Sorbonne, 1986).

22 For an account of the development of the grand motet, see Anthony, French Baroque Music, 216–46, 247–69; see also Thierry Favier, Le motet à grand choeur (1660–1792): gloria in Gallia Deo (Paris: Fayard, 2009).

23 Georgia Cowart, The Triumph of Pleasure: Louis XIV and the Politics of Spectacle (University of Chicago Press, 2008), 139–44.

24 On the politics of the ballet and opera in the era of Louis XIV, see Reference Cowartibid.

25 Don Fader, ‘The “Cabale du Dauphin”, Campra, and Italian comedy: the courtly politics of musical patronage around 1700’, Music and Letters, 86 (2005), 380–413.

26 Cowart, The Triumph of Pleasure, 51–4.

27 On musical aesthetics in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century France, see Downing A. Thomas, Aesthetics of Opera in the Ancien Régime, 1647–1785 (Cambridge University Press, 2002); and Georgia Cowart (ed.), French Musical Thought, 1600–1800 (Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1989).

5 Music from the Regency to the Revolution, 1715–1789

Debra Nagy

Introduction

In Louis XIV’s twilight years, illness, lack of enthusiasm, increased religious conservatism and shrinking coffers all contributed to the declining influence of musical establishments at Versailles. The ultra-nationalistic music that had been characteristic of Louis XIV’s reign lost its potency, shifting the locus for trend-setting away from Versailles. Power and influence over musical forms and tastes became increasingly decentralised as the eighteenth century wore on. Residing in Paris (rather than at Versailles) while governing as regent during the period of Louis XV’s minority, Philippe, duc d’Orléans (1674–1723), nephew of Louis XIV, cultivated an interest in the fashionable Italian music that would become an all-out public obsession, inspiring a generation of French composers to experiment with an international style that fused Gallic lyricism with the rhythmic propulsion and harmonic drive of Italian idioms. The passionate, polemical debates over the merits of French and Italian style that played out in the public sphere became de facto political arguments, all the while fuelling demand for the new, audacious music. Meanwhile, members of the lesser nobility established themselves as patrons of the arts such that private concerts at invitation-only salons and public concerts (beginning with the advent of the Concert Spirituel in 1725) took the lead in introducing performers and composers from Italy and Germany to increasingly diverse audiences. A growing bourgeoisie also stoked demand for music that would be enjoyed and performed by amateurs within the home: vocal chamber music, instrumental duos and works for solo keyboard.

This chapter traces changing tastes and the development of instrumental forms such as the symphony and string quartet in eighteenth-century France. From the Chapelle Royale and petits appartements at Versailles to Paris’s exclusive salons, and from the concert stage of the Concert Spirituel to the intimate confines of the middle-class drawing room, we will witness the profound influence of foreign musical styles on native composers. We will also note the myriad effects of broader public access to the arts: new platforms (like public concerts and journals that chronicled fashion, art and music) fostered appreciation for technical accomplishment that led to the rise of the virtuoso, elevated the status of the professional musician and contributed to the rapid expansion of the music publishing industry. While the debates between the French and Italian styles were vociferously played out in the public spheres of print and performance, music intended for private, personal entertainment happily integrated the new, foreign-influenced music with quintessentially French idioms of the ancien régime: we observe the updating of nostalgic, century-old songs (brunettes and vaudevilles) with contemporary harmonisations and Italianate walking bass lines, as well as the publication of modern, Italianate concertos and sonatas for refined versions of traditional folk instruments such as the hurdy-gurdy and musette (a bellows-blown bagpipe).

Music at Versailles

The Regency (1715–23) was a quiet period for music at Versailles. While Philippe, duc d’Orléans, presided over the government from his private residence at the Palais Royal in Paris, the young Louis XV was educated in Vincennes and at the Tuileries palace. Philippe d’Orléans was an avid amateur who studied music and composition with some of France’s leading Italian-trained musicians, including Marc-Antoine Charpentier (1643–1704), Nicolas Bernier (1665–1734) and Charles-Hubert Gervais (1671–1744), even composing his own operas under their tutelage.1

Louis XV assumed control of the government upon reaching maturity in 1723, and his long reign (1715–74) ushered in a new era for music in France, even if music at the court remained conservative: rather than expanding, court music and entertainments had been contracting for some time. That said, Louis XV, Queen Marie Leszczinska and her daughters were all accomplished musical amateurs. The queen played several instruments, including the vielle à roue (hurdy-gurdy), and hosted concerts several times a week in the Salon de la Paix at Versailles.2 From 1751 her musical evenings were held in the Salon des Nobles in her own apartments. Repertoire and musicians for these private concerts were arranged by the surintendants de la musique de la chambre, including André Cardinal Destouches (1672–1749), Colin de Blamont (1690–1760), François Rebel (1701–75) and François Francoeur (1698–1787). Many publications were dedicated to Leszczinska’s daughters, including the first book of Pièces de clavecin (1746) by Joseph-Nicolas-Pancrace Royer (c. 1705–55) and Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart’s Sonates pour le clavecin qui peuvent se jouer avec l’accompagnement de violon, K. 8 and 9 (1764).3 In addition to the salon concerts she had hosted since the early 1740s, the marquise de Pompadour (Louix XV’s official mistress from 1745) created the ‘Théâtre des Petits Appartements’ or ‘Théâtre des Petits Cabinets’, which once again allowed for the presentation of theatre pieces, operas and ballets at Versailles from 1747. The marchioness herself frequently took part in these entertainments.4

However, religious music comprised the bulk of daily musical activity at Versailles. Despite the prevalence of republican philosophies during the reign of Louis XV, France was still a conservative and devoutly Christian country. Daily life was rooted in Christian traditions and rites from birth until death. The sounds of church bells, the celebration of weddings, funerals and baptisms, processions, the feast days of local patron saints and holy days permeated the fabric of daily life for peasants, lower classes, bourgeoisie and aristocracy alike. The conservative religious fervour that had dominated the court under the influence of Madame de Maintenon (Louis XIV’s second wife) continued under Louis XV.5

As it had since the time of Louis XIV, the Chapelle de la Musique Royale played a major role in the life of the court. In addition to Masses on Sundays, solemn Masses on high feast days, official ceremonies and Vespers services, daily Masses were celebrated for both the king and the queen. The highlight of the service was the performance of a grand motet. In addition, a petit motet for one or two voices might be performed during the elevation of the Host. On Easter, Pentecost, All Saints, Christmas, Pentecost, the Feast of the Circumcision, the Feast of the Purification, Palm Sunday and Holy Thursday and Saturday, High Masses (through-composed with choir and instruments) were also sung for the king on Sundays and ordinary feast days. The Mass itself was generally performed in fauxbourdon (plainchant accompanied by instruments), though the tradition and performance of the contrapuntal, polyphonic Mass persisted.6 Rather than being an anachronistic or stylistic anomaly, the polyphonic Mass continued to be appreciated and cultivated, and this attests to its perceived solemnity. Henri Madin, a sous-maître at the Chapelle Royale from 1738, ultimately failed in his attempt to reintroduce the ancient practice of polyphonic improvisation over a plainchant tenor in the late 1730s (he published his Traité de chant sur le livre in 1742) as a tool for performing the Mass.7

For all the seeming activity of daily Mass and private concerts, court musicians’ duties were relatively light. Although Louis XV initially maintained the three principal arms of the traditional court musical establishment (chapelle, chambre and écurie), the livelihood of the king’s musicians began to resemble that of freelancers: musicians increasingly compiled their yearly income from multiple streams (whether from various part- or full-time appointments held at court, or playing for the Opéra and other Paris theatres). In 1761 major organisational reform swept the court’s musical institutions: Louix XV capped the music budget at 320,000 livres and began to buy back and limit the number of offices available. The chapelle and chambre were merged, resulting in a reduced number of musicians to serve in both sacred and secular settings. The Vingt-Quatre Violons, the group which had comprised the core of the king’s musical establishment for so long, was eliminated.8

Louis XVI (who succeeded his grandfather as king in 1774) did not show the same interest in music as his predecessors, but his young bride Marie-Antoinette sang, played the harpsichord and harp and championed a number of foreign musicians, including Christoph Willibald Gluck (1714–87).9Marie-Antoinette hosted extravagant balls during the carnival season and presented spectacles in her own specially designed theatre in the Petit Trianon from 1780, whose repertoire included operas by Gluck (Iphigénie en Tauride), Niccolò Piccinni (1728–1800, Le dormeur éveillé), Antonio Sacchini (1730–86, Dardanus), André-Ernest-Modeste Grétry (1741–1813, Zémire et Azor) and Pierre-Alexandre Monsigny (1729–1817, Le roi et le fermier) that not only reflected the queen’s tastes but mirrored those of Paris.10 In 1782, however, Versailles’s musical establishment was cut back still further. Limited to forty-two members, the court orchestra was now eclipsed in size and prestige by various concert associations in Paris.11 As a result, the musical establishment at Versailles was reduced to importing performers who had already established their reputations at the Opéra, the Concert Spirituel and the inner circles of Paris salons to fill its ranks, including the violinist Rodolphe Kreutzer, the oboist Gaetano Besozzi and the bassoonist Étienne Ozi.12

The public concert: the Concert Spirituel

During Louis XIV’s reign, music and musicians from the French court had been a valuable international commodity, but as the eighteenth century progressed, the court increasingly found itself reacting to Parisian fashions rather than creating them. Publicly supported concerts in Paris and increased private patronage were central to cultivating tastes for international music and development of instrumental genres such as the concerto and symphony.

Following the success of private concerts at the home of the financierAntoine Crozat, in 1724 he and the marquise de Prie initiated a subscription-only concert association that promoted Italian music: ‘gli Academici paganti’, or the Concert Italien.13 Convents and monasteries with ties to aristocratic families had also offered resplendent concerts of sacred music on high feast days at least since the turn of the seventeenth century. These events drew large crowds that – with the help of donations – supported the work of the church.14 An enterprising individual, Anne-Danican Philidor, sought to take advantage of the opportunity to present performances when other major venues were closed. To this end he applied for a royal privilège to establish the Concert Spirituel in 1725. After the Opéra, it would become Paris’s most important presenting organisation until its suspension in 1790.

The Concert Spirituel’s concerts filled a clearly defined niche. As spoken theatre and opera were forbidden during Lent and the Easter season and at Pentecost, Christmas and other religious feast days, the Concert Spirituel primarily presented appropriate sacred music in twenty to thirty concerts per year. For example, concert-goers would hear O filii et filiae by Michel-Richard de Lalande (1657–1726) at Easter, Christmas concerts frequently included the motet Fugit nox by Joseph Bodin de Boismortier (1689–1755, now lost) interleaved with popular noëls, and Corpus Christi was observed with settings of Pange lingua or Sacris solemniis by Lalande.15 In effect, the Concert Spirituel deferred to the programming and performance schedule of the Académie Royale de Musique (Opéra) by restricting its repertoire to sacred Latin motets presented as concert pieces (divorced from any para-liturgical context) and instrumental music.

While programmes at the Concert Spirituel privileged diversity and variety of musical genres, they nonetheless adhered to a fairly standard format. They were usually bookended by grands motets (traditionally by maîtres from the Chapelle Royale de la Musique) interspersed with a variety of instrumental solos, chamber music and Italianate concertos featuring both native and foreign virtuosos. At different times in the history of the Concert Spirituel, these would be replaced or augmented by short vocal airs and airs italiennes.16

Because of its royal privilège and the strong associations of its leadership with the court establishment, the Concert Spirituel effectively functioned as a Parisian satellite of the Chapelle Royale.17 Commonalities between the two institutions extended to repertoire, such that motets by Lalande dominated programmes not only in Versailles but also in Paris for decades following his death in 1726. Only the motets of Joseph Cassanea de Mondonville (1711–72), of which nine survive, achieved similar popularity to Lalande’s following their introduction in the late 1730s; motets by Antoine Dauvergne (1713–97) and François Giroust (1737–99) entered the repertoire in the 1760s and 1770s. A remarkable conservatism governed the sacred repertoire of the Chapelle Royale and Concert Spirituel. This canonical approach, coupled with first-rank composers’ overwhelming interest in and commitment to instrumental or stage works, ensured that motets from Louis XIV’s twilight years by Bernier, Charpentier and Jean Gilles also lived on in the repertoire into the 1770s.

Trends in the grand motet

The endurance of Lalande’s sacred oeuvre was not simply the product of conservatism. Dubbed the ‘Latin Lully’ by Colin de Blamont, Lalande composed music that is rich and varied, displaying both noble and graceful sentiments, keenly affective text-setting and expressive harmony.18 Interestingly, Lalande’s dedication to repeatedly revising compositions also makes it possible to trace the influence of the goûts réunis in his work and on the grand motet more generally. The late seventeenth-century motet’s aesthetic of homophonic choruses of voices and instruments, short ritornellos and simple yet graceful récits accompanied by five-part strings gave way in the 1720s to elaborate ‘concert arias’ with obbligato instruments, polyphonic or fugal choruses and greater independence between voices and instruments. The chorus ‘Et ipse redimet Israel’ from Lalande’s De profundis is an excellent example of this development.19

Italian influence and trends from the Opéra were also felt in sacred genres. Grands motets from the 1730s increasingly exchanged récits for da capo airs, and featured lavish instrumental forces borrowed from the opera pit, including oboes, trumpets and drums.20André Campra (1660–1744) went further by incorporating pictorial, dramatic elements directly from opera, such as the storm-scene figuration of ‘Velociter currit sermo eius’ from Lauda Jerusalem and the sommeil (‘Dormi erunt’) and subsequent tremblement de terre (‘Terra tremuit’) of his Notus in Judea Deus. Building on the works of Campra and Jean-Philippe Rameau (1683–1764), Mondonville’s Dominus regnavit uses similar operatic devices to depict the potent imagery of Psalm 92: the chorus ‘Elevaverunt flumina vocem suam’ (‘The floods have lifted up, O Lord’) features swirling semiquaver runs for both orchestra and chorus. In addition to elaborate, virtuosic symphonies, popular elements found their way into the grand motet. Joseph Bodin de Boismortier’s Fugit nox (1741), for instance, adapted the melodies of well-known noëls to the sacred text. Indeed, the grand motet fell prey to such competing influences and inspirations as to give life to the Laudate Dominum of Michel Corrette (1707–95), a ‘Motet à grand choeur arrangé dans le Concerto du Printemps de Vivaldi’ (1766) for full orchestra with woodwinds. Such extravagance gave credence to criticism that long, concerted para-liturgical music served only to distract and divert rather than enrich and deepen the spiritual value of the music.

The rise of the virtuoso

From the outset the public concert became a platform for virtuoso – especially instrumental – display. Several elements contributed to the rise of the virtuoso in this arena. First, the public concert brought together a large, highly educated and passionate audience capable of judging and making comparisons between artists. The rise of the virtuoso in France also corresponded to the proliferation of periodicals and journals dedicated to the arts: Le Mercure de France, L’avant-coureur, Le journal des sciences et des beaux-arts and Les affiches de Province contained reports and reviews of performers and performances that served to publicise, create and build the reputations (and mythologies) of native and foreign virtuosos.21 In addition to popularising Italian concertos and sonatas by Vivaldi and Tartini, native virtuosos developed their own distinctive compositional styles and influential schools of playing.

Jean-Marie Leclair (1697–1764) is considered the founder of the French school of violin playing. Leclair benefited from the private patronage of Joseph Bonnier, studied with the Italian violinist Giovanni Battista Somis in Turin and built a formidable reputation through regular appearances at the Concert Spirituel. Also taught by Somis, Jean-Pierre Guignon (1702–74) made his Paris debut at the Concert Spirituel in 1725 and simultaneously held positions in the retinue of the prince de Carignan and as ordinaire de la musique du roy. The violinist Louis-Gabriel Guillemain (1705–70) studied with Somis following early professional success in Lyons and Dijon. He was appointed musicien ordinaire to Louis XV and served in the private orchestra of the marquise de Pompadour. Pierre Gavignès earned the epithet ‘the French Tartini’ and was Leclair’s successor as chief proponent of the French violin school.22 He made his debut at the Concert Spirituel at the age of thirteen, and performed his own concertos and symphonies there in the 1760s and 1770s. He was appointed professor of violin at the Paris Conservatoire from its establishment in 1795. Violinists such as Leclair and Gavignès, and the flautists Michel Blavet (1700–68), Pierre-Gabriel Buffardin (1690–1768) and Antoine Mahaut (c. 1720–1785), all benefited from an elevated status on account of their association with the Concert Spirituel.

Furthermore, new instruments and their players met with enthusiastic receptions at the Concert Spirituel. The cello was elevated from accompanist to first-rank soloist in the hands of Jean-Baptiste-Aimé Janson (1742–1808) and the brothers Jean-Louis and Jean-Pierre Duport. The Concert Spirituel also witnessed the first appearance of the pedal harp (a German invention), concerto soloists on the bassoon, oboe, clarinet (also a German import), trumpet and horn, plus more unusual fare for instruments such as the mandolin, musette and pardessus de viole.

Private patronage

While public concerts made large-scale concerted music available to members of Paris’s rising middle class, the real cutting edge of art, philosophy and fashion was cultivated within Paris’s luxurious private homes. Just as the title character of Molière’s Le bourgeois gentilhomme (Act II, scene 1) was advised by his music master to host a concert ‘every Wednesday or every Thursday’ in order to be considered a person of quality, so did a great number of the aristocracy and haute-bourgeoisie host regular salons in their own homes. In fact, music featured in virtually all types of salon gatherings, even those for which music was not a primary focus. Salons welcomed a wealth of interesting and influential people, for whom entry was by invitation only.23 The diplomat and critic Friedrich-Melchior Grimm observed that the home of the fermier-général (tax farmer-general) Alexandre le Riche de La Pouplinière was ‘a meeting-place for all classes: courtiers, men of the world, literary folk, artists, foreigners, actors, actresses, filles de joie, all were assembled there. The house was known as the menagerie and the host as the sultan.’24 It was at La Pouplinière’s, for instance, that Rameau first met many of his future librettists, and the house became ‘la citadelle du Ramisme’.25

Private concerts promulgated changes in taste, which through the first half of the eighteenth century often meant the introduction and appreciation of Italian music. Reflecting this penchant, the household musicians of the regent Philippe d’Orléans included the castrato Pasqualino Tiepolo and the violinists Michele Mascitti and Giovanni Antonio Guido.26Antoine Crozat, the wealthy treasurer of the États du Languedoc, also held twice-weekly concerts at his home from 1715 to 1725.27Crozat’s Italophilic presentations included a troupe from London: the famous sopranos Francesca Cuzzoni and Margherita Durastanti, who performed operatic selections of Handel and Bononcini.28 The prince de Carignan similarly maintained a private orchestra that included notable Italian instrumentalists and some of the finest French virtuosos, who cultivated the new, Italian-French mixed style known as les goûts réunis.29 Following Carignan’s death in 1741, many of his personal instrumentalists were absorbed into La Pouplinière’s orchestra.

Patrons from the aristocracy and bourgeoisie provided refuge – metaphorical and physical – for foreign musicians in France. Patrons such as Philippe d’Orléans, Crozat, La Pouplinière and the baron de Bagge not only granted foreign composers and performers exposure to a tight-knit circle of knowledgeable and influential amateurs, but also offered non-native musicians lodging for the duration of their stay. La Pouplinière sponsored Johann Stamitz (1717–57) to reside at Passy and direct his personal orchestra in 1754, at which time he also conducted his works at the Concert Spirituel and Concert Italien. The baron de Bagge similarly sponsored Luigi Boccherini (1743–1805) and Filippo Manfredi in 1767, during which time Boccherini published his Sonatas for keyboard with violin accompaniment, Op. 5, which were dedicated to another salonnière, Anne-Louise Boyvin d’Hardancourt Brillon de Jouy.30

Finally, the taste-makers of the salon had the opportunity to preview (and judge) new instrumental works and operas. Excerpts from Rameau’s ground-breaking Hippolyte et Aricie were first heard at La Pouplinière’s home, Passy, in 1731,31 and André Grétry acknowledged that the response of members of the elite salons would be essential to his success in Paris.32 Grétry looked on with fretful anticipation as an early version of his Les mariages samnites (1776) was presented before the entire court at the home of the prince de Conti.33

As several of Mozart’s letters from 1777–8 attest, eighteenth-century Paris was potentially an excellent place to earn a living as a professional musician. Rather than work as duty-bound servants at a single court, professional musicians could support themselves as free agents on Paris’s large and diverse arts scene. Citing the success of his friend Johann Baptist Wendling (the Mannheim flautist), Mozart waxed poetic about the potential for artistic independence that came with varied income streams: one could perform or compose in virtually any genre (including opera seria, opéra comique and oratorio), present symphonies for one of the public concert associations, give private lessons and publish chamber music by subscription.34

Paris’s finest musicians also found professional success performing in the private orchestras of the aristocracy and haute-bourgeoisie. Interest in maintaining private orchestras blossomed in the 1750s and 1760s in particular. Starting around 1731, La Pouplinière had maintained his small house orchestra, which performed an international repertoire of orchestral works that included pairs of winds and brass. The prince de Conti established his own highly regarded private orchestra in 1757; it included Pierre Vachon (1738–1803) as concertmaster, the Italian virtuoso oboist Filippo Prover, the cellist Jean-Pierre Duport, German horn and clarinet players, and the keyboard player Johann Schobert (c. 1735–67), plus François-Joseph Gossec (1734–1829), who joined Conti’s establishment following his stint at La Pouplinière’s.35

From the 1750s, La Pouplinière’s home Passy was a haven for German composers and instrumentalists cultivating a taste for the nascent symphonic genre. In fact, it was La Pouplinière who engaged horn and clarinet players from Germany to make their first appearances in France in the late 1740s. Succeeding Rameau’s long tenure there, Stamitz led the orchestra at Passy for one year in 1754; he was followed by the twenty-one-year-old Gossec.36 Despite their relatively small size – generally fourteen to fifteen players – private orchestras and their sponsors played an important role in the development and dissemination of the symphony in France.37

While some of the larger salons – like La Pouplinière’s and Crozat’s – focused on symphonic or operatic repertoire, others cultivated the art of accompanied song and new genres in chamber music. In these more intimate salon settings, professionals played beside accomplished amateurs. The many chamber music works dedicated to the baron de Bagge (including quartets by Gossec, Boccherini and Capron) testify to his dedication to the music and musicians he patronised.

Salons like Bagge’s facilitated transformations in instrumental chamber music during the second half of the eighteenth century. These important changes took the form of expanding textures (from Baroque trio texture to quartets or larger ensembles), newly obligatory instrumentation, the standardisation of specific ensemble combinations and the gradual disappearance of a performer-realised figured bass.

Large ensemble music, 1720–1750

As imported forms, concertos and symphonies first found an enthusiastic response in private, Italophilic salons. Subsequently, however, their evolution and development owe a significant debt to the public concert.

Concertos by French composers began to appear in print at the height of the goûts réunis craze in the 1720s and 1730s, and for decades, ‘Spring’ from Vivaldi’s Four Seasons was regularly heard alongside sonatas by Corelli and Tartini at the Concert Spirituel.38Michel Corrette composed twenty-five ‘comic’ concertos, which were generally for three treble instruments (with flexible instrumentation that could include violins, flutes, oboes, hurdy-gurdy and musettes) and basso continuo. Like their Vivaldian models, they adopted ritornello form for outer, fast movements, and frequently made use of a unison theme for opening and closing ritornellos. The second movement was usually just a chord progression with decorated suspensions linking the outer movements. Corrette’s Concertos comiques frequently quoted popular tunes from the Foire (fair) theatres and noëls (see, for instance, the concertos entitled ‘L’allure’ and ‘Margoton’ from his Op. 8, and the tunes ‘Les sauvages’ and ‘La Furstemburg’ in his Concerto comique, No. 25).39Boismortier also made significant contributions to this genre with his Opp. 21, 24 and 30 concertos for three treble instruments and his Noels en concerto, Op. 68 (1737).

Through the 1740s, the trio (two generic dessus plus basso continuo) remained the predominant texture for large ensemble music performed at the Concert Spirituel. The performing tradition of playing en simphonie created a kaleidoscope of instrumental colours, but it has also been responsible for some confusion regarding the genesis of the Classical symphony in France. Multi-movement works with designations like pièces de simphonies or concert de simphonies by Jacques Aubert (1689–1753), Boismortier, Corrette, Jean-Joseph Mouret (1682–1738), Dauvergne and Mondonville all utilised trio textures with the addition of figured bass. Transcriptions of harpsichord solos by Mondonville (from his 1734 Pièces de clavecin en sonates avec accompagnement de violon, Op. 3) and Francesco Geminiani (‘arrangées en grand concerto pour orchestre’ or ‘mises en simphonie’) were also regularly performed as ensemble music at the Concert Spirituel.40 As late as 1750, even Corelli’s celebrated Op. 5 sonatas could be heard at the Concert Spirituel ‘mise en gd concert par Geminiani’.41

The 1730s witnessed various experimental works for large ensembles, ranging from the symphonie nouvelle Les élémens (1738) by Jean-Féry Rebel (1666–1747) to Mondonville’s lost Concert à trois choeurs and Concerto de violon avec chant.42Rebel’s Les élémens is the most daring of his seven choreographed simphonies for the dancers of the Paris Opéra. The justifiably famous opening uses stacked dissonance to depict chaos, from which four distinct themes representing air, fire, water and earth emerge.

In contrast to large ensemble works performed en simphonie with only limited instructions regarding orchestration, the virtuoso violinist Leclair’s twelve published concertos (Op. 7, 1737, and Op. 10, 1745) were explicit in their instrumentation, for solo violin accompanied by string orchestra and continuo, and made specialised technical demands upon the player. Leclair’s incorporation of Italian style and techniques drew on his own training and experiences with the celebrated violinists Giovanni Battista Somis (a student of Corelli) in Turin and Pietro Locatelli in London. While his concertos also typified goûts réunis in their adoption of Vivaldi’s models in the outer movements, the lyricism of the slow movements reflected French taste and sensibility.

The symphony and concerto, 1750–1790

Alongside the infiltration of German music and musicians into Paris’s private salons, the 1750s saw the arrival of the nascent Classical symphony by proponents of the Mannheim school on the concert stage. New leadership at the Concert Spirituel from 1748 ushered in a period of financial stability that enabled the organisation’s concert venue and repertoire to expand. Under the direction of the harpsichordist Royer and the violinist Gabriel Capperan, the Tuileries palace underwent major renovations (including the installation of an organ on which the virtuoso Claude Balbastre (1724–99) frequently performed concertos and his own transcriptions of opera overtures) and saw the first French performances of Pergolesi’s Stabat mater and the first foreign symphonies.43

The French Classical symphony of the 1750s combined Classical elements of structure, melody, rhythm and harmonic organisation with thematic development and prolonged sequences.44 Whereas early essays in the symphonic genre such as Louis-Gabriel Guillemain’s Premier livre de simphonies dans le goût italien en trio (1740) had been composed in a trio texture, ensemble music of the 1750s was increasingly composed in four parts (such as Antoine Dauvergne’s 1751 Concerts de simphonies, Opp. 3 and 4). Similarly, Gossec’s earliest symphonies (Op. 3, 1756) were published in four parts, with oboe parts interleaved in the viola book. In all likelihood, pairs of horns would also have been added for performances at the Concert Spirituel.45 At this stage, most published works still included a figured bass, and a three-movement structure based on Italian models predominated.46

Following Royer’s death in 1755, Mondonville upheld his predecessor’s commitment to innovation, introducing symphonies by Wagenseil, Hasse, Beck, Jomelli and Geminiani as well as native composers’ first forays into the genre (Guillemain, Gavignès, Davesne and Gossec). Complete with trumpets, timpani and (after 1760) horns and clarinets from Germany, these expanded grandes simphonies or sinfonie a più strumenti would soon become the standard, even though conservative factions would not allow this progressive symphonic music to become fully established on Concert Spirituel programmes until the 1770s. In the mean time, the orchestra at the Concert des Amateurs (1769–81) quickly gained a reputation for commissions and performances of symphonies. Supported in part by the fermier-général La Haye and the baron d’Ogny as well as by public subscriptions, the Concert des Amateurs was established at the Hôtel de Soubise by Gossec in 1769. During the four years he led the Concert des Amateurs, Gossec conducted many of his own works and was the first to conduct a Haydn symphony in France.

Synthesising foreign elements with inherent French lyricism, the French Classical symphony of the 1770s and the burgeoning symphonie concertante exhibited the influence of Grétry’s comic operas in addition to the powerful, dramatic stage works of Gluck.47 French symphonies from this period, which were in three or even two movements (rarely four), were characterised by their ‘brilliant orchestral effect’ and ‘fluid, singing melodies’.48Gossec’s innovations lay in his grand instrumental works, which despite their harmonic and thematic simplicity displayed keen, colourful orchestration and refined use of dynamic markings. Works for the new grande orchestre included ample sonorities such as two viola parts, divisi violins, additional winds (including clarinets) and brass (horns, trumpets and drums). Similarly, the three symphonies that Simon Leduc (1742–77) composed for performance at both the Concert Spirituel and the Concert des Amateurs take full advantage of the orchestra’s sonic possibilities, with pairs of flutes and horns, trumpets and drums in the Amsterdam edition of Schmitt, periodically divided second violins and violas and in places an independent part for double bass.49

Comparable in style and structure to the Classical symphony, symphonies concertantes comprised another important element in Concert Spirituel programmes from the 1770s. The form flourished in France and particularly in Paris, owing its popularity to contemporary social changes, such as the proliferation of concert societies patronised by bourgeois audiences, as well as to an increased fascination with virtuoso display and enthusiasm for rich orchestral sonorities. Featuring two, three, four or occasionally more solo instruments in dialogue with each other and the orchestra, the symphonie concertante was essentially a Classical concerto for multiple instruments that fused elements of the solo concerto, Baroque concerto grosso, divertimento and symphony. The symphonie concertante’s appeal lay in its light, pleasing and melodious character, and in the flexibility of its instrumentation, which provided a platform for a variety of local performers. Performances frequently included the composer as one of the soloists, as in symphonies concertantes by the violinists Joseph Boulogne, chevalier de Saint-George (1745–99), Simon Leduc and Jean-Baptiste Davaux (1742–1822).50

Gossec is generally considered the most important composer of Classical symphonies in France. Following formative studies in his native Wallonia, Antwerp and Brussels, he arrived in Paris at the age of seventeen. With the support of Rameau, he joined the orchestra at La Pouplinière’s and held leadership positions in the private orchestras of both the prince de Condé and the prince de Conti in the 1760s. He served briefly as the general director of the Opéra before assuming leadership of the École Royale de Chant (a predecessor to the Conservatoire de Musique) in 1784.51 Following his success with the Concert des Amateurs, Gossec was persuaded in 1773 to join the violinists Leduc and Gavignès in leading the Concert Spirituel, where he responded to a mandate to improve the ensemble’s performing standards (which had lagged in recent years), expand the size of the orchestra and overhaul its stale programming. As a result, symphonies by Stamitz, Toeschi, Giuseppe Maria Cambini (1746–1825), Wagenseil, Sterkel, Cannabich and Haydn were regularly brought to Parisian audiences, which had the effect of undermining the achievements of native composers in the symphonic genre in the years prior to the Revolution. Not only did French composers of instrumental music have to grapple with the celebrity and popularity of Haydn,52 but they faced a constant struggle in justifying the merits of abstract symphonies and quartets against the prevailing aesthetic criticisms of Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Grimm and Jean le Rond d’Alembert, who defined the function and potential of instrumental music in terms of painting and the imitation of nature.

The final decades before the Revolution witnessed increased access to public concerts and the expansion of concert societies. For instance, the Concert des Amateurs, Concert des Associés (1770–?), Concert de l’École Graduite de Dessein (1781–6), Concert des Amis (1772–?), Société du Concert d’Émulation (1781–6) and Concert de la Loge Olympique (1783–9) all flourished. At the same time, private orchestras, which had played an important role in cultivating symphonies and soloists, began to be disbanded because of financial difficulties and the proliferation of orchestras elsewhere, which took away the prestige of maintaining an orchestra.53

Chamber music

The ‘trio’ for four players persisted as a popular texture for chamber music throughout the eighteenth century. Generally, this meant that two treble instruments (perhaps two violins or flutes) were joined by a bowed bass (viola da gamba, basse de violon or cello) and a chordal accompaniment usually on the harpsichord. In the 1720s and 1730s, trio sonatas were frequently expanded to quartets in a variety of instrumental combinations. Telemann’s ‘Paris’ Quartets (flute, violin, viola and continuo, 1738), Guillemain’s Quatuors ou conversations galantes (two flutes, violin and continuo, 1743) and the Quatuors de l’art de la modulation (oboe or flute, two violins and continuo, 1755) by François-André Philidor (1726–95) are all representative of the Rococo quartet in France.

The generalised dessus had long been a cornerstone of French instrumental conventions, whereby a treble part could be played by violin, flute, oboe, pardessus de viole or a variety of other instruments. Furthermore, instrumental doubling had been a standard practice since the mid-seventeenth century. The result had been relatively undifferentiated, ‘idiomatic’ writing for treble instruments, and an approach to large-ensemble orchestration that emphasised combinations of instrumental timbres. By the 1760s, however, obligatory instrumentation and the standardisation of specific ensemble combinations (such as the string quartet with two violins, viola and violoncello) began to take hold. The new specificity of the 1760s excluded the inclusion of wind instruments in pieces that did not call specifically for them; the century-old French instrumental practice of playing en simphonie (that is, doubling instrumental parts) was, in effect, abandoned.

These trends inspired a typically French approach to ensemble writing: the vogue for works concertant et dialogué. Publications of quatuors concertants flooded the Parisian market between 1770 and 1800.54Cambini was an essential figure in their development, which would be further cultivated by Vachon, Étienne-Bernard-Joseph Barrière (b. 1748; d. 1816–18), Jean-Baptiste-Sébastien Bréval (1753–1823), Davaux, Jean-Baptiste Janson and Saint-George. A famous mulatto violinist, Saint-George led the Concert des Amateurs from 1773, was orchestra leader for Madame de Montesson’s private concerts and published eighteen string quartets in three collections between 1773 and 1785. Cambini’s Op. 1 quartets were published by Vernier in 1773 and were lauded for their excellent harmony, natural interplay and originality of style.55

Quatuors concertants were generally for two violins, viola and cello, though in some cases an oboe or flute could replace the first violin. Marked by a galant, sentimental style and conservative harmonic language, these works reflect the influence of Boccherini and are generally in two or very occasionally three movements. The first movement most often adopts a sonata form with two themes, while the second movement consists of lighter fare: a rondo, minuetto or aria con variazoni. The word concertant referred not to the virtuosity of the music, but to its conversational aspect: all four parts were equally important (contrasting with a traditional Viennese quartet in which the presentation of melodic material is dominated by the first violin).56 In a quatuor concertant, each player would have the opportunity to offer and elaborate motifs, contributing to the larger sense of musical dialogue or conversation in much the same way as a salonnière’s guests each made their own witty contributions to an evening’s entertainment. By comparison, the Viennese quartet of Haydn was characterised by a greater variety of forms, intense working-through and elaboration of a single theme by way of expanded development sections, and more wide-ranging modulations.57

Vocal music: cantata and cantatille

Just as Corelli’s violin sonatas found a warm reception in Paris’s aristocratic salons, the French cantata (inspired by Italian models) counted Italophilic cognoscenti among its most ardent admirers. Indeed, the cantata’s popularity took hold with a virtual explosion in published compositions around the final years of Louis XIV’s life. The cantata’s heyday coincided with the short-lived Concert Français series (1727–33), an offshoot of the Concert Spirituel. Initiated but not ultimately directed by Anne-Danican Philidor (Mouret took over following his resignation in 1727), the Concert Français presented weekly concerts in the Tuileries on Saturdays and Sundays in the winter (thus competing with other concert series as well as the Opéra and various theatres) and once per week in the summer.58 Cantatas and divertissements formed the focal point of the Concert Français’s programmes, which featured the cantatas of Colin de Blamont, Battistin Stuck, Louis-Nicolas Clérambault (1676–1749), Rameau, Mouret, Jean-Baptiste Morin (1677–1745), Louis Le Maire (c. 1693–c. 1750), Louis-Claude Daquin (1694–1772) and others, performed by some of the era’s finest singers (in particular Mademoiselle Antier and Le Maure).59 The brief but intense interest in the cantata can be understood as a response to the insular aesthetic cultivated at court and the petrification of the operatic repertoire in the years between Lully’s death and Rameau’s Hippolyte et Aricie (1733).60

A true manifestation of the goûts réunis, the French cantata borrowed from Italian forms such as the da capo aria while adhering to distinctly Gallic aesthetics of lyricism and sensibility, ornamentation and flexibility in recitative.61 Most cantatas adapted a format of three arias interspersed with recitatives, with or without obbligato instruments (most often a single violin or flute, but occasionally larger or more varied forces). Although many cantatas were obviously intended for the chamber and use just voice and continuo, sometimes with two violins or other obbligato instruments, a significant minority specify orchestral forces for accompaniment.62 With their concise texts on attractive subjects, mostly drawn from classical mythology, though occasionally from the Old Testament, cantata texts were a minor yet fashionable poetic form and were regularly published in the Mercure de France from 1711 to the 1740s.63

Cantatas also brought operatic elements into the salon. The cantata’s dramatic symphonies served to illustrate a host of natural or deity-induced disasters ranging from storms to earthquakes and potent magical slumber.64 As Michele Cabrini has recently argued, the significance of the instrumental contributions to the cantata should not be underestimated. Rather, the instruments ‘are raised to the status of dramatic character and equal partner to the voice, thus increasing the theatricality of the action’.65Le sommeil d’Ulisse (1715) by Élisabeth Jacquet de La Guerre (1665–1729) serves as a prime example of a cantata that creatively expands on the standard form (with five airs and récits) and includes dramatic elements borrowed from the stage, including a swirling tempest and an extensive, beguiling sommeil. It is important, however, to recognise the differences between cantatas and dramatic works for small forces. Cantatas were not operas ‘in miniature’. They generally depict a single event (rather than the progression of a drama), and the singer narrates the scene rather than embodying a character. In addition, cantatas were never staged; neither did they incorporate the all-important elements of the tragédie lyrique, a chorus and dance.66

In the wake of renewed interest in the tragédie en musique in the 1730s, the composition of large-scale, dramatic cantatas decreased dramatically.67Composers of vocal chamber music instead cultivated the cantatille, which – as the diminutive of the name implies – was generally shorter than the cantata. Cantatilles usually included only a pair of arias interspersed with one or two recitatives. Although cantatilles were formally small-scale works, surviving scores frequently imply the use of large orchestral forces.68 In addition, despite their generally light, charming subjects and predisposition towards triple metre, cantatilles were musically no less complex than the cantatas that had preceded them. The cantatilles of Mouret, for instance, beautifully pair the grace of dance metres with subtle, varied phrase lengths.69 At turns intimate and virtuosic, the air ‘Doux rossignol’ from Julie Pinel’s 1737 Le printems exults in conversational interplay between soprano and obbligato flute or violin.

Overshadowed by the opera, and with only limited success in adapting to the new aesthetic requirements of the German-influenced Classical style, cantatas and cantatilles continued to be composed into the 1770s, though they had made little impact since the zenith of their popularity in the 1720s and 1730s. Working in the 1740s and 1750s, Louis-Antoine Lefebvre composed twenty-three cantatilles and one cantata that attempted to integrate the accompanimental textures, melodic contours and phrase structure of the Classical style.70 By contrast, the court composer Pierre de La Garde responded to changing tastes by adopting the tuneful, naive style of opéra comique to the cantatille and providing an accompaniment of guitar (which was very much in vogue), violin and harpsichord.71

Music in the home: vocal music

Songs and other small forms of vocal chamber music were ubiquitous in eighteenth-century France. Paris’s blossoming publishing industry issued numerous new songs each year, and periodicals like the Mercure de France not only kept the new bourgeoisie abreast of developing fashions in literature, art and music, but also frequently published songs and tunes from current operas and announced new publications of ‘sheet music’.72 By mid-century, publishers were printing weekly and monthly tabloids of sheet music, designed for domestic music-making and purchased by subscription.73

Eighteenth-century French song drew on the rich rhetorical language of the seventeenth-century air sérieux, but cultivated a lightness and ease that, as a whole, reflected the Epicurean tenets of the Rococo: leisure, pleasure and charm. Popular forms included the brunette, which was a simple, bipartite song that expressed tender sentiments within a limited vocal compass. Alternately known as an air tendre or gavotte tendre (which betrayed its origin as a dance tune), the brunette was quintessentially French in its natural simplicity, refinement and frequent preciosity.74 Collections, or recueils d’airs, freely mixed brunettes with Italian ariettes, vaudevilles and drinking songs (airs à boire).75 The romance is found in song collections from the 1760s onwards. A lyric narrative poem of Spanish origins, the romance, like the strophic brunette, hewed to an aesthetic of simplicity, naturalness and sentimentality. The form exerted a strong influence on the Opéra-Comique, where it featured in Rousseau’s Devin du village (most famously, ‘Dans ma cabane obscure’) and Mondonville’s Titon et l’Aurore, as well as works by Monsigny and François-André Philidor.76

Although the repertoire was limited to charming but simple bipartite airs with light, pastoral subjects, successive collections nonetheless reflect changing tastes through the eighteenth century. Michel Pignolet de Montéclair (1667–1737), for instance, in his Brunètes anciènes et modernes (c. 1725), appended Italianate walking bass lines to airs dating back to the mid-seventeenth century. In his nine collections of airs from the 1730s and 1740s, François Bouvard (c. 1683–1760) expanded the form of the brunette to include introductory simphonies with ornate accompaniment consisting of flute, violin and bass.77 The 1760s periodical La feuille chantante, ou Le journal hebdomadaire, by comparison, included all the traditional small vocal forms (chansons, vaudevilles, rondeaux, ariettes, duos, brunettes, etc.) but added harp as an accompaniment option along with violin and harpsichord.78 Publications from the 1770s also began to include romances (made popular at the Opéra-Comique) with harp accompaniments, tablature for the increasingly popular guitar or fully realised harpsichord accompaniments.

Airs and brunettes were not just the province of amateur singers, but were also performed by instrumentalists. Following Jacques Hotteterre’s 1721 Airs et brunettes, a steady stream of publications featuring vocal repertoire adapted to instruments appeared.79Brunettes were considered extremely useful pedagogical tools and could also be adapted as a vehicle for soloists (as in the virtuoso variations included in Blavet’s three-volume Recueil de pièces, petits airs, brunettes, menuets, etc. avec des doubles et variations, issued in 1744–51).

Parodies – whether spiritual texts added to profane airs or satiric verses set to the tunes of well-known songs – were another important genre in both domestic music-making and larger society. The simple, syllabic vaudeville formed a cornerstone of the early opéra comique because it was well suited to satirical or topical subjects. As Dorothy Packer has observed, ‘the vaudeville’s brevity encouraged a concise musical expression; its pointedness gave it a distinguishing piquancy’.80Vaudevilles ranged from drinking songs to biting political satire, from moralistic or didactic airs to love songs, or even to recipes.81 While many vaudevilles were included in recueils d’airs, they were also transmitted orally: like English ballad tunes, vaudevilles could simply be provided with a timbre (or verbal cue) identifying the famous tune to which the new text should be sung.

Instrumental fashions in the drawing room

From the Regency until the Revolution, solo music increasingly favoured novelty and emphasised virtuoso display. While the fiery sonatas of the violinists Jean-Féry Rebel and Leclair and flautists like Blavet and Mahaut stressed technical accomplishment, the harpsichord suites or concerts of François Couperin (1668–1733), Rameau, Royer, Daquin and Jacques Duphly (1715–89) reflect a prolonged fascination with the character piece. Individual pieces often carried fanciful titles, paid homage to colleagues or patrons, or were transcriptions of stage works. For instance, Rameau arranged excerpts from his Les Indes galantes (1735), Royer included dramatic set pieces from his operas Pyrrhus, Le pouvoir de l’amour and Zaide in his Pièces de clavecin (1746), and Balbastre was famous for arranging opera overtures for performance at the Concert Spirituel.82

The clavecinistes of the 1740s and beyond were also interested in exploring the limits of the instrument’s colouristic possibilities. Contrary to modern expectations, the dynamically endowed forte-piano did not eclipse the harpsichord upon its introduction in Paris in 1761. Rather, harpsichord production in Paris increased through the 1770s and showed no signs of slowing until the 1780s.83 The most famous harpsichord builders were consumed with rebuilding old Flemish and French instruments (particularly those of Ruckers and Couchet) – updating actions, reinforcing soundboard and case and enlarging the compass to a full five octaves – and with installing buff stops, which were ubiquitous by 1750.84Balbastre pushed the harpsichord to its technical and colouristic limits and is credited with the invention of the peau de buffle (a rank of soft leather plectra); he used knee pedals for special effects.

Since virtually all pianos were imported prior to the Erard firm’s first serious attempts to manufacture instruments in 1777, it was the English square piano that found a home in French drawing rooms in the 1770s and 1780s (while the Erard firm was experimenting with hammer actions in the 1750s and 1760s, serious manufacturing of square pianos began in 1777; production of grand pianos began in the 1780s).85 The piano made its debut at the Concert Spirituel on 8 September 1768 when Mademoiselle Le Chantre performed works by her teacher Romain de Brasseur, but, perhaps because of the popularity of Balbastre’s organ concertos, the piano only rarely made subsequent appearances on the concert stage. The four symphonies concertantes (1777–83) of Jean-François Tapray (b. 1738–9; d. after 1798), which juxtapose harpsichord and piano, mark the last ‘French music in which the harpsichord was indispensable’.86

The same fashion for depictions of amorous shepherds and gently warbling nightingales that inspired scenes by Antoine Watteau and François Boucher, and which drove the publication of a seemingly endless stream of sentimental airs and brunettes, also popularised the appropriation of ‘folk’ instruments by the aristocracy. But just as Marie-Antoinette’s Hameau de la Reine (the rustic farm she had built behind the Petit Trianon at Versailles) allowed her to play at peasantry within the luxurious confines of the royal estate, so were the musette and vielle à roue (hurdy-gurdy) suitably ‘civilised’ to appeal to noble amateurs. Rococo iterations of the hurdy-gurdy and musette were highly ornamented; stripped of previously negative associations,87 they were championed by virtuosos, including Jacques Hotteterre, Nicolas Chédeville (1705–82) and Jean-Baptiste Dupuits.88

Music for musette and hurdy-gurdy spanned a wide variety of genres from chamber concertos to sonatas and duos, character pieces and suites of dance music sporting titles that celebrated their supposedly rustic origins, such as Fêtes rustiques (c. 1732) by Jacques-Christophe Naudot (c. 1690–1762), Boismortier’s Balets de village (1734) and Chédeville’s Amusements champêtres (three volumes, 1729, c. 1731, c. 1733).89 Interestingly, the craze for goûts réunis also extended to the peculiarly French fashion for playing the musette and hurdy-gurdy: Chédeville passed off Il pastor fido (a collection of sonatas for musette, 1737) as the work of Vivaldi and likewise reworked concertos from Vivaldi’s Four Seasons as Le printems, ou Les saisons amusantes (1739) for hurdy-gurdy and chamber ensemble.90

Conclusion

As the Revolution approached, the effects of Enlightenment philosophy, which privileged the diffusion of culture and celebrated the liberating power of knowledge, extended to the large, public venue of the concert hall and the intimacy of the drawing room. Although the advent of concert societies and explosion of periodicals and published sheet music in Paris in the second half of the eighteenth century increased public access to arts and culture, music was still most successfully cultivated within the realm of the social elite. Ultimately, throughout the eighteenth century private patrons among the aristocracy and haute bourgeoisie played an essential role in shaping public taste for virtually every musical genre.

Notes

1 Jean-Paul C. Montagnier, ‘Royal peculiar: the music and patronage of Philippe of Orléans, Regent of France’, Musical Times, 148 (2007), 56.

2 Olivier Baumont, La musique à Versailles (Versailles: Centre de Musique Baroque de Versailles, 2007), 214.

4 For a brief overview, see Reference Baumontibid., 233–5.

5 Alexis Meunier, ‘La musique religieuse sous Louis XV’, in Jean Duron (ed.), Regards sur la musique au temps de Louis XV (Wavre: Mardaga, 2007), 33–4.

6 See Jean-Paul C. Montagnier, ‘La messe polyphonique imprimée en France au XVIIIe siècle: survivance et décadence d’une tradition séculaire’, Acta musicologica, 77 (2005), 47–69.

7 Bernadette Lespinard, ‘La chapelle royale sous la règne de Louis XV’, Recherches sur la musique française classique, 23 (1985), 136. See also Jean-Paul Montagnier, ‘Le chant sur le livre au 18e siècle: les traités de Louis-Joseph Marchand et Henry Madin’, Revue de musicologie, 81 (1995), 37–63.

8 John Spitzer and Neal Zaslaw, The Birth of the Orchestra: History of an Institution, 1650–1815 (Oxford University Press, 2004), 183. See also Roberte Machard, ‘Les musiciens en France au temps de Jean-Philippe Rameau d’après les actes du secrétariat de la Maison du Roi’, Recherches sur la musique française classique, 11 (1971), 144–7.

9 Baumont, La musique à Versailles, 296–8.

10 Ibid., 310–14.

11 Brigitte François-Sappey, ‘Le personnel de la musique royale de l’avènement de Louis XVI à la chute de la monarchie (1774–1792)’, Recherches sur la musique française classique, 26 (1988–90), 164–8.

12 Spitzer and Zaslaw, The Birth of the Orchestra, 184.

13 Rosalie McQuaide, ‘The Crozat concerts, 1720–1727: a study of concert life in Paris’ (PhD thesis, New York University, 1978), 149–54. See also Lowell Lindgren, ‘Parisian patronage of performers from the Royal Academy of Musick (1719–28)’, Music and Letters, 58 (1977), 17–24.

14 Thierry Favier, ‘Nouvelles sociabilités, nouvelles pratiques: les concerts sous le règne de Louix XV’, in Duron (ed.), Regards sur la musique au temps de LouisXV, 108–9. In 1704 Jean-Laurent Le Cerf de la Viéville, seigneur de Fresneuse, observed that presentations during Holy Week ‘replaced those performances suspended during the fortnight’. See Le Cerf de la Viéville, Comparaison de la musique italienne et de la musique françoise, 3 vols (1704–6; repr. Geneva: Minkoff, 1972), vol. III, 188.

15 Meunier, ‘La musique religieuse’, 53.

16 Concert programmes have been reconstructed by Constant Pierre, Histoire du Concert Spirituel, 1725–1790 (Paris: Société Française de Musicologie, 1975), 232–44.

17 Meunier, ‘La musique religieuse’, 53.

18 James R. Anthony, French Baroque Music from Beaujoyeulx to Rameau, rev. edn (New York: Norton, 1978), 194.

20 See Jean-Paul C. Montagnier, ‘Da capo arias in French church music (c. 1700–1760)’, Musica e storia, 16 (2008), 615–36.

21 Sylvette Milliot, ‘Le virtuose international’, Dix-huitième siècle, 25 (1993), 61.

22 According to Constance Pipelet, who quotes a Gavignès contemporary, Giovanni Battista Viotti. Jeffrey Cooper and Anthony Ginter, ‘Gaviniés [Gaviniès, Gaviniez, Gavigniès, Gavignès, Gabignet and other variations], Pierre’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

23 Richard Viano, ‘By invitation only: private concerts in France during the second half of the eighteenth century’, Recherches sur la musique française classique, 27 (1991), 136–7.

24 Georges Cucuel, La Pouplinière et la musique de chambre au XVIIIe siècle (Paris: Fischbacher, 1913), 258–9.

26 Montagnier, ‘Royal peculiar’, 54.

27 McQuaide, ‘The Crozat concerts 1720–1727’.

28 Favier, ‘Nouvelles sociabilités’, 120.

29 Lindgren, ‘Parisian patronage’, 4–28.

30 Charles Michael Carroll, ‘A beneficient [sic] poseur: Charles Ernest, Baron de Bagge’, Recherches sur la musique française classique, 16 (1976), 24–36.

31 Graham Sadler questions when Rameau entered La Pouplinière’s circle of influence in ‘Patrons and pasquinades: Rameau in the 1730s’, Journal of the Royal Musical Association, 113 (1988), 314–37.

32 Viano, ‘By invitation only’, 152.

33 André-Ernest-Modeste Grétry, Mémoires, ou Essais sur la musique, 3 vols (New York: Da Capo Press, 1971), vol. I, 156–7.

34 Mozart to his father, Mannheim, 3 December 1777, in Mozart’s Letters, Mozart’s Life, ed. and trans. Robert Spaethling (New York: Norton, 2000), 107.

35 Herbert C. Turrentine, ‘The Prince de Conti: a royal patron of music’, Musical Quarterly, 54 (1968), 311–12.

36 Cucuel, La Pouplinière, 324–5.

37 Ibid., 306–9.

38 Paul Everett, Vivaldi: The Four Seasons (Cambridge University Press, 1996), 3–5.

39 Corrette was also music director at the Foire Saint-Germain and Foire Saint-Laurent (1732–9).

40 Favier, ‘Nouvelles sociabilités’, 117.

41 Concert of 8 December 1750, in Pierre, Histoire du Concert Spirituel, 259.

42 Barry S. Brook, La symphonie française dans la seconde moitié du XVIIIe siècle, 3 vols (University of Paris, 1962), vol. I, 46–9.

43 Pierre, Histoire du Concert Spirituel, 109, 260.

44 Brook, La symphonie française, vol. I, 84.

45 Ibid., 153–6.

46 Ibid., 93–4.

47 Ibid., 242.

48 Ibid., 243.

49 Ibid., 285.

50 See Barry S. Brook, ‘The symphonie concertante: its musical and sociological bases’, International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music, 6 (1975), 9–28.

51 Brook, La symphonie française, vol. I, 146.

52 Ibid., 333.

53 Spitzer and Zaslaw, The Birth of the Orchestra, 203. See also David Hennebelle, ‘Nobles, musique et musiciens à Paris à la fin de l’Ancien Régime: les transformations d’un patronage séculaire (1760–1780)’, Revue de musicologie, 87 (2001), 413–16.

54 Michelle Garnier-Butel, ‘La naissance du quatuor à cordes français au siècle des lumières’, in Le quatuor à cordes en France de 1750 à nos jours (Paris: Association Française pour le Patrimoine Musical, 1995), 41–52.

55 Garnier-Butel, Reference Garnier-Butelibid., 74, cites the Almanach musical (1775).

56 Garnier-Butel, ‘La naissance du quatuor à cordes français’, 50–1.

58 David Tunley, The Eighteenth-Century French Cantata (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997), 6–11.

59 For a listing of programmes of the Concert Français, see Reference Tunleyibid., 250–9.

61 Just as François Couperin had done in his Nouveaux concerts ou goût-réünis, some cantata composers even paid homage to the Italian origins of the form by writing instrumental parts in the Italian treble clef.

62 See Graham Sadler, ‘The orchestral French cantata (1706–1730): performance, edition and classification of a neglected repertory’, in Michael Talbot (ed.), Aspects of the Secular Cantata in Late Baroque Italy (Farnham: Ashgate, 2009), 228–9.

63 Tunley, The Eighteenth-Century French Cantata, 145.

64 See Michele Cabrini, ‘Breaking form through sound: instrumental aesthetics, tempête, and temporality in the French Baroque cantata’, Journal of Musicology, 26 (2009), 327–78.

65 Michele Cabrini, ‘Upstaging the voice: diegetic sound and instrumental interventions in the French Baroque cantata’, Early Music, 38 (2010), 74.

66 Tunley, The Eighteenth-Century French Cantata, 15.

67 Ibid., 168.

68 For a discussion of the term cantatille, see ibid., 168–70.

69 Ibid., 170–3.

70 Ibid., 176–9.

71 Ibid., 182–4.

72 The Ballard and Leclerc firms regularly issued collections of French airs and drinking songs, Italian airs, brunettes, vaudevilles, parodies and contredanses in both anthologies and single-composer collections. For instance, Christophe Ballard issued twenty-one volumes of Jean-Baptiste Bousset’s Airs nouveaux sérieux et à boire (Paris: Ballard, 1702–25).

73 See Anik DeVries, Édition et commerce de la musique gravée à Paris dans la première moitié du XVIIIe siècle (Geneva: Minkoff, 1976), 59–61.

74 For additional information on the brunette, see Elissa Poole, ‘The sources for Christophe Ballard’s Brunetes ou petits airs tendres and the tradition of seventeenth-century French song’ (PhD thesis, University of Victoria, 1984).

75 The vaudeville was a simple tune often used in parodies, sometimes with political or satirical implications. See Philip Robinson, ‘Vaudevilles et genre comique à Paris au milieu du XVIIIe siècle’, in Michael Talbot (ed.), Timbre und Vaudeville: Zur Geschichte und Problematik einer populären Gattung im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert (Hildesheim: Georg Olms, 1999), 292–305.

76 See Daniel Heartz, ‘The beginnings of the operatic romance: Rousseau, Sedaine, and Monsigny’, Eighteenth-Century Studies, 15 (1982), 149–78.

77 François Bouvard’s nine volumes of airs and brunettes call for slightly different performing forces (vols II and VIII are lost). See, for example, Bouvard’s Quatrième recueil d’airs sérieux et à boire à une et deux voix avec accompagnement de flûte et de violon et la basse-continue (Paris: chez l’auteur, 1740).

78 La feuille chantante called for ‘un accompagnement de violon et basse chiffrée pour le clavecin ou la harpe’, and appeared each Monday from 1764 to 1766. See http://dictionnaire-journaux.gazettes18e.fr/journal/0443-la-feuille-chantante (accessed 22 May 2014).

79 See Michelle Garnier-Butel, ‘Du répertoire vocal à la musique instrumentale: les transcriptions d’airs connus en France dans la seconde moitié du XVIIIe siècle’, in Jean Quéniart (ed.), Le chant, acteur de l’histoire (Presses Universitaires de Rennes, 1999), 125–35.

80 Dorothy S. Packer, ‘“La Calotte” and the 18th-century French vaudeville’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 23 (1970), 63; Robert Darnton, Poetry and the Police: Communication Networks in Eighteenth-Century Paris (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2010).

81 See the singing’ cookbook Festin joyeux, ou la cuisine en musique en vers libres (Paris: Lebas, 1738); Nouvelles poésies spirituelles et morales sur les plus beaux airs de la musique françoise et italienne, avec la basse (Paris: Lottin, 1737); Dorothy S. Packer, ‘Horatian moral philosophy in French song, 1649–1749’, Musical Quarterly, 61 (1975), 240–71.

82 On operatic transcriptions for harpsichord, see Graham Sadler, ‘Rameau’s harpsichord transcriptions from Les Indes galantes’, Early Music, 7 (1979), 18–24. For an overview of the French harpsichord repertoire, see Bruce Gustafson and David R. Fuller, A Catalogue of French Harpsichord Music, 1699–1780 (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990).

83 Michael Cole, The Pianoforte in the Classical Era (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1998), 1.

84 The most important eighteenth-century French harpsichord builders were Pascal Taskin and the Blanchet family. See Edward L. Kottick, A History of the Harpsichord (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2003), 280.

85 See Gustafson and Fuller, A Catalogue of French Harpsichord Music, 7.

86 Ibid., 1.

87 While the mouth-blown bagpipe had sexual connotations, the hurdy-gurdy was traditionally associated with the poor and blind. For the symbolism of instruments, see Emanuel Winternitz, Musical Instruments and their Symbolism in Western Art (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1979), 74–5, 157–62. Richard Leppert reviews the ‘ennobling mythologies’ applied to the musette and hurdy-gurdy in Arcadia at Versailles (Amsterdam: Swets and Zeitlinger, 1978), 41–4.

88 See Jacques Hotteterre, Méthode pour la musette (Paris: Ballard, 1738). Robert A. Green references and comments on many of the composer-performers on the musette and hurdy-gurdy in ‘Eighteenth-century French chamber music for vielle’, Early Music, 15 (1987), 468–79.

89 Robert A. Green catalogues the repertoire for the hurdy-gurdy in Hurdy-Gurdy in Eighteenth-Century France (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995), 72–98.

90 Philippe Lescat, ‘“Il pastor fido”, une oeuvre de Nicolas Chédeville’, Informazioni e studi vivaldiani, 11 (1990), 5–10.

6 The Revolution and Romanticism to 1848

Michael McClellan
Simon Trezise

Political and cultural context

On 14 July 1789 a republican crowd stormed the Bastille, a fortress and prison in Paris. Until the formation of the Third Republic in 1870, France’s government lurched from constitutional monarchy, to republic, to empire, back to monarchy and so on, finally settling on a republic. The first constitutional monarchy failed early on; Louis XVI was guillotined on 21 January 1793, an event which ushered in the First Republic. The Reign of Terror began on 6 September 1793 with the formation of the euphemistically named Committee of Public Safety and ended on 27 July 1794. Thousands were killed and massive damage was inflicted. The Terror was followed by the Thermidorian Reaction, which reversed the trend, inaugurating the slow process of ending the Revolution.1

Under the constitution of 1795 the legislature was divided between two bodies that, respectively, initiated legislation and passed resolutions into law. Severely damaged by military disasters, the Directory – a small group of members to which the executive was entrusted – failed to realise a stable republican order; as a result, the conditions allowed Napoleon Bonaparte to seize power. From the establishment of the Consulate after the Brumaire coup d’état in 1799, which ended the Directory, and the start of the Napoleonic Empire in 1804, Napoleon rapidly consolidated the changes the Revolution had made.2

By the early nineteenth century, musical and political institutions were strong enough to withstand the sometimes bloody paroxysms that followed. Napoleon’s demise led to a restoration of a constitutional monarchy in 1814. Louis XVIII was succeeded in 1824 by the reactionary Charles X, who headed a government that abolished the freedoms of the press and reduced the electorate. This inspired the July Revolution of 1830, which brought Louis-Philippe I to the throne. His liberal, bourgeois policies were not sufficient to stem demands for a larger electorate and parliamentary reform, and in 1848 crowds barricaded the streets; Louis-Philippe followed Charles X in abdicating and fleeing to England; the short-lived Second Republic was under way.

The Revolution asked how and for whose benefit society should be ruled, and challenged the role of the arts in ways that were novel (though anticipated by Jean-Jacques Rousseau, 1712–78). In the last years of the ancien régime the musical highpoints were the grands motets at the Chapelle Royale, the tragédies lyriques of Rameau and Gluck and the symphonies of Haydn, Johann Stamitz and François-Joseph Gossec (1734–1829) at the Concert Spirituel.3 Not all of these suited the anti-religious world of the Revolution: the Concert Spirituel ended in 1790 after sixty-five years and the Chapelle Royale was suspended in 1792.4

While noting discontinuities, it is also important to stress continuities. In 1856 Alexis de Tocqueville wrote: ‘unbeknownst to themselves, [the French] had taken from the Ancien Régime most of the feelings, habits, and ideas that guided the Revolution which destroyed it … they had built the new society out of the debris of the old’.5 Even secularism, which constituted a striking discontinuity for musical institutions, had precedents in Enlightenment thought. Robespierre’s pursuit of a cult of the ‘supreme being’ – one of several attempts to create a ‘bourgeois non-Christian morality’, which maintained ‘the apparatus of ritual and cults’ – had its origins in Rousseau.6 After 1789 operatic and concert life soon picked up almost where it had left off, without Rameau and motets, but with Gluck and several major initiatives, which redirected the arts towards the ascendant bourgeoisie (hence the rehousing of the royal art collection and confiscated church art for public access – 537 paintings – in the Louvre in 1793).

During and out of the highly disparate movements of the eighteenth century and the Revolution, French Romanticism struggled to free itself from conservative forces, like the musical and architectural tastes of Napoleon, who favoured tuneful Italian music and classical architecture. It was perhaps in literature – in the works of English poets like Shelley and Byron – that the impact of the Revolution had its first resonance. Rousseau was vital: his influence, specifically his ‘emotional individualism’, is felt in the work of Bernadin de Saint-Pierre and François-René de Chateaubriand, who transmitted it to Victor Hugo and George Sand.7 Even though the surging espousal of the individual’s freedom from tyranny might have been contradicted by purges and the police state, the rhetoric lived on in the arts. Paradoxes abound, for the irrationality of religious observance was displaced temporarily by a Cult of Reason, which is perhaps more evocative of the Enlightenment than of Romanticism. Chateaubriand cultivated the colourful and picturesque without binding himself to accuracy, hence the allure of the exotic and oriental in much of the art and music of the period. Literary French Romanticism first peaked in 1830 with Hugo’s Ernani, in which drama mirrors life: ‘Decorum was banished and the wildest and weirdest scenes were portrayed without restraint.’8 Romantic poets show a freedom in their forms and expression, which we find echoed in Hector Berlioz (1803–69), and especially in the spontaneous lyricism of Liszt’s and Chopin’s music.

Music for the Revolutionary state

Institutions associated with the court found themselves vulnerable, particularly in the wake of the monarchy’s collapse in August 1792. This was true of the Catholic Church, which had been intimately connected with the monarchy. At the most extreme point in the Revolution the church was disestablished and churches were closed, which led first to the Cult of Reason (c. 1792) and then to Robespierre’s attempt to establish the Cult of the Supreme Being as a new state religion (he was appalled by the rejection of divinity by many of his fellow revolutionaries).9 For many musicians, this break was ruinous. What had been a traditional sphere for music-making and an important source of income simply disappeared, effectively halting the composition and performance of sacred music during the 1790s. With careers and education went infrastructure: thousands of organs were destroyed or left to rack and ruin, choirbooks were lost, countless manuscripts of early music vanished with the closure of the great monastic libraries, and many buildings were destroyed or damaged.10

At first religious music of a traditional kind was still heard, albeit in quite different circumstances. Gossec, already well known for his stage music, symphonies, religious works and much else, became one of the most prolific composers for the Revolution. In 1790 he wrote a Te Deum pour la fête de Fédération, which marked the first anniversary of the storming of the Bastille. Mass was also celebrated. It was held outdoors on the Champ de Mars, then outside Paris, which had been specially adapted for 400,000 spectators. Gossec’s Te Deum is for three-part male choir, wind and percussion; it employed a chorus of a thousand and a large orchestra.11 Stylistically it is typical of the ceremonial music of the 1790s in its robust homophonic style with martial rhythms and simple cadential formulas regularly punctuating the phrases. Reflections of the past abound, though, for instance in the orchestral passepied (a French court dance, faster than the minuet) that precedes the ‘Te gloriosus’ section (bar 204).12

The fête was the harbinger of many such outdoor occasions. By means of ‘Revolutionary hymns’, large groups of people directly participated in the mass musical performances of the festivals, celebrating the membership of everyone present in the civic body, in an acknowledgement of their conversion from subjects of a king into citizens of the state. These ceremonies included symbolic rituals such as the planting of Liberty Trees, the erecting of statues of Goddesses of Liberty and the burning of effigies of Ignorance, all accompanied by wind bands and choruses that sometimes exceeded a thousand musicians.13 The festivals thus became secular liturgies in which Revolutionary hymns replaced sacred genres. Rousseau had adumbrated the character of these events in his Lettre sur les spectacles, in which he proposed open-air festivals in which the public came together en masse. As for the character of the hymns, they had to succeed as propaganda, which meant that the composer was required to ‘respect the poetic stresses of the refrain and first couplet, while the poet … would have to see that his verses scanned regularly’.14

The music for these events, used in conjunction with arrangements of popular patriotic songs like J. Rouget de Lisle’s Hymne à la liberté (La Marseillaise), ‘Ah, ça ira’ and La Carmagnole,15 formed the musical foundation of the Revolutionary festivals.16 Intended for performance at vast outdoor gatherings, these works were exceptionally grand in scale but necessarily simple in composition. An entire generation of composers was called upon: the more productive composers included Charles-Simon Catel (1773–1830), Luigi Cherubini (1760–1842), Gossec, Louis-Emmanuel Jadin (1768–1853), Jean-François Le Sueur (or Lesueur, 1760–1837) and Étienne-Nicolas Méhul (1763–1817).17Méhul’s Le chant du départ (words by Marie-Joseph Chénier), a hymne de guerre, is characteristic. Unlike many others, it outlived its era and is still played by the French army. It was first performed at a concert by the choirs and orchestra of the Institut National de Musique on 4 July 1794 in the Jardin National (Tuileries). Additional musicians were recruited from Paris theatres.18 It is strophic, with music for the first verse and chorus; there are seven verses, each of which gives voice to a character in the Revolutionary struggle: a deputy of the people, a mother of a family, two old men, a child, a wife, a young girl and three warriors, who conclude that ‘by destroying the notorious royalty/the French shall give the world/peace and liberty’. Like La Marseillaise, it is in C major with a simple, extremely direct melody that nevertheless briefly expresses doubt in itself by glancing at the tonic minor (on the words ‘Kings drunk on blood and pride’ in the first verse).

As well as enabling commissions for new music, the festivals created a demand for musicians, especially wind players, to support the choruses. This demand led to the establishment of the Institut National de Musique in 1793, under Bernard Sarrette, which became a source of such musicians. The Institut was absorbed into the Conservatoire de Musique, established by the government in 1795.

The restoration of religious music

Napoleon recognised that efforts to replace Catholicism had put the government in an adversarial position with a large section of the population. His negotiations with the papacy brought an end to that conflict, at least officially, by means of the 1801 concordat with Pope Pius VII. But this was no simple return to the pre-Revolutionary status quo, for Napoleon used his political and military strength in conjunction with the weak position of the papacy to restore the church to a position of spiritual prominence, without returning its former property and power.19 Nonetheless, the normalisation of worship in France inaugurated a new era of sacred music composition. So when the Chapel of the Tuileries palace was reopened in 1802 with Giovanni Paisiello (1740–1816) as its director, composition of works for the Catholic liturgy was once again sanctioned by the French state. The choice of Paisiello revealed the First Consul’s pronounced preference for Italianate musical styles. Shortly before the proclamation of the Empire in May 1804 Paisiello retired and was replaced by Le Sueur, who had earned a reputation prior to the Revolution as an innovative composer of sacred music.20 Le Sueur’s work on behalf of the imperial chapel reflected his fondness for simple textures for use within highly resonant spaces; the repertoire also reflected the emperor’s taste and his limited patience for extended liturgies.21 A Mass in this context could consist of any piece of music that set a religious text, including small-scale oratorios or cantatas. Le Sueur survived Napoleon’s fall and continued as surintendant of the Chapel under the Bourbon Restoration. By then age forced him to share the burdens of the job, first with Jean-Paul-Gilles Martini (1741–1816) and then, after Martini’s death in 1816, with Cherubini.

Although better known today for his music for the stage, Cherubini was arguably the most influential composer of French sacred music of the nineteenth century. His operatic successes of the 1790s were not repeated during the Empire, and from 1805 to 1815 he experienced bouts of depression related to a loss of inspiration.22 Towards the end of this period Cherubini became intrigued by the possibilities of sacred music, and through his work for the restored Bourbon rulers he found a new creative outlet, to which the public responded enthusiastically. Characteristic of his innovative and dramatic approach is his use of a tam-tam at the opening the Dies irae of his first Requiem (C minor), written for the 1817 anniversary of the execution of Louis XVI.23 His religious works draw on the broad synthesis encountered in the music of Haydn and Mozart, where symphonic, operatic and religious styles happily coalesce (Cherubini must have known and valued Mozart’s Requiem, for he conducted its Parisian premiere in 1804). While Cherubini’s sense of drama is clearly evident, so is his skill at counterpoint, honed when he was still a young musician working in Italy. In his best works from this period, he approaches the setting of text soberly, at times limiting vocal lines to the recitation of a single pitch, compensating for the lack of vocal lyricism by means of ostinato figures in the instrumental accompaniment that provide the necessary interest and momentum.

Cherubini’s tenure at the court came to an abrupt end with the Revolution of 1830 and the establishment of the July Monarchy. The new king, Louis-Philippe, wanting to emphasise the bourgeois qualities of his reign, disbanded the entire Chapel in order to disassociate himself from his Bourbon predecessors. In doing so, he brought the tradition of courtly sacred music in France to an end, though not the production of religious music in general.

Cherubini’s coronation Masses and first Requiem were composed for occasions of grandeur and political significance. Not surprisingly, a work like the Requiem was soon receiving concert performances. Paradoxically, this development bespeaks continuity with the ancien régime, not rupture: the Concert Spirituel had taken grands motets for chorus and orchestra conceived for chapel services and ‘gradually turned [them] into a sort of fashionable sacred music’ outside their original setting.24 Some sacred genres also acquired national or political significance. This was true of Berlioz’s Grande messe des morts (Requiem, 1837). Written as a government commission, it is a stunning achievement in which the composer explored space and sound through the deployment of a large choir and orchestra, with four brass groups, one positioned at each corner of the auditorium. The extravagant effects of this massive work have precedents in the Revolutionary works of Le Sueur (among others), for his Symphonic Ode of 1801 also ‘employed four separate orchestras, each one stationed at a corner of the Invalides’, which was Berlioz’s venue as well.25

Berlioz wrote his Te Deum (1849) without a commission, but with similarly large-scale performance in mind; the use of an organ gave him another architectural element to deploy in, for example, the epic counterpoint of the opening movement, which recalls Handel’s blend of fugal and homophonic writing. The statuesque qualities of the music owe much to the ambitious use of the brass in doubling vocal lines.

The grandiosity of Berlioz’s Requiem and Te Deum was only one expression of the way in which sacred music was evolving in nineteenth-century France. A Romanising liturgical drive was under way, but the move towards the adoption of plainchant was slow. We see the process in the work of the Benedictine monks of the abbey at Solesmes, in northern France, where the monks inaugurated a project aiming to restore ‘authentic’ Gregorian chant through scholarly scrutiny and comparison of disparate sources. Some forty years after its dissolution and partial destruction, a local priest, Dom Prosper Guéranger, embarked on a revival of Benedictine monastic life in what remained of the old abbey in 1833. A key component of this was the restoration of Gregorian chant. The goals of this abbot and his zealous group of Benedictines were clearly antiquarian and closely associated with the historicist impulses evident in the first half of the nineteenth century; they also revealed a desire to rehabilitate contemporary life through the recuperation of a lost spirituality that they believed would renew France as a Catholic nation.26 The reforms, however, were not widely accepted until the 1890s (around the time of the foundation of the Schola Cantorum), because of the withholding of texts, which restricted access to a few abbeys. It was a slow process, but by the start of the twentieth century, Counter-Reformation polyphony, with Palestrina at the forefront, was deemed second only to Gregorian chant ‘as an appropriate vehicle for the Catholic liturgy’.27

Enthusiasm for sacred repertoires of the past was not limited to the monks of Solesmes. Music educators like Alexandre-Étienne Choron (1771–1834) made significant contributions to the study and performance of early sacred music in the first half of the century.28 In addition to being an author, publisher and committed teacher (and concomitantly founder of the Institution Royale de Musique Classique et Religieuse, which was revived by Niedermeyer – see Chapter 7 below), Choron exhibited an abiding interest in the reclamation of music from before 1800. At a time when very little music of the past was readily available, he published music of Renaissance and Baroque composers and actively participated in the Palestrina revival through his programming of Palestrina’s music in concerts devoted to historical works.29 These performances were surprisingly successful and helped encourage a taste for a cappella performance.30 The staunch classicist François-Joseph Fétis (1784–1871), composer, teacher, critic and one of the foremost music scholars of the period, applauded Choron’s efforts and started his own series of concerts historiques in the 1830s. Thus both men cultivated an interest in historical performance of sacred music that continued to develop and flourish later in the century at the École Niedermeyer and eventually the Schola Cantorum.31

Concert life

Concert life continued after the Revolution, although with at first fewer opportunities to hear instrumental and vocal music in a concert setting than hitherto. Life was chaotic, but musicians ‘hobbled along’,32 often unpredictably: in 1791 an orchestral concert was announced for the Cirque National in the inner courtyard of the Palais Royal, ‘where a young woman was to “perform a pianoforte concerto”; a ball was to follow the concert’.33 With the increasing importance of the piano – an instrument that could play operas, symphonies and solo works, and accompany any instrument – tiny venues turned into concert halls, as the violinist Pierre Baillot lamented.34

Paris theatres maintained much of the ancien régime’s momentum of concert-giving. The Feydeau theatre orchestra played symphonies, concertos and overtures during theatrical evenings. The concerts became fashionable and were the subject of ‘at least two short comedies’, in one of which a perfumed dandy remarks to a lady, ‘I don’t enjoy myself, or even exist, except at a concert.’35Jean Mongrédien reproduces a typical programme: a Haydn symphony, a Viotti violin concerto, an Italian aria, a Viotti piano concerto, an excerpt from Cimarosa’s Le sacrifice d’Abraham, a Gluck overture, a symphonie concertante by Devienne and Mengozzi’s Air savoyard. This was given on 8 January 1797, one of a dozen concerts in the autumn–winter season.36 Similar programmes were produced at other theatres, including the Opéra and Opéra-Comique, as well as in various pleasure gardens.37

In 1798 the influential Concerts de la rue de Cléry began their subscription series in which the music of Haydn was prominently programmed, often with two symphonies per concert. The emphasis on Haydn provides a connection with pre-Revolutionary musical life (he had been popular at the Concerts de la Loge Olympique, for example).38

The performances organised by the Conservatoire were the most prominent concert series of the early 1800s. Growing out of ‘public exercises’ for students in the 1790s, under the First Empire they quickly grew in scope and esteem. The conductor for many Conservatoire concerts was a former pupil, François-Antoine Habeneck, who proved to be a driving force.39 After the series ended in 1824, Habeneck established the Société des Concerts du Conservatoire in 1828. This series was responsible for some of the most important musical premieres in nineteenth-century France, including Beethoven’s symphonic works. The first music played in the 1828 series was the ‘Eroica’, a duet from Rossini’s Sémiramis, a new work by Joseph Maillard illustrating a piston-valved horn he had helped design, a violin concerto by Rode and three works by the Conservatoire director Cherubini, including portions of his 1824 Mass for Charles X (all concerts included a chorus).40Berlioz spoke about the significance of the programming of Beethoven in his Mémoires, claiming that ‘they opened before me a new world of music’.41 These performances ushered Beethoven’s symphonic works into the French concert repertoire and inspired emulation by Berlioz and other composers.42 The audience for these concerts was from the upper bourgeoisie and nobility, who were nothing if not loyal. Lists of subscribers clearly indicate the well-heeled character of the attendees, whose subscriptions to the concert series were passed on to family members from one generation to the next.43 For the audiences, the concerts represented exclusivity in terms of both social profile and musical values.44

The seriousness that greeted the Conservatoire’s concerts was matched by the growing interest in chamber music from the period of the Restoration and after.45 The concerts organised by the violinist Pierre Baillot were influential. Starting in 1814 (and finishing in 1836), he organised performances that helped transform chamber music from an amateur pastime into a body of work intended for serious contemplation.46 The audiences attracted to the chamber music performances, like those for the Conservatoire concerts, were a wealthy mix of aristocrats and the upper middle class, but Baillot performed less Beethoven than the Conservatoire performers, preferring the quartets and quintets of Haydn, Mozart and Boccherini. A sextet arrangement of Beethoven’s ‘Pastoral’ Symphony was nevertheless played six times, as was his String Quartet in G, Op. 18 No. 2. But while several of Beethoven’s late quartets were never played, all of Haydn’s Op. 76 featured at least once, and No. 2 in D minor seven times.47 More recent compositions were also performed, including works by Cherubini, Hummel and Giovanni Battista Viotti (1755–1824). Within a few decades, several additional concert series dedicated to chamber music were founded by musicians inspired by Baillot.48

Outside Paris the picture of concert life is much less clear (see Chapter 17 below). In the eighteenth century, a number of provincial concert series, often organised by local music societies, were to be found in centres such as Bordeaux and Lille.49The interest in concert activities was, in part, supported by the number of virtuoso performers who toured Europe, stopping briefly in smaller towns in between longer stays in major urban centres. Nonetheless, even large regional capitals like Lyons and Marseilles could not compete with Paris. As a centre of European instrument building and music-making, Paris was attractive to many performing artists who stayed there for varying periods of time, performing in any number of venues within the capital.50

It was Rossini who inspired Paganini and many others through the brilliance and virtuosity of his vocal writing. In the years after the demolition of Napoleon’s empire he was Europe’s most famous composer, and he lived in Paris.51 Although virtuoso musicians were to be found throughout Europe, their concentration in Paris was a product of that city’s high status as a focal point of musical culture. Many nineteenth-century musicians traced their determination to develop their virtuosity back to the influence of Paganini in his Parisian concerts.52 A veritable flood of pianist-composers came to Paris and adopted the new instruments of Erard and Pleyel. They included Dussek, Steibelt, Hummel, Kalkbrenner, Liszt, Thalberg, Hiller, Heller, Léopold de Meyer and Chopin. To sample what they did, it is worth itemising Chopin’s first concert in Paris, on 26 February 1832, for it gives a distinct flavour of what audiences expected and received. Liszt, Mendelssohn and around a hundred others assembled in the rooms of Pleyel et Cie (significantly, a piano manufacturer, emphasising the link between industry and concertising53) to hear Beethoven’s Quintet in C, Op. 29, a vocal duet, Chopin playing his Piano Concerto No. 1 in E minor with orchestral parts played by string quintet, Chopin and five other pianists in Kalkbrenner’s Introduction, March and Grande Polonaise for six pianos, an opera aria, an oboe solo and finally Chopin playing his ‘La ci darem’ Variations, similarly accompanied.54 Although concert programmes typically mixed orchestral, chamber and vocal music, increasingly it was the piano that was heard throughout, either in concertos or as a member of a small ensemble, as here.

Situated between the public and private performing worlds was the salon culture, which reappeared in Paris in the early nineteenth century following a brief hiatus during the early years of the Revolution. Private recitals given in the homes of aristocrats and the haute bourgeoisie offered a semi-public showcase for professional performers and talented amateurs from the upper classes.55 Some salon concerts received notice in the press, a celebrated example being the pianistic ‘duel’ between Liszt and Thalberg that Princess Cristina Belgiojoso organised as a benefit for Italian political exiles in 1837. But most of these social and musical events were not so widely advertised, being more private affairs.56 They featured solo and chamber works, freely mixing operatic arias and virtuosic piano solos with more modest vocal romances, and later, after mid-century, mélodies.57 These concerts served purposes of social advancement for their hosts, afforded certain amateurs a venue for performance and provided professional musicians with a significant supplemental means of income.

Instrumental music

Introduction

Between 1789 and 1830, the year of the Symphonie fantastique, there is a remarkable dearth of enduring music, apart from Berlioz’s early works. Cherubini’s overtures have lingered, as has some of his chamber and choral music; thanks to David Charlton, Méhul’s symphonies are becoming better known; and foraging for forgotten concertos and chamber music by, for example, adventurous recording companies like CPO and Naxos has resurrected more from this obscure period. Yet the record shows that music was as widely composed, played and listened to in this period as in any other, and a huge amount was published, especially in Paris. Although France was primarily in love with opera, Mongrédien has done much to alert us to the rich musical experience of the period.58 Representative works of a few key genres of instrumental music up to the end of the monarchy are discussed in the following paragraphs.

The symphony

Having found the symphonies of Haydn and Mozart just as congenial as their forebears before the Revolution, French audiences and composers after 1789 seem to have been reluctant to furnish competition. This is surprising, for before the Revolution hundreds of French symphonies were composed and published, not least Gossec’s; between 1790 and 1829 only fifty-seven were published.59Méhul left traces of a symphony from 1797 – just two movements – but in spite of his acknowledgement that the public needed no new symphonies because of their devotion to the perfect specimens of Haydn and Mozart, he wrote four more in the years 1809–10 ‘to accustom the public little by little to think that a Frenchman may follow Haydn and Mozart at a distance’.60 All four of Méhul’s complete symphonies are of interest. They earned approbation at the time, as witnessed by a review in the Journal de Paris (25 May 1809), which noted ‘Pure, melodious themes, brilliant passages, ingenious transitions’, and of the slow movement of No. 3 in C the anonymous author wrote, ‘it is one of those epoch-making pieces of which one does not grow tired’.61No. 4 in E is described by David Charlton as ‘an achievement of profound and entertaining utterance’.62 The first movement of No. 4 is of Classical proportions and follows late Haydn and Mozart in omitting a second-half repeat. The music is full of incident, especially in some startling harmonic digressions and prolific contrapuntal activity, though it lacks the individual melodic character of a Romantic symphony. But the slow movement is original, devoting its first fifty-six bars to a long-breathed, striking melody for (two?) solo cellos accompanied by pizzicato basses. The second movement, a minuet, recalls Beethoven’s Piano Sonata in E, Op. 14 No. 1. Given that the French symphony was to establish its independence through the adoption of cyclic techniques, it is intriguing to find Méhul incorporating the opening of the first movement’s slow introduction motif G♯–B–E–D♯ unambiguously into the finale from the beginning of the exposition transition.

That these attractive symphonies were not taken up in concerts indicates a museum culture in which canonised works, often by non-French composers, were preferred to novelties closer to home, no matter how appealing. Berlioz suffered a similar fate: his music pleased French audiences and critics at the time, but struggled to find an afterlife. Charlton blames the ‘public’s preference for gaiety and spectacle and … conservatism’.63

Berlioz was studying at the Paris Conservatoire in the late 1820s, having started part-time study there earlier in the decade. By the time he won the Prix de Rome in 1830 he was already a composer of extraordinary originality and was reluctant to spend time abroad, as prescribed by the Prix,64 but the experience of Italy nevertheless inspired much of his later music, notably the symphony Harold en Italie (1834).65 In 1828 he gave his first orchestral concert in Paris: self-promotion was the only means of getting his music before the public.

Under the influence of Beethoven, Berlioz brought before the public the first great Romantic symphony, Symphonie fantastique (1830). Berlioz distributed a programme to the first audience, thereby making explicit what had only been hinted at in earlier works. The five movements are summed up under the heading ‘Episode in the Life of an Artist’. They chart (1) intimations of passion and frenzied passion, among many other listed moods, (2) a ball, (3) a scene in the country, (4) a march to the scaffold and (5) a dream of a witches’ sabbath. In each an idée fixe represents the beloved in various forms (the beloved existed for Berlioz in the shape of the Irish Shakespearean actress Harriet Smithson, whom he first encountered on stage in 1827 and married in 1833). In the first movement it is also the first and by far the most substantial subject in an unusual adaptation of sonata form, which privileges melodic intensification and climax over balanced recapitulation, even though it retains the harmonic scheme I–V–I as the primary arc of the movement. The symphony has been misrepresented by authors who consider it a mishmash of pre-existing material, even if the slow introduction to the first movement and idée fixe, for example, did have their origins in other works.66Edward T. Cone and others have argued strongly for its unity as a symphonic work.67

The symphony’s first performance at the Conservatoire with an orchestra of over a hundred on 5 December 1830 excited great interest and general approval (Fétis’s marked disapproval notwithstanding). It was attended by Liszt, among other luminaries, who heard at first hand the cyclic principle that would underpin much of his own work. He experienced too a symphony that liberated the orchestra, establishing a Romantic style that would find rich progeny in his music and that of Wagner, the Russian nationalists and many others. 1830 was the year of Romanticism, when the movement achieved a crescendo of expression in France after many setbacks.68

Berlioz wrote three more symphonies and a strange sequel to the Symphonie fantastique, Lélio, ou Le retour à la vie (1831), which mixes existing works and declamation; it reflects on the ‘events’ and circumstances of the symphony. Harold en Italie has no programme beyond movement titles, but it too uses an idée fixe to suggest a brooding hero in various picturesque situations. It makes extensive use of a solo viola to represent its Byronic hero, though not in the virtuosic way of a conventional concerto. Roméo et Juliette (1839) is a symphonie dramatique in seven movements for soloists, chorus and orchestra; as Julian Rushton remarks, it bears little resemblance to any symphony then known. Berlioz’s intention was to ‘present the essence of the play in a work for the concert hall’, using all the means of the Romantic orchestra at his disposal.69 The resulting work probed the limits of expressive and programme music. It had a liberating effect on Wagner and others, and inspired other hybrid symphonic works.70 Berlioz’s last symphony, entitled Grande symphonie funèbre et triomphale, was commissioned by the government to celebrate the tenth anniversary (1840) of the July Revolution. It is scored for large wind band and percussion with optional chorus and strings. Created for a great outdoor occasion, it is in the tradition of the Revolutionary works of Gossec and Méhul. Berlioz’s music bears witness to the many changes made to instruments in the early nineteenth century, not least in Paris, a major centre of their manufacture.

Before the breakthrough works of the 1880s (by Franck and Saint-Saëns) audiences gravitated towards the ‘pure’ works of the German tradition, the symphonie dramatique (after Berlioz’s Roméo et Juliette) and the ode-symphonie, definitively represented by Le désert (1844) by Félicien David (1810–76), a ‘multi-movement work for orchestra, soloists and chorus [which] combined elements of the symphony, symphonic poem and oratorio’.71 Its ten movements are grouped in three parts. Each movement opens with a recitation, and there are solos for tenor, male choruses and instrumental sections. It concludes with a chorus to Allah. There are many orientalisms, which reflect a popular tendency in French music that lasted well into the twentieth century. The C upper pedal note that opens the first movement and is maintained for many bars is effective in evoking the vast empty space of a desert.

The Société des Concerts du Conservatoire played German works and usually ignored French composers, but with the revival of the abstract symphony in the 1850s, new organisations sprang up to play works by, for example, Gounod, Saint-Saëns and Henry Litolff (1818–91), notably Jules Pasdeloup’s Société des Jeunes Artistes (1853–61).72 As Chapter 7 suggests, ‘absolute’ symphonies of the period tended to be rather ‘academic’; at least, they looked back to the Viennese classics, including Beethoven, rather than to Berlioz.

The symphonie concertante

The symphonie concertante continued to flourish until around 1830, its galant origins somehow not counted dissonant with the stirring events of the time (see Chapter 5). Giuseppe Maria Cambini (1746–1825) was a prolific composer of Italian origin who settled in Paris in the 1770s and thrived there after the Revolution. His Symphonie concertante in D for two violins and orchestra, ‘La patriote’ (1794), unlike many others, is fully suited to the period of Robespierre, even in its scoring for oboes, clarinets, bassoons, horns, trombone and strings. Its first movement, Allegro maestoso, uses La Marseillaise for its first subject and forte transitional material. Rushing string semiquavers accompany its familiar strains. Formally the movement follows Mozart’s concerto form, with a new second subject for the soloists’ establishment of the dominant. The finale starts with a Haydnesque 6/8 of a fairly light-hearted character, based on the popular French song ‘Cadet Rousselle’, but at bar 239 Revolutionary zeal returns in an assertive, rhetorical closing Allegro (see Example 6.1).73

Example 6.1 Giuseppe Maria Cambini, Symphonie concertante in D, ‘La patriote’, finale, bars 239–43

In contrast, the Symphonie concertante in F, Op. 38 (c. 1795), by Jean-Baptiste Sébastien Breval (1753–1823) is of a much lighter character, which recalls Ralph P. Locke’s characterisation of these works: ‘audiences saw in the alternately chattering and cantabile interplay between the soloists … something similar to the conversation between characters in a play or opera’.74 Mozart’s first-movement concerto form is followed here as well.75

The concerto

The symphonie concertante may have retained a surprising popularity with the French public until long after Napoleon’s demise, but the solo concerto was the genre suited to Romantic sensibilities. It was responsive to the burgeoning array of formidable players at the Conservatoire and virtuosos visiting the salons and the increasing number of concert rooms. The concerto of this period is not well studied, but two clarinet concertos (c. 1800–5) by Xavier Lefèvre (1763–1829) show the way it was going. Each has three movements – fast, slow, fast – and the modest orchestra of two oboes, two horns and strings (the orchestra of the Baroque!) is gaining some independence.76Viotti’s violin concertos, some written for Paris and several later ones composed for London in the 1790s after his position in Paris became untenable, show an unusual bias to the minor mode. They exhibit a fine grasp of Classical expressive rhetoric, with many passages hinting of the dramatic style of Beethoven. The Concerto No. 22 in A minor was composed in London (c. 1793–7); it was admired by Brahms, who praised its ‘remarkable freedom of invention’. The orchestra’s role has been amplified, as has its size. Although the first movement has a long opening tutti, which remains in the tonic, after the soloist’s first entry the key suddenly changes to A major, which presages a second subject in the unusual key of the dominant major (E). This and abundant other shifts of mood and harmony give the work an innovative character. It is nevertheless a characteristic work of the prolific and highly influential French violin school.

Pierre Rode (1774–1830) was considered the most distinguished exponent of the school after Viotti. He was a fine violinist and composer, who developed his style in the Revolutionary 1790s with composers like Cherubini and Méhul around him, though it is congruent with Haydn and Mozart. In 1795 he was appointed professor of violin at the new Conservatoire, and in 1800 he was named solo violinist to Napoleon. His music balances brilliant display and affective lyricism. The tunefulness, often of a melancholy nature (and therefore well suited to emerging French Romanticism), evinces more repetition of ideas than one might find in Mozart, for example, which is typical of ‘bridge’ composers who adopted many of the manners of the Classical style but allowed melody and accompaniment greater prominence. Rode’s Violin Concerto in B♭ (1800) is representative. The several restatements of the attractive main theme of the second-subject group in the exposition offer the soloist a chance to improvise variations on the material and imbue it with greater expressiveness. Rode’s solo-violin output includes the once-famous 24 caprices en forme d’études (c. 1815), which recall Paganini’s 24 caprices (c. 1805).77

Chamber music

Until 1814, when Baillot started his series, there were few public chamber concerts, but there was a vast appetite for music in the home. Groupings of flutes, guitars, clarinets, strings and other instruments in duos, trios, quartets, quintets and less often sextets and septets in mixed or homogeneous ensembles performed a massive published repertoire that is little known today. According to Mongrédien, original compositions and arrangements existed in equal numbers.78 Certainly, private clients were keen to have arrangements of their favourite operas, and the ubiquitous Haydn symphonies were typically transcribed as quintets.

From around 1770 string quartets as we understand them were known mainly as quatuors concertants. Janet Levy attempts to define what was meant by this term, concluding that it had much to do with texture and part-writing, ‘the interaction or interplay of parts … one instrument to a part’, and so on.79 A key figure in the development of the genre was not French: Boccherini supplied works that were supposed to be short and accessible, as the publisher and composer Ignace-Joseph Pleyel (1757–1831) demanded they should be. In each published collection of six quartets, however, Boccherini cunningly slipped in two quartets that suited his own, more ambitious tastes, for the sake of his reputation.80 Pleyel himself wrote quartets that met his requirement for easy tunefulness and constant variety, without taxing the listener or player. In spite of this, the first movement of the String Quartet in C major, Ben 365 (1803), is substantial; it lasts over thirteen minutes and contains several different themes in the second-subject area, the first of which is subject to various contrapuntal treatments. The minor-mode slow movement brings with it greater seriousness and an elevated melodic manner in the central section, which evokes an operatic aria. The finale recalls the last movement of Haydn’s Op. 33 No. 3, also in C, though the stratospherically high writing for cello at one point brings to mind Mozart’s ‘Prussian’ Quartets. There is no minuet or scherzo.

Later composers of quatuors concertants include George Onslow (1784–1853), Antoine Reicha (1770–1836) and Cherubini. For the most part these composers stayed close to Haydn and Mozart, though Beethoven’s influence, especially of the Op. 18 quartets, is evident in, for example, Cherubini’s adoption of the scherzo in place of the minuet. In addition to thirty-six string quartets, Onslow wrote thirty-four string quintets, which draw together many of the different traditions of French chamber music. Amid a great variety of chamber works, Reicha’s wind quintets stand out for their acute responsiveness to instrumental sonorities and influence on the genre.

As virtuosity grew in importance, so did a type of quartet that placed the emphasis on the first violin, reducing the other instruments to accompaniment; it was known as the quatuor brillant. Quartets based on well-known tunes were called Quatuor d’airs connus or Quatuor d’airs variés. Composers tended to be instrumentalists like J. B. Gambaro, who arranged works by Rossini for various quartet groupings.81

For much of the period covered by this chapter, the dominant solo instrument was the piano. Nevertheless, the interest in the instrument, the skilled instrument manufacturers and the extensive activity of publishers were not matched by remarkable compositional activity by French composers. That had to wait a generation or two, for the French were well entertained by an influx of mainly foreign virtuosos, particularly Chopin, Liszt and Thalberg. If, on the other hand, one accepts Chopin as an honorary French composer, for it was in Paris that he settled in 1831 and was feted as a teacher, performer (chiefly in the salons, which suited his light technique better than the concert hall) and composer, France had one of the outstanding composer-pianists of the day. His connection for many years with George Sand brought him into intimate communion with a major force of French Romanticism. He favoured short lyrical forms and dances (mazurkas, waltzes and polonaises), though his mature piano sonatas, No. 2 in B♭ minor (1837) and No. 3 in B minor (1844), remarkably combine a free Romantic lyricism with extended post-Classical forms. Other works fall in between, such as his ballades and scherzos. Several sets of variations and two sets of études (1832, 1837) are among his most obvious concessions to the abiding love of virtuoso display in Paris at the time. Chopin’s emulation of operatic vocal styles in his piano writing, his advanced harmony and constantly innovative formal solutions had a deep influence on French music. That his Romanticism was famously infused with an admiration for pre-Romantic music made him irresistible to French taste.

Music journalism

No reader of Balzac’s Illusions perdues will forget his depiction of the ruthless world of nineteenth-century Parisian journalism. However, amid the aggressive competition, corruption and greed, much artful music criticism appeared both in general newspapers like the Journal des débats and in the specialist music periodicals that began to proliferate in the 1830s. Music reviewers of the early 1800s resembled their eighteenth-century counterparts; they were literary figures. In spite of their literary backgrounds and biases, some authors were perfectly competent; yet their outspoken, imperious judgements were unsupported by much musical substance.82 Nevertheless, their writings helped to shape public taste as well as the development of the nineteenth-century French musical canon, exerting influence on musically trained critics active later in the century.83 They served as a link between the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries as well as foreshadowing a number of the debates that would mark the latter years of the 1800s. Julien-Louis Geoffroy, who wrote for the Journal des débats, was among the most prominent of this group of authors. He was indebted to Rousseau, and shared his view that ‘melody was the seat of beauty in music’. His deep-rooted antipathy to what he identified as German musical values, as well as distaste for certain Italianate musical extremes, led him to emphasise a French national operatic style that privileged an aesthetic balance, based on ‘uniting the best elements from diverse sources’.84

Musicians who subsequently entered the ranks of music journalism managed to subtly transform the discourse of the profession and cover a broader repertoire in their reviews.85 One of Geoffroy’s successors as music critic at the Journal des débats, François-Henri-Joseph Blaze, known as Castil-Blaze, was a musician. Recent research has revealed his significance and influence as a keen observer of French musical culture in the first half of the nineteenth century.86 Part of the first generation of Conservatoire students, Castil-Blaze had a thorough musical education, and he employed that training to develop a technically knowledgeable and adept music criticism.87 This was evident in his interest in a wide range of musical genres and his enlarging of the scope of reviews beyond opera to include concerts, educational publications and published scores. Other critics worthy of mention include the poet Théophile Gautier, Joseph d’Ortigue, Jules Janin and Maurice Bourges.

Throughout the 1820s most music criticism was in periodicals of general interest, but in 1827 Fétis began publishing the Revue musicale, a weekly specialist journal devoted to music.88 The Revue set a standard pattern by including historical articles, biographies and essays on instrument construction, as well as performance reviews and announcements of upcoming concerts and publications.89 The fact that Fétis wrote almost all the articles gave the journal a consistent critical vision that aimed, for the most part, at educating the public. The Revue ushered in a new era of music criticism, and for the nine years of its independent existence it served as a model for the periodicals that followed in its wake. When Fétis left Paris to become director of the Brussels Conservatoire, he left the journal in the care of his son Édouard. A few months later Édouard withdrew and arranged a merger with a rival, the Gazette musicale de Paris, which had been in operation for only eleven months.90 The resulting Revue et gazette musicale de Paris continued until 31 December 1880.

The Gazette was the house journal of Maurice Schlesinger, a Paris-based member of a prominent Berlin music publishing family. The Gazette’s ‘dominant character was … German Romanticism’. From the outset it attacked Fétis and seemed disposed to wage war on the ‘meaningless virtuosity of fashionable piano music’.91 The proliferation of music journals in the 1830s also meant that the editors had to vie for the attention of the public. Schlesinger therefore designed his journal to avoid overt educational goals. Instead, the Gazette prominently featured Hoffmannesque contesmusicaux, which were entertaining diversions and connected the journal to a Romantic aesthetic that would ultimately permeate many of its articles.92 The first ‘portrayed Beethoven as a social outcast, alienated and misunderstood’.93 Others were by such celebrated authors as Sand, Janin, Dumas, Balzac, Berlioz and Wagner, whose ‘Une visite à Beethoven’ (1840) features the popular subject of alienated genius.

The journals provided forums for a wide variety of composers, professional critics and on occasion more scholarly figures like Fétis to voice their opinions about not only performance but music generally. Some, like Berlioz, chafed under the demands of journal editors,94 but the extraordinary mix of knowledgeable authors engaging music seriously was truly outstanding. The articles vividly detailed that musical world and the figures who dominated it. Moreover, they chronicled the changes in musical composition of this period, tracking a shift in compositional aesthetics as well as providing, through their criticism, a framework for understanding the new musical values that resulted.95

Notes

Michael McClellan was set to revise and extend the coverage of this chapter when illness overtook him in 2012. I (Simon Trezise) have refashioned much of it, but the sections closest to his draft are ‘The restoration of religious music’ and ‘Music journalism’. The section devoted to instrumental music is entirely mine.

1 Thermidor was the eleventh month, otherwise July, in the Revolutionary calendar; it was on 27 July 1794 that the National Convention attacked Robespierre and other Revolutionary hardliners.

2 Isser Woloch, Napoleon and his Collaborators: The Making of a Dictatorship (New York: Norton, 2001); Louis Bergeron, France under Napoleon, trans. R. R. Palmer (Princeton University Press, 1981).

3 Ralph P. Locke, ‘Paris: centre of intellectual ferment’, in Alexander Ringer (ed.), The Early Romantic Era: Between Revolutions: 1789 and 1848 (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1990), 32–3.

4 Constant Pierre, Histoire du Concert Spirituel, 1725–1790 (Paris: Société Française de Musicologie, 1975).

5 Alexis de Tocqueville, The Ancien Régime and the French Revolution, ed. Jon Elster, trans. Arthur Goldhammer (Cambridge University Press, 2011), 1.

6 Eric Hobsbawm, The Age of Revolution: Europe 1789–1848 (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1962), 219.

7 Arthur Locke, ‘The background of the Romantic movement in French music’, Musical Quarterly, 6 (1920), 259.

8 Reference LockeIbid., 264. See also D. G. Charlton, ‘The French Romantic movement’, in D. G. Charlton (ed.), The French Romantics, 2 vols (Cambridge University Press, 1984), vol. I, 1–32.

9 For a balanced account that relates Revolutionary anti-clerical action to long-standing anti-religious sentiment see Mona Ozouf, ‘De-Christianization’, in François Furet and Mona Ozouf (eds), A Critical Dictionary of the French Revolution, trans. Arthur Goldhammer (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1989), 20–32.

10 For a discussion of the vandalism of the Revolution, see Bronislaw Baczko, Ending the Terror: The French Revolution after Robespierre, trans. Michel Petheram (Cambridge University Press, 1994), 185–223.

11 Barry S. Brook et al., ‘Gossec, François-Joseph’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

12 148 revolutionary works, in vocal score only, are found in Constant Pierre (ed.), Musique des fêtes et cérémonies de la Révolution française (Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1899), including Gossec’s Te Deum of 1790 (pp. 1–12). For a discussion of Gossec, his collaborator Chénier in many later projects, and the Te Deum, see Jean-Louis Jam, ‘Marie-Joseph Chénier and François-Joseph Gossec: two artists in the service of Revolutionary propaganda’, in Malcolm Boyd (ed.), Music and the French Revolution (Cambridge University Press, 1992), 221–35.

13 Locke, ‘Paris: centre of intellectual ferment’, 37; Lynn Hunt, Politics, Culture, and Class in the French Revolution (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1984), 60–2.

14 Jam, ‘Marie-Joseph Chénier and François-Joseph Gossec’, 227–8.

15 The three songs mentioned here were only the most common of a huge body of popular political songs that appeared in the 1790s. See Laura Mason, Singing the French Revolution: Popular Culture and Politics, 1787–1799 (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1996).

16 Jam, ‘Marie-Joseph Chénier and François-Joseph Gossec’; Mona Ozouf, La fête révolutionnaire, 1789–1799 (Paris: Gallimard, 1976), 441–74; Béatrice Didier, Écrire la Révolution, 1789–1799 (Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1989), 149–59. The question of whether or not a Revolutionary religion (or religions) was developed in the 1790s has been much debated. For a summary see Mona Ozouf, ‘Revolutionary religion’, in Furet and Ozouf (eds), A Critical Dictionary of the French Revolution, 560–70.

17 For a selection of their music, see Pierre (ed.), Musique des fêtes et cérémonies.

18 Jean Mongrédien, French Music from the Enlightenment to Romanticism, 1789–1830, trans. Sylvain Frémaux (Portland, OR: Amadeus, 1996), 15.

19 François Furet, Revolutionary France, 1770–1880, trans. Antonia Nevill (Oxford: Blackwell, 1995), 226–8.

20 Almost none of Le Sueur’s pre-Revolutionary sacred music survives. See Jean Mongrédien, Catalogue thématique de l’oeuvre complète du compositeur Jean-François Le Sueur, 1760–1837 (New York: Pendragon Press, 1980), 15–16.

21 Mongrédien, French Music, 123–5, 169.

22 Michael Fend, ‘Cherubini, Luigi’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

23 A recent exception to the general lack of scholarly interest in Cherubini’s sacred work is Ho-Yee Connie Lau, ‘In memory of a king: Luigi Cherubini’s C minor Requiem in context’ (PhD thesis, Stanford University, 2009).

24 Mongrédien, French Music, 159.

25 David Cairns, Berlioz, vol. II: Servitude and Greatness, 1832–1869 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999), 135–6.

27 Katharine Ellis, Interpreting the Musical Past: Early Music in Nineteenth-Century France (Oxford University Press, 2005), 179. For important background on Solesmes, see Robert Wangermée, ‘Avant Solesmes: les essais de rénovation du chant grégorien en France au XIXe siècle’, in Christine Ballman and Valérie Dufour (eds), ‘La la la … Maistre Henri’: mélanges de musicologie offerts à Henri Vanhulst (Turnhout: Brepols, 2009), 407–14.

28 Katharine Ellis, ‘Vocal training at the Paris Conservatoire and the choir schools of Alexandre-Étienne Choron: debates, rivalries, and consequences’, in Michael Fend and Michel Noiray (eds), Musical Education in Europe (1770–1914): Compositional, Institutional, and Political Challenges, 2 vols (Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2005), vol. I, 125–44.

29 James Haar, ‘Music of the Renaissance as viewed by the Romantics’, in Paul Corneilson (ed.), The Science and Art of Renaissance Music (Princeton University Press, 1998), 368–9; Mongrédien, French Music, 200–3.

30 Mongrédien, French Music, 197.

31 James C. Kidd, ‘Louis Niedermeyer’s system for Gregorian chant accompaniment as a compositional source for Gabriel Fauré’ (PhD thesis, University of Chicago, 1973); Catrena M. Flint, ‘The Schola Cantorum, early music and French political culture, from 1894 to 1914’ (PhD thesis, McGill University, 2007).

32 Richard Leppert and Stephen Zank, ‘The concert and the virtuoso’, in James Parakilas (ed.), Piano Roles: Three Hundred Years of Life with the Piano (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1999), 242.

35 Quoted in Mongrédien, French Music, 212.

36 Ibid., 210.

37 Ibid., 225–33.

38 Patrick Taïeb, ‘Le Concert des Amateurs de la rue de Cléry en l’an VIII (1799–1800), ou la résurgence d’un établissement “dont la France s’honorait avant la Révolution”’, in Hans Erich Bödeker and Patrice Veit (eds), Les sociétés de musique en Europe 1700–1920: structures, pratiques musicales, sociabilités (Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2007), 81–99; James H. Johnson, Listening in Paris: A Cultural History (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1995), 198–200.

39 Mongrédien, French Music, 213–14.

40 A vast amount of information relating to the Conservatoire concerts, compiled by D. Kern Holomon, is available at http://hector.ucdavis.edu/sdc/ (accessed 22 May 2014).

41 The Memoirs of Hector Berlioz, ed. and trans. David Cairns (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2002), 80.

42 Johnson, Listening in Paris, 257–9, 263–4.

43 Elisabeth Bernard, ‘Les abonnés à la Société des Concerts du Conservatoire en 1837’, in Peter Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties (Stuyvesant, NY: Pendragon Press, 1987), 41–54.

44 William Weber, Music and the Middle Class: The Social Structure of Concert Life in London, Paris and Vienna (London: Croom Helm, 1975), 71–2; D. Kern Holoman, The Société des Concerts du Conservatoire, 1828–1967 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2004).

45 Locke, ‘Paris: centre of intellectual ferment’, 70–1. The demand for chamber music in France before these concert series got under way is amply attested by Philippe Oboussier, ‘The French string quartet 1770–1800’, in Boyd (ed.), Music and the French Revolution, 74–92.

46 Joël-Marie Fauquet, ‘La musique de chambre à Paris dans les années 1830’, in Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties, 299–326.

47 Statistics are taken from Joël-Marie Fauquet, Les sociétés de musique de chambre à Paris de la Restauration à 1870 (Paris: Aux Amateurs de Livres, 1986), 335–44.

48 Locke, ‘Paris: centre of intellectual ferment’, 71.

49 One of the few attempts to make sense of the situation in the provinces in general is Mongrédien, French Music, 251–9.

50 Paul Metzner, Crescendo of the Virtuoso: Spectacle, Skill, and Self-Promotion in Paris during the Age of Revolution (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1998), 129.

53 Johnson, Listening in Paris, 264; Fauquet, ‘La musique de chambre’, 299–326.

54 Which of his two concertos was played has been the subject of debate, as has the manner of the accompaniment. Jean-Jacques Eigeldinger came to the conclusions presented here in ‘Les premiers concerts de Chopin à Paris (1832–1838): essai de mise au point’, in Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties, 257–65.

55 David Tunley, Salons, Singers and Songs: A Background to Romantic French Song, 1830–1870 (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2002).

57 Reference TunleyIbid., 102–18.

58 Mongrédien, French Music.

59 Figures are based on the work of Barry S. Brook, quoted in Mongrédien, French Music, 265.

60 Étienne-Nicolas Méhul (1763–1817): Three Symphonies, ed. David Charlton, The Symphony 1720–1840: A Comprehensive Collection of Full Scores in Sixty Volumes, ed. Barry S. Brook, ser. D, vol. VIII (New York: Garland, 1982), xii–xiii.

64 For a discussion of the Prix de Rome, see Chapter 7 below.

65 A complete list of prize winners, ‘Le “cas Berlioz”’ and more may be found in Julia Lu and Alexandre Dratwicki, Le concours du prix de Rome de musique, 1803–1968 (Lyons: Symétrie, 2011), 841–8, 409–87.

66 For a detailed account of its genesis and premiere see David Cairns, Berlioz, vol. I: The Making of an Artist, 1803–1832 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2000), 352–75, 424–30. It is not clear whether the march already existed in its current form or not, as Cairns debates in ‘Reflections on the Symphonie fantastique of 1830’, in Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties, 82–6.

67 Berlioz, Fantastic Symphony: An Authoritative Score, Historical Background, Analysis, Views and Comments (New York: Norton, 1971).

68 For an account of the emergence of French Romanticism, see Paul T. Comeau, Diehards and Innovators: The French Romantic Struggle: 1800–1830 (New York: Peter Lang, 1988).

69 Julian Rushton, Berlioz, Roméo et Juliette (Cambridge University Press, 1994), 1.

70 See Robert Tallant Laudon, The Dramatic Symphony: Issues and Explorations from Berlioz to Liszt (Hillsdale, NY: Pendragon Press, 2012).

71 The French symphony after Berlioz: from the Second Empire to the First World War’, in A. Peter Brown and Brian Hart (eds), The Symphonic Repertoire, vol. IIIB: The European Symphony from ca. 1800 to ca. 1930: Great Britain, Russia, and France (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2008), 529–30.

73 Example 6.1 is from The Symphonie Concertante, The Symphony 1720–1840: A Comprehensive Collection of Full Scores in Sixty Volumes, ed. Barry S. Brook, ser. D, vol. V (New York: Garland, 1983), 183–242.

74 Locke, ‘Paris: centre of intellectual ferment’, 63.

75 The full score may be found in Barry S. Brook, La symphonie française dans la seconde moitié du XVIIIe siècle (Paris: Institut de Musicologie de l’Université de Paris, 1962), vol. III, 171–231.

76 Mongrédien, French Music, 287.

77 A score of a violin and piano transcription is available at IMSLP: http://imslp.org/wiki/24_Caprices_for_Violin_(Rode,_Pierre) (accessed 22 May 2014); the work has been recorded.

78 Mongrédien, French Music, 290.

79 Janet Levy, ‘The quatuor concertant in Paris in the latter half of the eighteenth century’ (PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1971), 59.

80 Mongrédien, French Music, 293.

81 Ibid., 297.

82 Katherine Kolb Reeve, ‘Rhetoric and reason in French music criticism of the 1830s’, in Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties, 538.

83 Katharine Ellis, ‘A dilettante at the opera: issues in the criticism of Julien-Louis Geoffroy, 1800–1814’, in Roger Parker and Mary Ann Smart (eds), Reading Critics Reading: Opera and Ballet Criticism in France from the Revolution to 1848 (Oxford University Press, 2001), 46–68.

85 Katharine Ellis, Music Criticism in Nineteenth-Century France: La revue et gazette musicale de Paris, 1834–80 (Cambridge University Press, 1995), 8.

86 Mark Everist, ‘Gluck, Berlioz, and Castil-Blaze: the poetics and reception of French opera’, in Parker and Smart (eds), Reading Critics Reading, 86–90.

87 Ellis, Music Criticism, 27–32; Everist, ‘Gluck, Berlioz, and Castil-Blaze’, 103.

88 Ellis, Music Criticism, 33–45.

89 Peter Bloom, ‘A review of Fétis’s Revue musicale’, in Bloom (ed.), Music in Paris in the Eighteen-Thirties, 55–79.

90 Ibid., 70–1.

91 Ellis, Music Criticism, 48.

92 Ibid., 48–50. Fétis had already published translations of some Hoffmann stories and essays in the Revue musicale, but not as a regular feature of that journal. Reeve, ‘Rhetoric and reason’, 539 n. 4.

93 Ellis, Music Criticism, 48–9.

94 Cairns, Berlioz, vol. II, 45–6.

95 Johnson, Listening in Paris, 270–80.

7 Renaissance and change, 1848 to the death of Debussy

Simon Trezise

Background

France’s revolutions were far from over in 1848. The 1789 Revolution continued to be revisited as conservative and revolutionary factions fought for the right to define the nation’s government. The restored Bourbons had fallen in 1830, because they became identified with the ancien régime, to be followed in 1848 by the collapse of the July Monarchy of Louis-Philippe I after his government attempted to restrict suffrage. Paris became a city of barricades, from which Chopin and many others fled. In the end another dynasty triumphed, first that of Louis-Napoleon Bonaparte as president of the Second Republic and then, after a coup d’état, as Emperor Napoleon III in 1852, initiating the Second Empire. The defeat by the Prussians in 1870 marked the end of the Second Empire and start of the Third Republic. The Revolution had finally ended.

Camille Saint-Saëns (1835–1921) reflected on music of the 1850s. Italian opera dominated and ‘Verdi’s sun … was rising above the horizon … nothing existed beyond French opera and oopéra-comique’, which included foreign works. Melody was valued above all else. Nevertheless, in the margins ‘was a small nucleus … attracted by music that was loved and cultivated for its own sake, and who secretly adored Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven’.1 The poverty of non-operatic musical life up to the 1860s can be glimpsed in a random sampling of Charles J. Hall’s chronicle of first performances. For 1866 we find operas, operettas and ballets by Léo Delibes (1836–91), Édouard Lalo (1823–92), Charles Lecocq (1832–1918), Jacques Offenbach (1819–80) and Ambroise Thomas (1811–96); an oratorio by Théodore Dubois (1837–1924); and a cantata by Charles-François Gounod (1818–93); but just one instrumental work, Saint-Saëns’s three Organ Rhapsodies, Op. 7.2

Ranked high among the key players in the period prior to the renaissance of French instrumental and non-operatic vocal music, Gounod stands out. In the 1850s he was the successful composer of religious choral works, two symphonies and some songs, but his operatic breakthrough awaited Faust’s triumphant reception in the 1860s. He learned much in ‘attendance [at] Mme Viardot’s salon’. Pauline Viardot (1821–1910), singer, pedagogue and composer, ‘not only inspired composers such as Chopin, Berlioz, Meyerbeer, Gounod, Saint-Saëns, Liszt, Wagner and Schumann with her dramatic gifts but also collaborated on … roles created especially for her’.3Viardot’s fecund knowledge of musicians, literature and art ‘encouraged the flowering of an emerging talent’.4

Nineteenth-century salons were a vital counterpoint to the dominance of the opera house and a major contributor to the renaissance of French music, which was hastened by waves of nationalism prompted by the 1870 humiliation. Alongside the salon, educational institutions, concert societies and other institutions – some are discussed below – paved the way for French music to become its own mainstream, indebted to but distinct from developments elsewhere. By the end of the century France was the powerhouse for a changing cosmos, heard initially in the modernism of Claude Debussy (1862–1918) and later in Stravinsky and the premiere, in Paris, of Le sacre du printemps (1913).

Institutions and a great event

Educational, literary, publishing and other institutions provided a strong foundation for the production of operas and, as the century progressed, the proliferation of other genres. France was and remains an institutionally minded country, where generous patronage and a sense of cultural mission underpin progress in the arts.

Although a few composers might look to alternative institutions for their tuition, the Paris Conservatoire was still the rite of passage for most. It is often criticised for its emphasis on dramatic music, but for instrumentalists the standards were exacting, and a first prize placed one’s career on a certain footing. Although the teaching was conservative and the emphasis operatic, Debussy was surely stimulated by the teaching he received there from the likes of César Franck (1822–90) and Ernest Guiraud (1837–92, creator of the recitatives in Carmen and completer of Les contes d’Hoffmann).

Thomas ruled over the Conservatoire from 1871 until his death, when he was replaced by Dubois, a composer, organist and teacher. Dubois might have enjoyed many more years as director had it not been for the determination that Maurice Ravel (1875–1937) showed to win the Prix de Rome. From 1900 to 1905 he made five attempts, resulting finally in the Affaire Ravel, when the erstwhile Conservatoire student failed to get beyond the first round. The musical world was upset by his rejection; Dubois resigned.5 In spite of his lack of ambition, Gabriel Fauré (1845–1924) was invited to take over the directorship. He embarked on reform, which included separate professors for counterpoint and fugue, more emphasis on ensemble classes and compulsory attendance at Louis-Albert Bourgault-Ducoudray’s history class for all students of composition and harmony. Students now engaged with music of the past in a way redolent of the Schola Cantorum (see below).6

Given the emphasis on opera and stage at the Conservatoire, the École Niedermeyer (École de Musique Religieuse) was a robust alternative, which fostered an array of talented pupils from its establishment in 1853 by Louis Niedermeyer (1802–61). His foundation had important allies in the Catholic Church, who welcomed Niedermeyer’s desire to re-establish church music in its classical forms. The regime included solfège, harmony and counterpoint, with emphasis on practical organ and piano-playing. Although students were steered away from Romantic music and towards Bach, Mozart, Beethoven and the more conservative works of Mendelssohn, the harmony teaching was unusual, for it included providing accompaniments to modal Gregorian chant. Saint-Saëns came there after Niedermeyer’s death in 1861; he officially taught the piano but unofficially mentored in composition.

A full-scale Palestrina revival had been in evidence at least since mid-century, when a ‘cluster of cathedrals in the east’, Autun, Langres and Moulins, adopted this repertoire.7 Rather than the renewal of religious choral music being based on the Franco-Flemish tradition, Italian music, paired with Gregorian chant, won through. In 1890 Charles Bordes (1863–1909) became maître de chapelle at Saint-Gervais in Paris, from where he continued the revival of Palestrina and other ‘then unknown polyphonic composers’. This musical antiquarianism permeated many facets of musical life, especially with Vincent d’Indy (1851–1931) at Bordes’s side. The outcome was a sort of Parisian Counter-Reformation in the Société Schola Cantorum, founded by Bordes, d’Indy and Alexandre Guilmant (1837–1911) in 1894. Policies included the ‘return to Gregorian tradition in the performance of plainsong … and the creation of a modern church style founded upon the technique of Palestrina’.8 In 1896 the institution of the Schola Cantorum was founded in Paris, with extensions in the provinces. Pupils would receive a thorough grounding in composition, counterpoint, organ, solfège and more. One can easily detect in d’Indy’s historically biased approach the mind of the modern musicologist, for he believed that in order to undertake the present, students must understand the past.9

Pupils of the Schola Cantorum included Edgard Varèse (1883–1965), an important French composer whose career mainly resided in the United States.10 One of Varèse’s teachers at the Schola was Albert Roussel (1869–1937), an example of the practising composer favoured by d’Indy.

The Prix de Rome, organised and judged by the music section of the Académie des Beaux-Arts, endured from 1803 to 1968, with breaks for the world wars. Although it was intended to further French culture, winners were sent for two years to Rome, where they resided in the magnificent Villa Medici. Composers had to display knowledge of the academic ground rules; those who succeeded were ‘sequestered for four or five weeks to compose an operatic scene’.11 Many of the winners had no obvious afterlife beyond this prize, and some major composers, including Saint-Saëns and Ravel, failed to get it, but others did, among them Berlioz (in 1830), Gounod (in 1839), Georges Bizet (1838–75; in 1857), Jules Massenet (1842–1912; in 1863) and Debussy (in 1884). Once in Rome, winners were required to send back envois. In 1884, the envois included a symphonic poem, a scherzo, an orchestral suite and an orchestral fantasy with solo violin. From 1883 a statute guaranteed the performance of one work at the Conservatoire, to be chosen by a panel.12

As the century progressed, there was an ever-richer choice of concerts. François-Antoine Habeneck conducted the first concert of the Société des Concerts at the Paris Conservatoire on 9 March 1828.13 Programmes favoured the German repertoire, especially Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven and Weber, but as the century wore on, Berlioz and Saint-Saëns became occasional treats. Audiences wanted Beethovenian symphonies, not the programmatic or three-movement cyclic works of contemporary French composers. The 1875–6 season revealed growing historicism in the inclusion of works by Handel, Lully, Emilio de’ Cavalieri and Bach, but modern French music was represented only in symphonies by Edmé Deldevez (1817–97) and Louis-Théodore Gouvy (1819–98) and in Saint-Saëns’s symphonic poem Le rouet d’Omphale (1871).14 All seats were subscribed, so visitors, students and so on stood little chance of getting in unless there were returns.15

A turning point in the history of French concert life arrived in 1852 when the young conductor Jules-Étienne Pasdeloup organised a group of musicians to form what became known as the Société des Jeunes Artistes du Conservatoire. Lasting nine years, the series featured ‘classics’ as well as recent compositions. Building on the precedent that Habeneck had established, this orchestra helped consolidate French appreciation for Viennese symphonic repertoire as well as that of Mendelssohn and Schumann. High costs and dwindling revenues, however, led Pasdeloup to rethink his approach, and in 1861 he began a series entitled the Concerts Populaires de Musique Classique.16 The concerts were held in a large amphitheatre, the Cirque Napoléon (subsequently renamed Cirque d’Hiver), and made orchestral music available to a much larger and socially diverse public. The Cirque’s capacity of over 4,000 made it possible to charge lower admission prices, attract enormous crowds and earn a handsome profit. Although works by Gounod, Saint-Saëns and Berlioz received performances, the majority of the repertoire was drawn from the German canon, with Beethoven taking pride of place.17

In the 1860s and 1870s the dominance of the Société des Concerts was further challenged by two other societies: the Concerts Colonne at the Théâtre du Châtelet (starting as Concert National, from 1873) and the Concerts Lamoureux (from 1881). D. Kern Holoman writes: ‘The newer associations, being hungrier, were more progressive [than the Société des Concerts] on several fronts … they found programming niches the Conservatoire concerts seemed to overlook: Colonne … with Berlioz’s Damnation de Faust; Lamoureux with Wagner.’18 Édouard Colonne’s orchestra played works by Saint-Saëns, Massenet, Fauré, d’Indy, Gustave Charpentier (1860–1956), Debussy, Ravel, Charles-Marie Widor (1844–1937), Paul Dukas (1865–1935) and Emmanuel Chabrier (1841–94). While Charles Lamoureux’s orchestra was pioneering in its advocacy of Wagner, it also gave some significant French premieres, including that of Debussy’s La mer in 1905.

The Société Nationale de Musique (1871–1939) was an early fruit of the profound reaction to the Franco-Prussian War. It also marked a response to the foreign emphasis of the Conservatoire and other institutions, hence the decision of its founders Romain Bussine and Saint-Saëns to commission only French works. The original prospectus proclaimed a determination to ‘favor the production and diffusion of all serious works; and encourage and bring to light … all musical experiments … [provided] they reveal high artistic aspirations’. In 1882 the patronage of the society was limited to French composers involved in the organisation. Membership was conditional upon submission of works and sponsorship of existing members. It was ‘serious, albeit parochial’.19 Concerts came round at least six times a year, with financial constraints dictating that chamber programmes dominated.

The Société Nationale was vital to the rebirth of French music, and its importance led to political shenanigans surrounding Franck. D’Indy was the most influential member of his circle, which included the composers Ernest Chausson (1855–99) and Henri Duparc (1848–1933). He took over the presidency in 1886. D’Indy was an internationalist, so he proposed the inclusion of foreign works. Faced with a coup, Saint-Saëns left the organisation he had created.20 The ‘progressive’ internationalists got their way. The first major beneficiary of the changes was Grieg, whose string quartet was performed at the first concert of the new season on 8 January 1887.21 Nevertheless, national music still benefited most. The majority of Franck’s and Fauré’s chamber works received their premieres with the Société.

Staged to celebrate the anniversary of the Revolution and attended by more than 30,000,000 people, the Exposition Universelle of 1889 (one of several held in Paris in the nineteenth century), which saw the creation of the world’s ‘highest iron tower’ (the Eiffel Tower), was one of the greatest confluences of art and technology in the nineteenth century.22 French composers’ penchant for the exotic was excited by dancers and musicians from Java, and a pair of orchestral concerts introduced works by Russian nationalists. Debussy whiled away many hours in the Dutch pavilion, where he heard gamelan music (its influence can be heard most obviously in ‘Pagodes’ from Estampes for piano).

Wagner and ‘Frenchness’

Paradoxically, Wagner’s formidable presence in this period was as much an enabling force as a disabling one: his power to attract and repulse like no other composer galvanised French music. In his lavishly eccentric book L’esprit de la musique française (de Rameau à l’invasion wagnérienne),23 Pierre Lasserre devotes himself in successive chapters to Grétry; Rameau; ‘The modern Italians’; Meyerbeer; Wagner, the poet; and Wagner, the musician. Even more peculiar is the fact the book was written during the First World War, when Wagner was excluded from musical venues. Lasserre provocatively denies Wagner’s music its German-ness without going so far as to bestow upon him honorary French-ness, which ‘would be to overlook huge differences of taste and style. With Frenchmen the musical rendering of things is subtle, sober, dainty, vibrant, lively, stripped and free from excess of matter, full of rhythm.’24

Lasserre encapsulates some of the anxiety and excitement that France’s extraordinary encounter with Wagner entailed. The defeat in the Prussian war had been accompanied by some provocative literary activity by Wagner, which made it very difficult for state-funded opera companies to mount his works, so for many years Wagner’s music was almost forced underground; but French composers, poets and intellectuals happily lapped at the master’s feet in Munich, Bayreuth and elsewhere. Wagner first came in through the salons, then gradually via new orchestras, and finally the sluices were opened late in the century when he was feted in the opera houses.

The Revue Wagnérienne (1885–8) appeared when the battle for Wagner was all but won. It is of great significance as enshrining an early blast of Symbolism in its publication of the eight Symbolist sonnets by Stéphane Mallarmé and others in January 1886, before Jean Moréas’s Le Figaro manifesto. It is also ‘an invaluable documented journal of Wagnerism in France’.25

For French nationalists, Wagner was a positive force, a means of liberation, of aspiring to lofty ideals, even though the catalyst was foreign. D’Indy headed the Wagner movement in the latter part of the century, and used his Schola Cantorum to promote his ideals.

There were constant fears that Wagner’s influence would suffocate the revival of a true French music; yet even assiduously Wagnerian works, such as Franck’s Les Éolides (1876), which was written in the wake of an encounter with the Tristan prelude, and Chausson’s gorgeous orchestral song cycle Poème de l’amour et de la mer (1892), possess French qualities. In both the harmony caresses Wagner’s Tristan and there are meandering chromatic bass lines, but the melodies are rhythmically regular for the most part and thus free from Wagner’s musical prose, and there is a native quality of clarity and sensuality. Remarkably, Wagner’s influence aided the rebirth of French music, and when French composers were ready to move beyond it, they did.26

Franck and his school

Franck’s family moved from his birthplace Liège in 1835 to Paris, where he studied with Antoine Reicha (1770–1836) for ten months (he taught Berlioz, Liszt, Gounod and George Onslow, 1784–1853). After his family secured citizenship he was admitted to the Conservatoire in 1837. Among his first important compositions are the Trios concertants (piano trios), Op. 1 (1842).

His stop-start career as a composer led to long periods of inactivity until quite late in his life, but more stable was his work as an organist, especially after his appointment to the newly built Sainte-Clotilde. He supplemented his income with teaching posts before he succeeded François Benoist (1794–1878) as professor of organ at the Conservatoire. By this time Franck was attracting disciples – the bande à Franck. Duparc, one of the most celebrated composers of mélodies, was prominent among them; he was joined by d’Indy, who entered Franck’s organ class in 1872. These classes had great influence in propagating a certain musical style, including the acceptance of Wagner’s and Liszt’s influence; wide-ranging chromaticism, mostly within the major-minor system; a heightened expressiveness; a concomitant openness to the erotic; and cyclic form.

Franck’s output before his emergence in the 1870s as a key figure included chamber music, the oratorio Ruth and various sacred works, but it is his music from 1871 onwards, starting with the oratorio Rédemption (1871–2, final version 1874), that has secured his position as one of France’s greatest composers. His works include the symphonic poems Les Éolides and Le chasseur maudit (1882), the Variations symphoniques for piano and orchestra (1885), a Symphony in D minor (1888), a Piano Quintet (1879), Violin Sonata (1886) and String Quartet (1889), the oratorio Les béatitudes (1879) and the opera Hulda (1885).

Martin Cooper chastises Franck for a lack of emotional restraint, which suggests stronger affinities with Germanic traditions than with the balance between expression and form that is so characteristic of Saint-Saëns.27 One should also recall distinctly French moments, such as the exquisite use of canon in the last movement of the Violin Sonata, which, coupled with a melody of rare grace and expressive simplicity, invites comparison with remoter French traditions.

D’Indy is one of several composers who was almost fanatically attached to the example and personality of Franck. He composed extensively for the stage, orchestra, voices (sacred and secular works), chamber ensembles and keyboard. In addition, his wide-ranging and influential Cours de composition musicale, completed posthumously (1903–50), is one of the most influential pedagogic works of the period.

Saint-Saëns and his circle

In 1848 Saint-Saëns entered the Paris Conservatoire, where he studied organ with Benoist and composition and orchestration with Fromental Halévy (1799–1862). His early works reveal strong traces of the Viennese classics, not least in the opening of the Symphony in A (1850), which uses the fugal do–re–fa–mi of the finale of Mozart’s ‘Jupiter’, albeit in a non-contrapuntal context. The second movement bathes in the melodic legacy of Beethoven’s Elysian slow movements, especially that of the ‘Emperor’ Piano Concerto. His early works are consistent with much of what was to follow in the way they seize upon basic building blocks of music to shape movements. This in itself would not create a satisfying basis for a creative artist, but Saint-Saëns combined this facility in handling musical materials with a capacity to fuse these materials into irresistible gestures – fusions of, say, melody and texture, such as we encounter in the second movement of the Piano Concerto No. 2 in G minor (1868).

With its birdsong, ponderous reworking of Offenbach’s most famous can-can, exquisite cello solo for the swan and bursts of musical humour, Saint-Saëns’s Le carnaval des animaux (1886) is a fine example of the composer’s ‘Parisian streak of urchin impudence’. Saint-Saëns refused to have it published in his lifetime, as he ‘feared … it would harm his reputation as a serious composer’.28

Early on, Saint-Saëns’s circle embraced figures such as Gounod, Viardot, Rossini and Berlioz, whom he admired greatly. Throughout his early career Saint-Saëns espoused the musical avant-garde, for he brought Liszt’s symphonic poems and other works to the attention of French audiences and promoted Wagner.29 In 1861 he became a teacher at the École Niedermeyer, where we find hints of a circle of younger composers growing up around him. First there was André Messager (1853–1929), who became a major composer of opera and ballet; then there was the sixteen-year-old Fauré, who remained a lifelong friend.

Fauré became a boarder at the École Niedermeyer in 1854 and stayed there for eleven years. It is believed that, alongside the counterpoint teaching, the unusual approach to the harmonisation of modal chant at the school shaped Fauré’s compositional style.30 A series of organist posts followed his departure from the school with the premier prix in composition for his Cantique de Jean Racine (1865). His organist posts culminated in his appointment as chief organist at the Madeleine in 1896. That he had finally moved into the forefront of French music, after years on the sidelines, is attested by his surprising appointment to the directorship of the Paris Conservatoire.

Fauré’s compositional voice speaks little of the influence of Wagner and only occasionally of the German and Viennese classics so beloved of Saint-Saëns and Franck. Most of his output comprises song, solo piano works and chamber music. Exceptions include two operas, some highly characterful incidental music (including music for Pelléas et Mélisande, 1898) and a tiny number of orchestral works. Even the highly successful Requiem (1877, 1887–93), one of several sacred works, was conceived as a chamber work, and its scoring augmented to full orchestra only in 1900. His ‘taste for musical purity and sobriety of expression’ led him to condemn the more popular musical manifestations of his day, such as verismo.31 As well as in the Société Nationale, Fauré’s place for many years was, therefore, the salon.

Ravel is generally paired with Debussy, often under the confusing heading ‘impressionism’, but many aspects of their work should encourage a clear separation of the two. Born in the Basque village of Ciboure, Ravel, like Debussy, entered piano and harmony classes at the Paris Conservatoire in 1891. Failing to win any prizes, he was dismissed in 1895, but he returned in 1897 to study composition with Fauré and counterpoint with André Gédalge (1856–1926). Although he had already composed several works that have remained in the repertoire, his academic career was dismal. Unlike Debussy, who worked well within the system, Ravel was an outsider. Nevertheless, his attachment to Fauré and the classicising nature of works like the String Quartet, Piano Trio and G major Piano Concerto bring him closer to Saint-Saëns’s sphere.

Ravel’s music encompasses both the opulence of the ballet Daphnis et Chloé (1912) and the leanness of his piano suite Le tombeau de Couperin (1917), which looks back to the eighteenth century. His musical language evinces facets of ‘modernism’, including bitonality, but in many works he keeps a clear tonal trajectory in spite of his extensive use of dissonance, and his forms are often conservative. Melody is central to much of his music. He was, in short, quite distinct from Debussy and Stravinsky in the development of modern music, though his early classicising was prophetic of post-First World War neoclassicism. His output embraces piano music, opera, ballet, chamber works, vocal music, orchestral works (including the song cycle Trois poèmes de Stéphane Mallarmé, inspired by Schoenberg’s Pierrot lunaire) and choral music. Although he did not write a symphony, Daphnis is subtitled Symphonie choréographique, and is divided into three parts, like many French symphonies.

Debussy

Debussy came through the same system as many other French composers.32 He was educated at the Paris Conservatoire, tried for and finally won the Prix de Rome and joined the Société Nationale, which arranged the premiere of his crucially important Prélude à l’après-midi d’un faune in 1894.33 He eventually conquered the operatic firmament with Pelléas et Mélisande (first performed 1902), based on Maurice Maeterlinck’s Symbolist drama (1892).

Debussy’s early works – those composed before the breakthrough of the Prélude – tend to be treated rather casually in much of the literature, which is a shame, for many are highly original. They evince signs of radicalism in harmony and form. We may see the prolific succession of works from around 1892 to around 1914 as typical of a middle period, and his final works, from the summer of 1915, when he wrote the Cello Sonata, as a turning away from extra-musical preoccupations to a more abstract art.

Discussions of Debussy sometimes give the impression of him as highly intuitive; his intellectualism, if acknowledged, is likely to be envisioned as his experimentalism. However, his Conservatoire training emerges constantly, and the more one probes, the more interested Debussy seems to have been in compositional process. We catch this in his use of Golden Section; its frequent discovery in his music belies the notion that such close coincidences with Pythagorean form could have been accidental.34 Then one finds passages of counterpoint in many works, including the early Petite suite (1889), where he ingeniously combines themes (as did Berlioz). There are also works in which he takes sonata form and subverts it, suggesting that he revoked formal musical rhetoric. In his later music, for example ‘Gigues’ (1912, from Images), a layering of fast- and slow-moving music produces intricate rhythmic textures. One might hear an effortless unfolding of ideas, but behind them an acute intellect was at work devising new tonal formulations, rhythmic structures and so on.

Richard Parks explicates Debussy’s harmonic language in terms of four separate genera: diatonic, whole-tone, octatonic and chromatic. In the song ‘Recueillement’ (1889, from Cinq poèmes de Baudelaire) he finds diatonic, octatonic and whole-tone collections, some separated by ‘modulation’.35 That Debussy integrates these diverse materials is undeniable; how he does it continues to excite theoretical debate.

Debussy’s name sits alone, for it is hard to speak of a circle. Debussy’s influence on other composers seems to have been – at least in the period under review here – superficial and sporadic. Aspects of his music reverberate, including some chord progressions, the whole-tone scale and his orchestral style. Olivier Messiaen (1908–92) sometimes seems closest in spirit. After the Second World War his contribution to modernism was better understood and, to a limited extent, emulated.

Survey of key genres and works

Chamber music

By the end of the century the string quartet had acquired a special status as the chamber music combination that composers aspired to conquer.36 On the way we encounter two string quartets by Alexis de Castillon (1838–73), composed before 1867 (Op. 3 No. 1) and in 1868 (Op. 3 No. 2). Beethovenian roots are revealed in the adventurous part-writing, sudden shifts of tempo in movements and detailed motivic working. It was not until the renewal of instrumental genres in general that new forces were to shape the string quartet.37

These forces included the adoption of cyclic techniques in such works as Franck’s String Quartet (1889), with its rich polyphony and melodic expressiveness. Sylvio Lazzari (1857–1944) had already moved in this direction in his String Quartet (1888), albeit in a subtler manner than was soon to be the norm. He adumbrates the melodic content of the slow movement at the end of the development section of the first movement, and the rondo finale incorporates varied ‘recollections of the preceding movements … transformed by the technique of variation’.38

Other quartets of this period are either cyclic in the Franck manner or in the style of Castillon and the German tradition. Debussy’s lack of enthusiasm for the German tradition is encapsulated in his overt application of Franck’s cyclic principle in his String Quartet (1893). His precedent was taken up in Ravel’s String Quartet (1903), where we find Classical formal transparency alongside rhapsodic freedom and exotic textures, as well as the cyclic principle. In contrast, the somewhat austere and rather hard-written String Quartet of 1903 by Albéric Magnard (1865–1914) returns to Beethovenian roots.

Composers found mixed combinations liberating after the limitations of the string quartet. Among those that distinguish the flowering of French chamber music in the later nineteenth century, combinations with piano and strings are the most successful. Onslow often seems to expand outside the string quartet, as in his wide-ranging Piano Trio in F minor, Op. 83 (1853), whose first movement lives up to its marking of ‘Allegro patetico’.

As often happened before the Société Nationale, Saint-Saëns gave the first performance of his Piano Trio No. 1 in F at one of his regular soirées in 1864. In every movement the composer hits upon a happy combination of melody and texture and rhythmic inventiveness, as in the hemiola rhythm of the principal theme of the sonata-form first movement. Long passages in one key contrast with sudden chromatic excursions, often for just a few bars; this comes to a head in the recapitulation when the second subject is initially presented in D♭ major. The slow second movement has a Baroque quality in its formality and double dotting, indicative of Saint-Saëns’s preoccupation with the past. Beethoven’s scherzos resonate in the third movement, and the rondo finale mixes Gallic refinement, particularly in the delicate interaction of main melody and accompaniment at the start, and virtuosity.

Fauré’s Violin Sonata No. 1 in A (1876) is described by Robert Orledge as ‘one of the first landmarks in the renaissance of French chamber music’.39 The four-movement work was wildly successful and showed the general direction in which French chamber music was heading, not least in its virtuosity. Although the sonata is in A major, Fauré’s elliptical harmonic and melodic style is in evidence. The piano alone adumbrates the principal theme at the start, playing a ‘lesser’ version of it, which is then given a more distinctive outline but with the same rhythm when the violin first enters in bar 23. Bars 1–22 end on the mediant C♯ minor, and the violin enters on the harmonic progression c♯–D–E–D, which denies the dominant of A its voice-leading role, clouding one’s sense of key. Fauré’s oblique harmonic writing in part of the principal theme is summarised in Example 7.1.

Example 7.1 Fauré, Violin Sonata No. 1, first movement, bars 22–33, harmonic reduction

Fauré was moving far from traditional harmonic practice, and his rhythmic structures were similarly innovative. The Scherzo, an Allegro vivo in 2/8, sparkles in a manner worthy of Mendelssohn. It plays with phrase lengths and groupings, 3–3–3–3–2–3–2–3; accents on the second quaver further enrich the scintillating rhythmic play, which is matched harmonically by a descending harmonic progression from the tonic A major, down through triads of G major, F major, V7 of E♭/V7 of A, and E♭ major (bars 13–31). The rondo finale’s main theme is one of Fauré’s most haunting creations, whose whimsical character can best be grasped in performances that follow the marking ‘Allegro quasi presto’.

Just a few years later the first work of Franck’s chamber music triptych arrived, the Piano Quintet in F minor. The Société Nationale premiere had Saint-Saëns largely sight-reading the part. He felt a ‘growing sense of horror … [the] emotional fervour offended his firmly-held principles of taste, balance and proportion’, which led him to walk off the stage at the end, leaving the manuscript and its dedication to him on the piano, and the applause unacknowledged. The break with Saint-Saëns’s concept of Frenchness was a deliberate move against ‘the superficiality of French tradition’.40 We hear this in the chromaticism, the escalating repetitions of themes (using model and sequence in the Tristan manner) and the incorporation of rhetorical devices associated with longing. In spite of the quintet’s emotional fervour, the first movement is firmly in sonata form. It is bound together both by the type of motivic working one associates with the German tradition and by cyclic recurrences of themes, such as the reprise of the first movement’s subsidiary theme in the closing bars of the finale.

We pass over chamber works by Fauré, Lalo, Saint-Saëns, Roussel, Franck, Florent Schmitt (1870–1958), Joseph-Guy Ropartz (1864–1955), Magnard, Gabriel Pierné (1863–1937), Castillon, Chausson, Guillaume Lekeu (1870–94) and others to consider two contrasting trios by Ravel and Debussy that represent their composers’ mature styles. Ravel’s Piano Trio (1914) was premiered by the Société Musicale Indépendante, which had been founded to promote music of all nations, styles and genres in 1909. It is in four movements, all with ties to Classical models. Nevertheless, this is a work of burgeoning modernism. One encounters it in the irregular time signatures, such as the 8/8 of the first movement (with the beats grouped 3–2–3), the changes of metre in the finale (5/4–7/4–5/4) and the superposition of metric structures in the Scherzo. Harmonics and other effects exhibit a concern for extending the sound canvas. And the harmonic style is more dissonant than anything we find in Fauré and Debussy. Even so, Ravel maintains the Classical rhetoric of form and harmony. In spite of the fact that none of this music can be called ‘tonal’ in the sense of it being major or minor – his tonic notes are almost always approached through a flat leading note below or a semitone above (as in the Phrygian scale) – his bass lines are often adapted from common-practice tonality.41 At the end of the tonal argument of the first movement, in bars 77–96, we hear a bass line that proceeds in fifths, A–D–G–C, where the movement closes a few bars later (i.e. in C – whatever key this trio is ‘in’, it is not A minor!). This directional bass line, coupled with a level of consistency in rich harmonies – often compilations of thirds up to ninths, elevenths and beyond, generally favouring semitones rather than tones – gives Ravel’s harmonic world a greater homogeneity than Debussy’s.

Ravel’s formal procedures are faithful to Classical and Romantic models. The first movement is in sonata form with a transition to the subsidiary theme based on a climactic drive to a varied restatement of the first subject, now fortissimo, in bars 17 ff., after the manner of the ‘Eroica’ and other first movements. A contrasted subsidiary theme is presented at bar 35, albeit in the tonic A mode. He follows Tchaikovsky’s example in starting the recapitulation on the crest of a climax, allowing a highly reduced version of the transition to mark the start of the section, which brings us quickly to the second subject in bar 83. Rhetorical gestures proliferate in the finale, where the main theme is developed with repetition, variation and sequence, leading at the end of each section to climactic moments marked with string trills and piano chords, toujours ff. The cyclic work is held together by the use of the auxiliary figure of the main theme of the first movement in each succeeding movement.

Debussy’s Sonata for Flute, Viola and Harp (1916) is the second of what were to have been six sonatas; it comes between the Cello Sonata (1915) and Violin Sonata (1917). Its ‘classical grace and elegance’ have often been deemed to evoke Couperin, but as Edward Lockspeiser writes,

the clarity and the merciless precision of detail in both the solo and the ensemble writing is so poignantly expressive that the composer was himself forced to declare … that the music … is ‘so terribly melancholy that I can’t say whether one should laugh or cry. … I am horrified by a deliberate disorder, which is nothing but aural bluff, and also by those eccentric harmonies … How much has to be explored, and discarded, before reaching the naked flesh of emotion!’42

The ‘deliberate disorder’ might describe the almost cinematic montage of fragmentary material, with little of the ordered development of Ravel. Moreover, Debussy’s thematic ideas are arabesques, with occasional short motifs that stand out, such as the opening of the Interlude. Further enhancing the calculated disunity is the endlessly changing harmonic vocabulary, including seconds, triads, sevenths, occasional progressions reminiscent of the part-writing of common-practice tonality, parallel triads and seventh chords, whole-tone and other ‘non-tonal’ chords and more.

Debussy’s forms are as elusive as his tonal structures. The first movement, Pastorale, conceals aspects of sonata form, but the fragmentary nature of the material and frequent tempo modifications make the boundaries hard to distinguish. At rehearsal cue 2 the music rests on the ‘dominant’, but in place of a development, the music flies off with an A♭ major key signature, ‘Vif et joyeux’. The return to the main tempo, ‘Lento, dolce rubato’, signals a recapitulation, but the material is presented in a reordered sequence. Parks considers the formal plan of the sonata as close to Debussy’s ballet Jeux (1912) in that ‘its structure builds through a series of contrasting passages and is more additive than hierarchic’.43 In this Debussy epitomises an anti-rhetorical stance that is as far removed from the classicising forms of Saint-Saëns, Fauré and Ravel as his tonal structures are from his key signatures.44

Instrumental music

The last decades of the nineteenth century were a great age of organ music. Saint-Saëns’s Trois rhapsodies sur des cantiques bretons (1866) are indicative both of the pervasive influence of traditional music (and the exotic) in French music and of the composer’s engagement with the organ. In the latter part of the first rhapsody, wide-ranging arpeggiations in the right hand for flute stops suggest orchestral aspirations in the writing. Other works by Saint-Saëns speak of the Bach revival, which affected many composers, and resulted in works like the two sets of Trois préludes et fugues (1894 and 1898). Saint-Saëns even emulates Baroque notation by omitting articulative markings.

The magnificent instruments being built by Aristide Cavaillé-Coll (1811–99), with their seamless crescendo and orchestrally conceived stops, led to organ composers seeking the dimensions and impact of the symphony: Widor wrote ten organ symphonies (1872–1900), though it is the exuberant Toccata of Symphony No. 5 (1879) that is most often played today rather than the more obviously symphonic movements.

Franck’s organ music, like that of Saint-Saëns, is permeated by Baroque influences. In the third of the Trois chorals (1890), in A minor, he begins with a toccata texture, which alternates with an exultant chorale. At the climax of the work the two ideas are combined. Before the long ascent to the transcendent climax, Franck incorporates a slow central section in A major ripe with sliding chromaticism and harmonising a meditative melody for an oboe and trumpet stop combination. The influence of the Baroque chorale prelude is heard in numerous works; we find it, for example, in Saint-Saëns’s often Brahmsian Piano Quartet in B♭ (1875). The use of chorales and chorale-like themes is also common and provided composers with a ready means to achieve ambitious closing summations.

Towards the end of the nineteenth century prominent composers such as Dukas, Roussel, Debussy and Ravel proved indifferent to the organ and the maintenance of its repertoire fell to more peripheral figures, including Guilmant and Louis Vierne (1870–1937).

In contrast, almost all composers contributed extensively to the piano literature. Curiously, given the interest Saint-Saëns displayed in Classical forms, almost all of his mature piano works are single-movement works or suites, such as the four-movement Suite in F, Op. 90 (1891), in which he time-travels back to the Baroque eighteenth century. The movements are Prélude et fugue, Menuet, Gavotte and a fugal Gigue. Harmonically and in other ways this is late nineteenth-century music, but the texture and characterisation are of the past. Such historical expressions abound: they include Debussy’s Pour le piano of 1901 (Prélude, Sarabande, Toccata) and Ravel’s Le tombeau de Couperin (Prélude, Fugue, Forlane, Rigaudon, Menuet, Toccata).

The avoidance of the Classical sonata in French piano music is apparent in Franck’s output, which features two remarkable three-movement works with only vestiges of the sonata: Prélude, choral et fugue (1884) and Prélude, aria et final (1887). An exception was Dukas, whose Piano Sonata (1900) is one of the most ambitious works of its time. Dukas encompasses clear Classical forms in a work that stands ‘on the threshold of dramatic music’ in its intensity of expression and surging Romantic writing.45

Fauré wrote prolifically for piano. Drawing on neither Classical forms nor the descriptive piano piece, his output is closely related to Chopin’s, which is reflected in the fact that his mature piano works are mostly entitled ‘Nocturne’, ‘Ballade’, ‘Prelude’, ‘Impromptu’, ‘Barcarolle’ and ‘Valse-caprice’. The relationship to Chopin is apparent in the Nocturne in B♭, Op. 37 (1884), particularly in the syncopated chordal accompaniment and arpeggiated embellishment of the first cadence. As in Chopin’s Nocturne in F, Op. 15 No. 2, the slowish opening tempo gives way to a dramatically contrasted faster central section. The subtlety of Fauré’s style is shown in the Nocturne No. 6 in D♭, Op. 63 (1894), where the melody is subjected to a delicate rubato by placing the second note, the quaver, of a dotted-crotchet–quaver figure in 3/2 on the second note of a triplet group, which makes the quaver arrive a fraction earlier than it would in 3/2 time without the triplets (see Example 7.2).

Example 7.2 Fauré, Nocturne No. 6 in D♭, Op. 63, bars 1–3

Nowhere is Fauré’s individuality more marked than in his undermining of the major-minor system. The Nocturne No. 11 in F♯ minor, Op. 104 No. 1 (1913), starts on a 6/4 chord. The first root-position tonic chord we encounter is in bar 5, approached by an E minor chord with added sixth. Such individual, oblique progressions are balanced at a few structural moments by often conventional dominant–tonic progressions, as in bars 7–8, where there is a perfect cadence in C♯ minor.

Many of Saint-Saëns’s piano works bear generic titles, such as Six études, Op. 52 (1877), Valse canariote (1890) and Berceuse for duet (1896). Some have descriptive titles – a characteristic even more manifest in Chabrier, Debussy and Ravel. Chabrier’s Dix pièces pittoresques (1881) are an early harbinger of French modernism. Rollo Myers wrote that the ‘astonishing thing about [them] is that, while appearing superficially to be little more than rather high-class salon music they are seen on closer examination to be a veritable treasure-house of new and ingenious harmonic and rhythmic trouvailles’.46Pièce pittoresque No. 4, ‘Sous bois’ (‘In the woods’), opens, Andantino, with a murmuring semiquaver bass figure over which a widely spread melody unfolds with arpeggiated grace notes. Although it is harmonically simple, complexity is achieved through variety of articulation and metrical and rhythmic manipulation, resulting in cross-rhythms. The piano language of the early twentieth century is not far away.

Not long after Chabrier’s influential work, Debussy wrote an early masterpiece entitled ‘Clair de lune’ as part of the Suite bergamasque (c. 1890, revised 1905). Its delicate manipulation of the 9/8 metre and diaphanous pianissimo textures are only part of its attraction; it also gives an early indication of the redundancy of common-practice voice leading in his music; although many of its notes belong to D♭ major, the leading note has lost its attraction. With it goes the resolving pull of the dominant seventh, a point demonstrated in bars 8–9, where a dominant seventh chord on A♭ is followed by its tonic D♭. At no point does one get a sense of this C leading to D♭; rather, the emphasis is on the tonic-chord pitches F and A♭ in bar 9. Here, in embryo, we find Debussy’s system of chord succession, which makes him the most radical of French composers and offers a striking alternative to the atonality of the Second Viennese School, for Debussy still ends most of his works on a major or, less often, minor triad.

Debussy, like Ravel in his Miroirs (1905) and Gaspard de la nuit (1908), wrote piano music with descriptive titles. The two series of piano Images (1905, 1907), Children’s Corner (1908), two books of twelve Préludes (1910, 1913) and several other works all seem to evoke something. Only in his two books of Études (1915) do abstract musical considerations consistently figure in the titles (‘Pour les cinq doigts’, ‘Pour les tierces’); a similar title in the Préludes (Book 2, No. 11), ‘Les tierces alternées’, is a rare exception. Almost all aspects of Debussy’s style are found in the piano preludes. In ‘ … Voiles’ (‘Veils’, Book 1, No. 2), the tonal world has been reduced to two pitch collections, the whole-tone scale on C in the outer sections of this ternary work and the black-note pentatonic collection in the B section. Musical ‘development’ is determined by rhythm, register, textural density, ostinato B♭ and other parameters. In ‘Les sons et les parfums tournent dans l’air du soir’ (Préludes, Book 1, No. 4) the referential pitch collection is an A major triad. A dominant on E is absent until the final cadence, but even though a V7 chord is followed by I in A, there is no voice-leading connection between them, and a D♯ is prominent in the closing bars (Debussy preferred to use a tritone between scale-steps 1 and 4 in his scales rather than the perfect fourth of the major-minor modes, and in many works scale-step 7 is lowered, though not here). Elsewhere in this prelude chords move by parallel movement, such as the chromatic dominant sevenths over an A pedal in bars 3–4. Formally, the piece is articulated by a variation of the opening material a semitone below the tonic, which hints at a ternary form, but a straightforward categorisation is impossible.

Ravel’s three-movement suite Gaspard de la nuit is based on poems by Aloysius Bertrand. The first, ‘Ondine’, recalls the influential water music of Ravel’s Jeux d’eau (1901). ‘Scarbo’, the last movement, is notorious for its technical difficulty – an attribute that Ravel actively sought. It places his music in the tradition of Liszt and Balakirev. In contrast, there is a small number of classicising works, including the attractive Sonatine (1905).

The symphony

The immersion of French composers in Beethoven is attested by Gounod: ‘Beethoven’s symphonies I knew by heart … we [Gounod and Ingres] spent the greater part of the night deep in talk over the great master’s works.’47Gounod wrote a pair of symphonies (1855) that paid tribute to Austro-German composers: there are elements of Haydn and Schumann, neither of which overshadow Gounod’s ‘Gallic sensibility’.48 More distinctive is Bizet’s tuneful Symphony in C (1855), composed at the age of seventeen while under Gounod’s tutelage at the Conservatoire. It has been regularly performed since its first performance in 1935.

Between Saint-Saëns’s Symphonies Nos. 2 (1859) and 3 (1886), which marked the turning point for the revival, there was considerable activity, especially in the traditions of the ‘dramatic symphony’ and ‘ode symphony’. Composers included Benjamin Godard (1849–95), Augusta Holmès (1847–1903) and possibly the century’s most successful female composer, Cécile Chaminade (1857–1944). Amid symphonies with titles like Godard’s Symphonie gothique (1883) are conventional, abstract works.49

With Saint-Saëns’s Symphony No. 3 in C minor, Op. 78, France started to produce works to rival production in Vienna and elsewhere. Many compositional choices native to the symphonic poem inform the symphony, which enable him to circumnavigate some challenging aspects of symphonic writing, and reveal his debt to Liszt. As Saint-Saëns remarks in his programme note for the premiere, the symphony follows the example of his Piano Concerto No. 4 (1875) and Violin Sonata No. 1 (1885) in being bipartite, though each part comprises two movements. Although the composer was impatient of ‘endless resumptions and repetitions’ (as he wrote in a programme note),50 in the first movement there is a clearly articulated return to C minor and the principal theme at rehearsal cue M after several bars of dominant preparation (in other words the start of a recapitulation). However, after a reprise of the first subject and transition to the second, the music starts to transition to the D♭ major Adagio. This undermining of the recapitulation recalls symphonic poems in which features of sonata form are cherry-picked. In his analysis of the triumphant finale, a movement swept along by the glory of the Romantic organ and a tinkling, four-handed piano part, Saint-Saëns makes no attempt in his programme note to fit his work into sonata form, preferring the language of the symphonic poem in his discussion of an ‘episode, quiet and somewhat pastoral in character’ (first at rehearsal cue V). In fact, the finale omits a full recapitulation of its famous principal theme; instead Saint-Saëns builds up the tension by a series of thematic and timbral transformations, bringing the work to a conclusion of unprecedented splendour.51

Saint-Saëns makes full use of cyclic procedures in this symphony. The first subject of the first movement, closely related to the opening of the Dies irae chant, becomes a triumphal hymn after the C major chords set the finale in motion, and the main theme of the slow movement forms part of the elaborate transition to the finale that interrupts the usual cycle of repeats in the Scherzo.

The next symphony to grace the world stage was less successful, but Lalo’s Symphony in G minor (1886) has retained a modest place in the repertoire. The brief slow introduction of the symphony introduces the motto theme, which sounds shockingly like the opening of Brahms Piano Concerto No. 2 (first performed 1881), and there are occasional echoes of his Academic Festival Overture (first performed 1881). Wagner is also present, especially in the chromatic harmony, but Lalo’s brightly lit, rhythmic manner is pervasive.

More influential than either of these symphonies was Franck’s Symphony, which became a seminal work for French music. It is in three movements with the central slow movement incorporating, as Franck put it, ‘a very light and very gentle’ central section, which belongs ‘to the scherzo genre’.52 The symphony epitomises Franck’s cyclic procedures. The opening motif of the introduction of the first movement is heard again, transformed, at the start of the slow movement, which is representative of ‘the dense network of ideas that marks the Symphony from the outset’.53 Even more remarkable is the manner in which the sonata-form finale recalls material from previous movements, which, as Franck put it to his students, ‘do not appear as mere citations … they take on the role of new elements’.54 Frequently reviled for its organ-like orchestration, the symphony seems to have been orchestrated in a way that perfectly realises the sculptural qualities of its melodic lines, and the manner in which these lines rise with nearly mystical yearning from the bass register to the treble is superbly realised in the instrumental mixture.

In 1890 Chausson contributed a decidedly Franckian symphony, and in 1896 Dukas concluded his Symphony in C, which also adopted the three-movement Franckian mould.55 However, if we go back a few years we find a hybrid symphony that exudes more charm and invention than most: d’Indy’s Symphonie sur un chant montagnard français (Symphonie cévenole), Op. 25 (1886). The symphony is bound together by the cyclic use of a shepherd’s song. D’Indy considered the scoring Wagnerian, but an unusual feature is the presence of a virtuoso piano part in an obbligato role.

Many more French symphonies were to follow, including four each by Magnard (c. 1890, 1893, 1896, 1913) – described by Malcolm MacDonald as ‘the last significant examples of the Franck–d’Indy tradition’,56 albeit in four movements with remarkably individual scherzos – and Roussel (1906, 1921, 1930, 1934). Some later works avoid the word ‘symphony’, often preferring ‘symphonic’ in some form. In its embracing of the three-movement design and the cyclic principle, and its incorporation of elements of a first movement, a scherzo and a rondo-like finale with a grand-slam conclusion, Debussy’s La mer (1905) is in the newly minted tradition of the French symphony.

Other orchestral music

The symphonic poem prospered as long in France as in Russia, Germany and other countries. Saint-Saëns composed four in a short period, including the remarkably colourful Danse macabre (1874) and the Lisztian La jeunesse d’Hercule (1877). Franck’s most ambitious contribution is Le chasseur maudit (1882), one of many nineteenth-century depictions of the wild hunt.

Debussy’s extraordinary Prélude à l’après-midi d’un faune is based on Mallarmé’s poem and was originally intended to accompany a recitation. The poem evokes the erotic imaginings of a faun on a languorous afternoon. Lockspeiser describes it as a work that ‘reproduces the essentially fleeting qualities of memory, the myriad sensations of forgotten dreams pass through the score, and … what remains are the inexhaustible treasures of memory’s indefiniteness’.57 This indefiniteness is expressed through the harmonic and rhythmic ambiguities of the opening flute solo and subsequent musical material; they are not resolved until the final bars of the work, when, unusually for Debussy, the E major triad is preceded by a dominant harmony – a dominant ninth (bar 105). As William Austin has demonstrated, this quality also extends to the form of the piece, whose ternary form defies precise specification; hence one reading gives section B1 starting at bar 37 and B2 at bar 55, while others find the subdivision at bar 31.58

Pierre Boulez writes that ‘the flute in the Faune brings a new breath to the art of music … modern music began [with it]’. He describes how ‘form is turned on its head … lending wing to a supple and mobile expressivity’; and he notes the treatment of timbre, which prefigures twentieth-century music.59 Debussy’s modernism climaxed in Jeux, a ballet commissioned by Serge Diaghilev. Herbert Eimert claims that ‘traditional theory is helpless in face of this work’. While motifs no longer work as motifs, but ‘play their part in the ornamental linear coloratura’, timbre ‘functions as another integral category of form’. It is as if Jeux is a precursor of 1950s electronic music. Debussy’s ‘Javanese counterpoint’ takes his gamelan-inspired heterophony to its furthest point in his music.60

French orchestral music was strongly drawn to the exotic and picturesque. We find several rhapsodies and suites inspired by foreign lands. These qualities flourish in Lalo’s Rapsodie norvégienne (1879); Saint-Saëns’s Suite algérienne (1880); and Debussy’s orchestral Images, especially the triptych’s central piece, Ibéria (1910), which uses an extensive range of musical devices to evoke Spain. Ravel’s fascination with musical travelogues and the exotic found early expression in the luxuriant textures and modal writing of his overture Shéhérazade (1898) and orchestral songs, also entitled Shéhérazade (1903), especially ‘Asie’.

In comparison with the vitality of the symphony and symphonic poem in France during this period, the concerto presents a historical conundrum: dozens of concertos were written and performed, which suggests that the genre flourished, but very few have taken root in the repertoire. The point is illustrated by examining one very productive year, 1901, for we find a typical range of variations on the concertante theme here, all from composers who are little played today.

  1. Théodore Dubois, Entr’acte et rigaudon de Xavière for cello

  2. Baron d’Erlanger, Violin Concerto

  3. Baron d’Erlanger, Andante symphonique for cello

  4. Gabriel Pierné, Poème symphonique for piano and orchestra

  5. Gabriel Pierné, Morceau de concert for harp

  6. Henriette Renié, Harp Concerto61

Apart from several once very popular concertos by Lalo, including the Symphonie espagnole for violin and orchestra (1874) and the Cello Concerto (1877), the most durable contributions to the genre came from Saint-Saëns, who wrote five piano concertos, three violin concertos, two cello concertos and assorted works in (mainly) single movements with diverse titles.

The virtuoso concerto held sway for much of the nineteenth century in France, and its influence is felt in many of Saint-Saëns’s works, but he avoided the extremes of this type in its skeletal form and overwhelming emphasis on the soloist. At the opposite extreme was the symphonic concerto, whose presence can be felt in the appellation of some of the works listed above and, for example, in the concertos of Henry Litolff (1818–91), whose five piano concertos are called concertos symphoniques (1844–69). Saint-Saëns shows the influence of both. The Piano Concerto No. 3 in E♭ (1869) is in three movements. The first modifies sonata form with a slow introduction that is repeated before the development; a cadenza directly follows this repeat. There are many changes of tempo from the development to the end of the first movement, but coherence is ensured by motivic development. From the outset the projection of virtuosity is never in doubt.

Vocal music

In the early nineteenth century French composers were mostly writing vocal compositions known by the designation romance. As the century progressed, and certainly by the fourth decade, it had been displaced by mélodie. The terms were often interchangeable, though mélodie suggests a greater degree of sophistication and freedom of form, especially in freeing itself from strophic setting, as in Berlioz’s Les nuits d’été (1841, orchestrated and adapted for soprano in 1856); both imply ‘the quality of graceful, tender lyricism’.62

Saint-Saëns wrote numerous songs, most of which are now neglected, as are Gounod’s. They are full of surprises, however, and should be considered alongside the mélodies of Fauré (totalling c. 100), Debussy (c. 90) and Duparc (13), which are held to epitomise the genre. In his Chanson triste (1872), Saint-Saëns enshrines the sensuality of the mélodie genre, alongside refinement, sensitivity to the nuances of the language and preference for the voice’s middle range. Although the song is in C♯ major, it begins on a chord of A♮, which moves immediately to the tonic C♯. This adds an exotic quality to the setting. In a later song, ‘Guitares et mandolines’ (1890), Saint-Saëns seems to echo Debussy’s ‘Mandoline’ (1882) in the imitation of guitar playing and reference to popular song idioms.

Fauré’s sensitivity to the poetry he set did not prevent his making judicious changes. Most writers consider ‘Lydia’ (c. 1870) his breakthrough song. Leconte de Lisle described Lydia’s neck as ‘fresh and pale as milk’, which Fauré amended to ‘so fresh and pale’.63 The music has both simplicity and sophistication, and its beautiful melody evokes ancient Greece through its use of the tritone F–B♮ at the outset, as in the Lydian mode. At this stage, Fauré’s music, though chromatic and often obliquely aligned with the tonic, nevertheless gives an unambiguous sense of F major. In his later songs, Fauré’s language becomes ever more individual and remote from traditional harmonic practice.

For both Fauré and Debussy, the discovery of the Symbolist poet Paul Verlaine (1844–96) was crucial. Debussy’s setting of ‘C’est l’extase’ in 1885–7 (revised in his Ariette oubliées of 1903) was followed in 1891 by Fauré in his Cinq mélodies ‘de Venise’ (see Example 7.3). The first two lines of the poem constitute a rhyming couplet:

which is closely reflected by Fauré in his ending of both lines with a falling major third. Fauré takes the tone of his setting from this opening. Characteristically, Debussy fragments the opening lines by differentiating ‘langoureuse’ and ‘amoureuse’, setting the latter to an erotic descending semitone figure. This, in microcosm, offers an insight into the mélodies of the two composers, for while Fauré seems to create his songs out of a single affect, Debussy picks the poem apart, responding to individual lines with greater specificity. Debussy’s development of a kind of ‘moment’ form is vividly characterised by Lockspeiser, who writes of his last set of songs, Trois poèmes de Stéphane Mallarmé (1913): ‘[they consist] of an endless succession of tiny musical images – some no more than a trill, an arpeggio, or an unexpected change of rhythm’.65 Fauré is fast detaching himself from the harmony of his more conservative contemporaries in ‘C’est l’extase’, but retaining dominant–tonic progressions at key points of articulation. Like him, Debussy retains the appearances of a key, E major, in that we find punctuating chords on the dominant and tonic, but here all resemblance to Fauré ends, for whereas we still find Fauré’s harmony informed by tonal voice leading, Debussy’s generally is not.66

Example 7.3 (a) Fauré, Cinq mélodies ‘de Venise’, Op. 58 No. 5, ‘C’est l’exstase’, bars 2–7 (b) Debussy, Ariettes oubliées, ‘C’est l’extase’, bars 3–9

Fauré confined himself to four cycles in his final period: La chanson d’Ève (1910), Le jardin clos (1914), Mirages (1919) and L’horizon chimérique (1921). And the history of French song does not stop with Debussy and Fauré; Roussel, Poulenc, Ravel and others carried the torch well into the twentieth century.

Conclusion

It seems extraordinary that some writers can still write begrudgingly of the music of this period. Louise Cuyler patronises Saint-Saëns’s Third Symphony as ‘a pleasant novelty’ and bemoans Franck’s Symphony’s ‘excessive length … tiresome repetition and interminable sequential procedures’.67Charles Rosen and Carl Dahlhaus were as bad. Martin Cooper, many years previously, set a different tone, as Jonathan Dunsby and Richard Taruskin have done in recent years. Apart from Debussy and Ravel, it seems, however, that Franck, Saint-Saëns, Fauré and many contemporaries still have to struggle for recognition. For those who engage with it, this emerges as an immensely satisfying period in French cultural history, when music soared freely with the other arts.

Notes

1 Camille Saint-Saëns, ‘Charles Gounod’, in Camille Saint-Saëns on Music and Musicians, ed. and trans. Roger Nichols (Oxford University Press, 2008), 117–21.

2 Charles J. Hall (ed.), A Nineteenth-Century Musical Chronicle: Events, 1800–1899 (New York: Greenwood Press, 1989), 201.

3 Beatrix Borchard, ‘Viardot, Pauline’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

4 Saint-Saëns, ‘Charles Gounod’, 121.

5 See Barbara L. Kelly, ‘Ravel, (Joseph) Maurice’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014); and Robert Orledge, Gabriel Fauré, rev. edn (London: Eulenburg, 1983), 21–2.

6 Orledge, Gabriel Fauré, 22–3.

7 Katharine Ellis, Interpreting the Musical Past: Early Music in Nineteenth-Century France (Oxford University Press, 2005), 72–3.

8 Norman Demuth, Vincent d’Indy, 1851–1931: Champion of Classicism (London: Rockliff, 1951), 13–14.

9 See Katharine Ellis, ‘Defining Palestrina’, in Interpreting the Musical Past, 179–207.

10 Otto Luening, ‘Varèse and the Schola Cantorum, Busoni and New York’, Contemporary Music Review, 23 (2004), 13.

11 David Gilbert, ‘Prix de Rome’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

12 See Alexandre Dratwicki, ‘Les “Envois de Rome” des compositeurs pensionnaires de la Villa Médicis, 1804–1914’, Revue de musicologie, 91 (2005), 99–193.

13 D. Kern Holoman, The Société des Concerts du Conservatoire, 1828–1967 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2004), 524.

14 See too D. Kern Holoman, The Société des Concerts du Conservatoire, 1828–1967, http://hector.ucdavis.edu/sdc/ (accessed 22 May 2014).

15 Holoman, The Société des Concerts, 91.

16 Elisabeth Bernard, ‘Jules Pasdeloup et les concerts populaires’, Revue de musicologie, 57 (1971), 150–78.

17 James Harding, ‘Paris: opera reigns supreme’, in Jim Samson (ed.), The Late Romantic Era: From the Mid-19th Century to World War I (London: Macmillan, 1991), 115–16.

18 Holoman, The Société des Concerts du Conservatoire, 257.

19 Teresa Davidian, ‘Debussy, d’Indy and the Société Nationale’, Journal of Musicological Research, 11 (1991), 286–7.

20 James Harding, Saint-Saëns and his Circle (London: Chapman & Hall, 1965), 174.

21 Davidian, ‘Debussy, d’Indy and the Société Nationale’, 288.

22 Annegret Fauser, Musical Encounters at the 1889 Paris World’s Fair (University of Rochester Press, 2005), 1.

23 Pierre Lasserre, L’esprit de la musique française (de Rameau à l’invasion wagnérienne) (Paris: Payot, 1917). In English this became The Spirit of French Music, trans. Denis Turner (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1921).

24 Lasserre, The Spirit of French Music, 203.

25 D. Hampton Morris, A Descriptive Study of the Periodical Revue Wagnérienne Concerning Richard Wagner (Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002), 79–80.

26 See, for example, Robin Holloway, Debussy and Wagner (London: Eulenburg, 1979).

27 Martin Cooper, French Music from the Death of Berlioz to the Death of Fauré (Oxford University Press, 1951), 31.

28 Harding, Saint-Saëns and his Circle, 168–70.

29 Ibid., 49, 83–4.

30 There is an excellent discussion of the links between Saint-Saëns and Fauré’s music in The Correspondence of Camille Saint-Saëns and Gabriel Fauré, ed. Jean-Michel Nectoux, trans. J. Barrie Jones (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2004), 20–7.

31 Jean-Michel Nectoux, ‘Fauré, Gabriel’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

32 An illustrated chronology of Debussy’s life is located at www.debussy.fr/encd/bio/bio1_62-82.php (accessed 22 May 2014).

33 For complete concert listings of the Société Nationale and Société Musicale Indépendante, see Michel Duchesneau, L’avant-garde musicale et ses sociétés à Paris de 1871 à 1939 (Sprimont: Mardaga, 1997), 225–327.

34 See Roy Howat, Debussy in Proportion: A Musical Analysis (Cambridge University Press, 1983).

35 Richard S. Parks, The Music of Claude Debussy (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1989), 93–8.

36 For a survey of chamber music in this period, see Joël-Marie Fauquet, ‘Chamber music in France from Cherubini to Debussy’, in Stephen E. Hefling (ed.), Nineteenth-Century Chamber Music (New York: Schirmer, 1998), 287–314; Serge Gut and Danièle Pistone, La musique de chambre en France de 1870 à 1918 (Paris: Champion, 1978).

37 See Fauquet, ‘Chamber music in France’, 291–302, 307–11.

38 Ibid., 307.

39 Orledge, Gabriel Fauré, 61.

40 Stephen Studd, Saint-Saëns: A Critical Biography (London: Cygnus Arts, 1999), 136.

41 For a detailed study of modal usage in French music, see Henri Gonnard, La musique modale en France de Berlioz à Debussy (Paris: Champion, 2000).

42 Lockspeiser is quoting a letter to Robert Godet of 4 September 1916: Debussy, The Master Musicians, rev. edn (London: Dent, 1980), 179–80.

43 Parks, The Music of Debussy, 126.

44 For a detailed study of Debussy’s late style, see Marianne Wheeldon, Debussy’s Late Style (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2009).

45 Simon-Pierre Perret and Marie-Laure Ragot, Paul Dukas (Paris: Fayard, 2007), 416–17.

46 Rollo Myers, Emmanuel Chabrier and his Circle (London: Dent, 1969), 33.

47 Charles Gounod, Autobiographical Reminiscences, with Family Letters and Notes on Music, trans. W. Hely Hutchinson (New York: Da Capo, 1970), 62.

48 James Harding, Gounod (London: Allen and Unwin, 1973), 90.

49 See Brian Hart, ‘The French symphony’, in A. Peter Brown and Brian Hart (eds), The Symphonic Repertoire, vol. IIIB: The European Symphony from ca. 1800 to ca. 1930: Great Britain, Russia, and France (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2008), 562–5.

50 Saint-Saëns’s programme note is reproduced in Reference Hart, Brown and Hartibid., 566–70.

51 For a detailed reading of the symphony, see Reference Hart, Brown and Hartibid., 565–82.

52 Franck’s concert note is given in Reference Hart, Brown and Hartibid., 594–6.

53 Timothy Jones, ‘Nineteenth-century orchestral and chamber music’, in Richard Langham Smith and Caroline Potter (eds), French Music since Berlioz (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2006), 84.

54 Hart, ‘The French symphony’, 596.

55 See ibid., 611–36.

56 Malcolm MacDonald, ‘Magnard, (Lucien Denis Gabriel) Albéric’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

57 Lockspeiser, Debussy, 185.

58 William W. Austin (ed.), Claude Debussy, Prelude to ‘The Afternoon of a Faun’: An Authoritative Score, Mallarmé’s Poem, Backgrounds and Sources, Criticism and Analysis, Norton Critical Scores (New York: Norton, 1970), 71–5.

59 Pierre Boulez, ‘Entries for a musical encyclopaedia’, in Stocktakings from an Apprenticeship, ed. Paule Thévenin, trans. Stephen Walsh (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1991), 267.

60 Herbert Eimert, ‘Debussy’s “Jeux”’, Die Reihe, 5 (1961), 4, 19, 22.

61 Michael Stegemann, Camille Saint-Saëns and the French Solo Concerto from 1850 to 1920, trans. Ann C. Sherwin (Portland, OR: Amadeus, 1991), 284–5.

62 David Tunley and Frits Noske, ‘Mélodie’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

63 Graham Johnson, Gabriel Fauré: The Songs and their Poets (Farnham: Ashgate, 2009), 63–4.

64 Translation by Arachne, http://bonne-chanson.blogspot.com/2009/11/cest-lextase.html (accessed 22 May 2014).

65 Lockspeiser, Debussy, 140–1.

66 For a detailed discussion of the two settings see Arthur B. Wenk, Claude Debussy and the Poets (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976), 42–50.

67 Louise Cuyler, The Symphony (Warren, MI: Harmonie Park, 1995), 150, 153.

8 La guerre et la paix, 1914–1945

Andy Fry

Background

A disproportionate amount of the French music performed today dates from the thirty-odd years between the start of one world war and the end of another. Maurice Ravel (1875–1937), Francis Poulenc (1899–1963), Arthur Honegger (1892–1955) and even Olivier Messiaen (1908–92) are familiar to most listeners, not forgetting that many popular works of Igor Stravinsky (1882–1971) were written in France, for France. If our sense of German music is determined above all in the nineteenth century, our idea of musical Frenchness may come rather from the early twentieth, albeit now challenged – and complemented – by our increasing awareness of the French Baroque. This accessibility (in both senses) extends back to the fin de siècle; but if it stretches to the post-Second World War years, it does so primarily through the music of composers already active before the war.

Even so, how can we sum up a period embracing works as diverse as Le boeuf sur le toit (1919) by Darius Milhaud (1892–1974) and Messiaen’s Quatuor pour la fin du temps (1941), or Stravinsky’s Symphonie de psaumes (1930) and Honegger’s Pacific 231 (1923)? Modernity and timelessness, ‘high’ and ‘low’ cultures, harmony and discord – all seem to come up against each other in this extraordinarily diverse repertoire. This was, of course, a tumultuous period, even in the context of France’s often tumultuous history. Aside from two world wars (the second of which found the country occupied and divided) and the concomitant loss of life and depletion of resources, there was social upheaval and political unrest even in times of peace. We should expect this to rub off, to some degree, on the music of the period, and particularly to be revealed in its musical culture. But should we not also imagine that a certain commonality of purpose, a few shared values, might emerge in these troubled times?

Our perspective is skewed by the passing of time. Scanning the chronology in the contemporary critic René Dumesnil’s La musique en France entre les deux guerres, 1919–1939 (1946), for example, is a mildly disconcerting experience: he lists more composers and works that are forgotten than are remembered. The same goes for Paul Landormy’s La musique française après Debussy (1943), despite its initial focus on routes to and from Les Six. This short chapter is not the place to rediscover music that, for better or worse, has fallen out of the repertoire over the intervening decades. But such books usefully remind us that ‘great works’ and ‘great composers’ are made in particular musical cultures and institutional contexts, ones whose evolution is far steadier than a history of stylistic innovation and aesthetic revolution would suppose.1Plus ça change, plus c’est la même chose.

So I want cautiously to retain a sense of a national tradition here, while seeking to relocate some well-loved music in its context. Without underestimating the disagreement and sometimes disdain that emerged in interactions of composers and their supporters, I prefer to emphasise their often unexpected alliances and agreements. This is a historiographical decision, of course, a choice made among the narratives available. But it is one that seeks to take advantage of the limitations of space to consider this vibrant and much-discussed period in terms of continuity as well as change.

The Parade ground

The First World War, as later the Nazi occupation, is commonly imagined as a time in which musical activity must have ground to a halt. In fact, after a brief hiatus at the outbreak of conflict, cultural life resumed in a modified yet recognisable form. Questions about the seemliness of performing during the conflict faded as the war’s longevity became clear. Concerts were defended in terms of their power to raise morale, employment and taxes. By the spring of 1915, most theatres in Paris had reopened, although the most prestigious, the Opéra, did not begin performances until the end of the year. While the Colonne and Lamoureux orchestras combined their remaining personnel into one ensemble, those of the Société des Concerts formed the core of the orchestra for the patriotic Matinées Nationales held on Sundays in the huge amphitheatre of the Sorbonne.2 Although Fauré was the conciliatory president of both the Société Nationale and the Société Musicale Indépendante, these composers’ societies were unable to set aside their differences: refusing to combine their efforts, they could not offer concerts at all until 1917, and then did so intermittently.3 Not for everyone, then, the truce (agreed by political parties in support of the war) known as the union sacrée.

Programming too was subject to some review. In 1916, a Ligue pour la Défense de la Musique Française, which sought to ban the performance of German music still in copyright, was established by the critic Charles Tenroc; Saint-Saëns, d’Indy and Charpentier were named among its honorary presidents. On the other hand, Fauré, Debussy, Ravel and others refused to join; recent research by Rachel Moore suggests that the league’s impact may have been minimal.4 The same might be said for Saint-Saëns’s infamous condemnation of the domination of German music, Germanophilie (1916), the work of a seventy-nine-year-old composer sounding some vitriolic views on the noisy battlefield of propaganda.5 In practice, the effect of all this on repertoire was largely limited to Wagner, whose music and ideas were sufficiently controversial to see him withdrawn from programmes.6 In the first season of performances, Moore has shown, German music was avoided altogether, but that restriction gradually passed as a narrative of the universality of classical masterworks re-emerged.7

The relationship between music and politics during the war was thus complex and contested. French orchestras went on state-sponsored tours to neutral or allied countries, performing Beethoven alongside French and Russian works; one even performed Wagner abroad.8 At the same time, ‘national’ French editions of German music were created to replace ‘enemy’ ones; and concerts of modern French works and Austro-German classics were often framed not just by choruses of La Marseillaise but also by patriotic speeches.9 Such uneasy intersections of verbal rhetoric and musical practice would be repeated many times over subsequent decades.

In this somewhat austere context, it is conventional to locate the beginning of a new, irreverent sensibility in the ballet Parade (1917) by Erik Satie (1866–1925). It is not difficult to see why. Parade famously brought together figures who were – or would go on to be – leaders in their respective fields: Pablo Picasso (1881–1973) as set and costume designer, Jean Cocteau (1889–1963) as scenarist and Léonide Massine (1896–1979) as choreographer (and dancer). It also constituted the latest succès de scandale of Serge Diaghilev’s Ballets Russes, successfully updating the company’s exotic-cum-primitivist pre-war repertoire (whose last manifestation had been Stravinsky’s Le sacre du printemps, 1913) into what would become known as the esprit nouveau.

Cocteau’s scenario itself seems to thematise questions of modern art’s relationship to its audience. The parade in question is an impromptu outdoor preview of a show, performed to drum up an audience. But the entertainers (a Chinese conjurer, an American girl and some acrobats) are so good that passers-by believe they have seen the performance gratis. Meanwhile, the managers pace anxiously, unable to persuade people to come inside the theatre. Thus Cocteau’s Parade is less a show-within-a-show (a familiar enough device) than a no-show-within-a-show: a performance of the public’s self-absorption and misunderstanding, around an empty core.10 This scenario replicated itself within the elegant Théâtre du Châtelet, where the premiere of Parade inspired the audience’s irritation and confusion.

Satie’s music did nothing to assuage concerns about the ballet. Although scored for full orchestra, it drew heavily on popular idioms of the day, seeming to blur the boundaries between ‘high’ and ‘low’ art, between what was allowed into a respectable theatre and what was left outside. To make matters worse, Cocteau had added a number of noisemakers, such as a typewriter and a foghorn; these factors combined to justify the work’s description as a ballet réaliste. Or even sur-réaliste, for this was the word coined by the celebrated modernist poet Guillaume Apollinaire (1880–1918) to describe the alliance of sets, costumes and choreography that transformed the everyday into the fantastical. Importantly, though, Apollinaire also found the music ‘astonishingly expressive … so clean-cut and so simple that it mirrors the marvelously lucid spirit of France itself’, thus tying Parade at once to the esprit nouveau and to French tradition.11

Certainly, if the music of Parade is irreverent, it is a carefully constructed irreverence. The one-act ballet comprises five (later six) sections: a prelude and a coda surrounding numbers for the Chinese conjurer, the American girl and the acrobats (followed, in the final version for a 1919 revival, by reprises of each). A series of mirrors are embedded: in each section, the performers enter and exit to the same music; and the opening ‘curtain’ and managers’ entrance music is repeated in reverse order for their exit and the final curtain.12 At the very centre, the American girl’s music derives from ragtime. This was not in itself a novelty, given that both Debussy and Satie himself had drawn on it some years earlier. But Satie went one further in Parade by parodying a specific tune, Irving Berlin’s ‘That Mysterious Rag’, whose rhythmic structure is replicated more or less exactly, while its melody is adapted, and its harmony re- or misdirected. Satie shapes the rag into a ternary form, frames it with the American girl’s entrance and exit music, and locates it in the middle of the third section of the original five.13 As was Satie’s practice, then, patterns and numerical relations aspire to a medieval level of intricacy and, similarly, are seen more than they are heard.

At sixes and sevens

In retrospect, this revolution, if such it was, had been heavily trailed. Satie was not of the same generation as his bright young collaborators, or of the composers of Les Six with whom he would soon be associated. Until recently, however, he had been a rather obscure figure, eking out a living as a cabaret pianist at Le Chat Noir and other venues in the bohemian quartier of Montmartre. Satie was not untrained, as is sometimes imagined: he studied lackadaisically at the Paris Conservatoire for a number of years before he was expelled. Much later, in 1905, he took himself back to school at the (still new) Schola Cantorum and worked to improve his technique in the classes of d’Indy and Albert Roussel (1869–1937), Satie’s junior by three years.

Many of Satie’s most well-known pieces date from the interim years, yet they made almost no impact until they were (re)published in the 1910s. If there is a certain naivety to such piano miniatures as Trois gnossiennes (1890–3), Pièces froides (1897) and Trois morceaux en forme de poire for piano duet (1903), with their sparse textures, odd harmonies and disappearing metres and bar lines, it is a deliberate naivety, a refusal of conventional musical codes rather than a lack of awareness of them.

Recognition as a composer was slow in coming for Satie, though his friend Debussy orchestrated two of the Gymnopédies (1888) as early as 1896. His breakthrough finally came in 1911 when, in swift succession, Ravel performed a number of Satie’s early piano pieces at a concert of the new Société Musicale Indépendante, Debussy conducted his orchestrations of the Gymnopédies at one of the Cercle Musical, and Satie began to receive favourable notices in the musical press; publications of old and new pieces soon followed. In 1913, Satie met the artist Valentine Gross (Valentine Hugo) and, through her, Lucien Vogel, who commissioned the extraordinary set of piano pieces Sports et divertissements (1914); in 1915 Gross introduced Satie to Cocteau, hence setting in motion Parade.14

Although other important works would follow (the oratorio Socrate, 1918; the ballets Mercure and Relâche, both 1924), Satie’s growing reputation over the next few years arguably owed less to his new music than it did to his social cachet and adoption as forefather by a younger generation of composers. Chief among these were the members of Les Six, Georges Auric (1899–1983), Louis Durey (1888–1979), Honegger, Milhaud, Poulenc and Germaine Tailleferre (1892–1983) – a group whose aesthetic congruity and collaborative output must not be overstated, but whose interaction and association should not be doubted.

Les Six’s nebulous origins are located among the composers who paid tribute to Satie in a series of concerts after the success of Parade: first Auric, Durey and Honegger, then Tailleferre and Poulenc, but not yet Milhaud (who did not return to Paris from Brazil until 1919). At this point, the group also included others such as Jean Roger-Ducasse (1873–1954) and Alexis Roland-Manuel (1891–1966), a loose assembly of Satie’s acolytes, including some performers and other artists, whom he referred to as ‘Les Nouveaux Jeunes’.15 Anxious to demonstrate his credentials as an impresario as well as a dramatist, Cocteau subsequently took some of the young composers under his wing and arranged for a sympathetic journalist, Henri Collet, to offer some free publicity. The group so defined collaborated on only two works, the Album des six for piano (1920) and the ballet Les mariés de la tour Eiffel (1921), by which time Durey had already deserted.16

If Cocteau had yet to receive the acclaim he desired as a writer and a dramatist, his work as a propagandist for the cause of a chic avant-garde attracted a lot of attention. In particular, his pamphlet Le coq et l’arlequin (1918) sought to define a modern aesthetic, ostensibly on the model of Satie. Here, Cocteau contrasts Satie’s linear precision with the ‘impressionist’ haze of Debussy, now cast as a Russophile Wagnerian: ‘Debussy missed his way because he fell from the German frying-pan into the Russian fire. … Satie remains intact. Hear his “Gymnopédies”, so clear in their form and melancholy feeling. Debussy orchestrates them, confuses them … The thick lightning-pierced fog of Bayreuth becomes a thin snowy mist flecked with impressionist sunshine.’17 More a series of aphorisms than a reasoned argument, Le coq is at once progressively cosmopolitan in engaging with foreign and popular music – ‘Impressionist music is outdone … by a certain American dance which I saw at the Casino de Paris’ – and oddly provincial in its insistence that ‘The music I want must be French, of France.’18 Cocteau’s dismissal of everything boche (German, i.e. Kraut) as bombastic and overblown is hardly surprising, given the date and France’s recent history of seeking to escape German influence; but it finds the self-proclaimed avant-garde writer in some curiously conservative company. He writes: ‘To defend Wagner merely because Saint-Saëns attacks him is too simple. We must cry “Down with Wagner!” together with Saint-Saëns. That requires real courage.’19

Similarly, Cocteau’s engagement with popular culture is a double-edged sword. Images of his circle ‘slumming’ to jazz at the nightclub Le Boeuf sur le Toit capture a moment in fashionable Parisian society, but Le coq et l’arlequin makes a strict division between these sources of inspiration and musicians’ own artistic outputs: ‘The music-hall, the circus, and American negro-bands, all these things fertilise an artist just as life does’, Cocteau says, but ‘These entertainments are not art. They stimulate in the same way as machinery, animals, natural scenery, or danger.’20 It is a sign of weakness to derive one art from another, and Cocteau warns against it in no uncertain terms: ‘DO NOT DERIVE ART FROM ART.’21 Ultimately, then, popular entertainment is of interest only in as much as it helps to rid France of the perceived pretensions of German metaphysics and their realisation in overblown Romantic art: ‘what we need is a music of the earth, every-day music’.22

As if in response to Apollinaire’s characterisation of Parade, Cocteau’s scenario of Les mariés de la tour Eiffel transformed the everyday further towards the surreal. A photographer seeks to capture wedding guests on film, but his camera instead releases the prey it caught earlier, including an ostrich, a bathing beauty and a lion (who eats a guest), while two mechanical voices issue instructions. Les mariés was premiered by the Ballets Suédois, a company set up by Rolf de Maré (1888–1964) and his star dancer and choreographer Jean Börlin (1893–1930) in ostentatious competition with the Ballets Russes. During their short existence from 1920 to 1925, the Ballets Suédois introduced, always at the neoclassical Théâtre des Champs-Élysées, any number of avant-garde works. In addition to Les mariés came ballets by individual members of Les Six: Milhaud (L’homme et son désir, 1921; La création du monde, 1923), Honegger (Skating Rink, 1922) and Tailleferre (Marchand d’oiseaux, 1923), as well, most controversially, as by Satie (Relâche, 1924).23

An African creation myth danced to a jazzy score, Milhaud’s La création du monde is at once the most successful and the most problematic outcome of Les Six’s encounter with American popular music. While interpretations – musical, theatrical and aesthetic – are several, this piece, with its disciplined jazz fugue, is certainly not marked by Dionysian abandon. On the contrary, in both its musical form and its geometrical set and ‘dancers’, it is a work concerned, as Cocteau would have it, with measured statement and classical proportion. Nor does it leave much room for the performers’ expression. The score, even when it gestures towards improvisation, is played exactly as written, without any unconventional techniques. In Jean Börlin’s production, with scenery and costumes by the modernist artist Fernand Léger (1881–1955), the dancers were even further removed, hidden behind huge cut-outs that masked not just their faces but also their bodies. While Le sacre brings the ‘primitive’ to life (and then death), La création holds it at a cool distance.24

If the circumstances of Les Six’s founding are uncertain, those of its quick demise are less clear still. Four members – Honegger, Milhaud, Poulenc and Auric – would go on to become major composers in the decades that followed, Auric primarily in music for film. Satie himself soon divided the group in two, complaining that Durey, Honegger and Tailleferre did not represent the new spirit at all and were ‘pure “impressionnistes”’.25 He became associated instead with another group of young composers, known as the École d’Arcueil, after the suburb of Paris where Satie lived. All students of Charles Koechlin (1867–1950), they were Henri Cliquet (1894–1963), Roger Désormière (1898–1963), Maxime Jacob (1906–77) and Henri Sauguet (1901–89), of whom only Sauguet was ever especially celebrated as a composer. Despite all the twists and turns of the story, then, Les Six has remained a symbol of an aesthetic that was shared by few if any of its members and which they played little role in devising.

A Russian in Paris

If Wagner weighed heavily on French music across the turn of the century, the composer who caused the most soul-searching (and head-scratching) in the 1920s and 1930s was Stravinsky. Even as the conventional sketch of his career in three main periods – Russian folklore-ism, neoclassicism and serialism – has faded to reveal the common core underlying superficial difference, the stylistic shift from, say, L’oiseau de feu (1910) to the Octet (1923) is profound. The rhapsodic structure and colourful orchestration of the earlier ballet are replaced by the cold, precise tone of eight wind players who are asked not to interpret but merely to execute the notes on the page. The ‘retour à Bach’ was an efficient motto for the new aesthetic, but this music lacks both the contrapuntal complexity and the harmonic drive of the German Baroque. More germane is the stance of ‘objective’ craftsmanship and quasi-religious restraint that Stravinsky did much to cultivate, in contrast to the ‘decadent’ self-expression of Romanticism, and its extension into the self-proclaimed innovation of the avant-garde.

A great deal of scholarly energy has been expended in seeking to define twentieth-century neoclassicism – what it is and, perhaps harder, what it is not. The trouble is that composers had always modelled compositions on earlier styles or made more or less obvious reference to them in their works; the turn of the twentieth century, in particular, overflows with examples. But, as Richard Taruskin has written, ‘stylistic “retrospectivism” as such was neither a necessary component of neoclassicism or, when present, a sufficient one’.26 According to his interpretation, Stravinsky’s Octet is a neoclassical piece, though it has no historical model (and, at least in the finale, it obviously draws on a recent one – ragtime).27 More surprisingly, Pulcinella (1920), a ballet score that Stravinsky arranged from eighteenth-century Italian manuscripts, is not neoclassical, even though it is obviously more than a simple completion or pastiche (just ask the solo trombonist).

Pulcinella had been another commission from Diaghilev for the Ballets Russes, this time to craft a ballet from some fragments of Giovanni Battista Pergolesi (1710–36) – or, rather, from manuscripts then believed to be Pergolesi – that Diaghilev had located in Naples.28 An old story tells how Stravinsky, initially reluctant, finally became so absorbed in the materials that he made an ironic reinvention of that style his own for the subsequent several decades. Taruskin argues, by contrast, that Stravinsky approached the arrangement in workmanlike fashion after some lean years; he ‘spiked’ the harmony with dissonant notes which undercut rather than conceded tonal function. Pulcinella was, in Taruskin’s words, ‘nothing to do with [Stravinsky’s] own inclinations at the time’.29 This may not have been how it seemed to the notoriously unreliable composer in his later years – ‘Pulcinella was my discovery of the past, the epiphany through which the whole of my late work became possible’30 – but it is a convincing argument. Ahead of Stravinsky, Diaghilev had, once again, taken the French pulse.31

Stravinsky’s real turning point, in the eyes of Taruskin and others, was Mavra (1922), a one-act opéra bouffe. The story, such as it is, concerns a girl who sneaks her lover into the house disguised as a maid, only for him to be discovered shaving. Although set in Russia (it is based on Pushkin), Mavra is far from the ritualistic, peasant Russia of Le sacre or Les noces (final version, 1923): the opera’s is, rather, a domesticated, bourgeois Russia, as assimilated to and by Europe. Several dance types (polonaise, polka, waltz, ragtime) imbue its seven short numbers, which are interspersed with dialogue, as do gypsy and Russian folksong, in knowing reference to Stravinsky’s own folk style. Essential to the effect, sections can simply close with a perfect cadence, in true Classical fashion, establishing formal order within the trivial drama. Where in Pulcinella Stravinsky had subtly subverted tonal function, in Mavra he plays with rather than against such logic.32

Over the next few years, the defining works of Stravinsky’s neoclassicism (the Octet; Concerto for Piano and Winds, 1924; Sonata for Piano, 1924, etc.) tumbled out, with their short forms, precise timbres and tonal (though not unambiguous) harmonies. The aesthetic certainly overlapped with that promoted by Cocteau with and for Les Six, but it was not the same: at least in Stravinsky’s head, his was not an art of the everyday, but an art for all time, consciously striving to connect itself (and him) to the great European tradition. All the same, the fact that both Stravinsky and his music retained an unmistakable element of chic did neither his pocket nor his ego any harm.

Quite how far Stravinsky had travelled was shown when he returned to ritual of a sort in the opera-oratorio Oedipus rex (1927). A strange and arresting hybrid, Oedipus comprises a libretto by Cocteau, translated into Latin but interspersed with vernacular narration, such that the piece alternates between describing, representing and enacting the drama. The archaic language, the ritualistic repetitions of the music and the statuesque movements required of the singers combine to hold the whole in a symbolic realm – though not so securely as to rob it of dramatic power. It is as if Stravinsky were revisiting Le sacre or Les noces with a new musical language – one rooted less in Rimsky-Korsakov and Russian musical tradition and more in the Mozart, Berlioz and Verdi of their Requiems. This reconnection to the European tradition was precisely what Stravinsky sought, and thought he needed, in interwar France.33

Older and wiser?

Satie and Stravinsky (only sixteen years apart) were far from the only composers whose careers bridged the First World War. A number of others – notably Paul Dukas (1865–1935), Koechlin, Roussel, Florent Schmitt (1870–1958) and Roger-Ducasse – would come to occupy the centre ground as composers, teachers and critics in the 1920s and 1930s. But following the deaths of Debussy in 1918, Saint-Saëns in 1921, Fauré in 1924 and Satie in 1925 – d’Indy would cling on until 1931 and Widor to 1937 – the composer best able to stand as a French challenger to the pre-eminence of Stravinsky was still Ravel.

Frequently paired with Debussy as an ‘impressionist’ (the term fits him even less well than the older composer), Ravel is in some ways better considered alongside Stravinsky, and not only because these two were closer in age. Both composers wrote a substantial part of their music for the theatre, the ballet in particular; both have an eclectic but immediately recognisable style, of extraordinary technical sophistication; and both had been members of the artistic group Les Apaches before the war, when they had even collaborated on an orchestration for the Ballets Russes. On the other hand, the two composers since that time had been moving apart. Ravel could not accept Stravinsky’s apparent volte-face in Mavra, and Stravinsky famously snubbed Ravel – impugning both his national identity and his music’s spontaneity – by calling him a ‘Swiss clockmaker’. For sure, Ravel’s compositions of the post-war years retain a more straightforward connection to his earlier works, and to those of the preceding generation, than is the case with Stravinsky; but his style, too, continued to evolve, and he was far from impervious to the charms of neoclassicism.

As Barbara Kelly has shown particularly well, a strong vein of Classicism was always found in Ravel’s music, and he naturally modelled his compositions on those of others, while also reinventing them.34 Thus even such works as Ravel’s two piano concertos retain close ties to the Classical tradition, despite their obvious references to jazz, and without assuming Stravinsky’s ‘frostiness’. These popular pieces are unusual in Ravel’s (relatively small) oeuvre, which in addition to the theatre is dominated by music for salon (chamber music, songs and solo piano pieces, often later orchestrated). Both date from the turn of the 1930s, Ravel interrupting work on the Piano Concerto in G (1929–31) to write the Piano Concerto for the Left Hand (1929–30) for Paul Wittgenstein. Having taken a while to warm to it, Wittgenstein finally premiered it in Vienna in January 1932, the month in which Marguerite Long gave the first performance of the Piano Concerto in G in Paris.

One way of hearing these late pieces is as a synthesis of trends in Ravel’s music of the preceding several decades, and indeed of those in French music tout court. The single-movement Concerto for the Left Hand, for example, begins hushed with contrabassoon over cellos and basses, which is reminiscent of the two bassoons over divided basses that initiate La valse (1920) and, before that, of the lone bassoon joined by winds of Stravinsky’s Le sacre. A melancholy (bluesy?) new melody in the horn suggests Ravel’s Pavane pour une infante défunte (1899, orchestrated 1910). An orchestral tutti quickly builds, and momentarily one thinks of Daphnis et Chloé (1912) or even Debussy’s La mer (1905). As soon as the soloist enters unaccompanied, however, we are into the virtuosic, exotically harmonised piano writing of the French tradition dating back at least to Emmanuel Chabrier (1841–94). And this despite the fact that Ravel had only half as many digits available to him – a situation he addresses not by writing in a more limited register, or in fewer voices, but by rhythmically offsetting lines in such a way that an athletic hand can reach them all.35

Both piano concertos reveal rather straightforwardly their debts to jazz, reminding us of Ravel’s comic opera L’enfant et les sortilèges (1925) and Violin Sonata (1927), as well as of Milhaud, Stravinsky and indeed Gershwin. To follow Ravel’s own commentary, however, this observation is less interesting in itself than in terms of the synthesis he achieves with other styles. ‘What is being written today without the influence of jazz?’ he asked: ‘It is not the only influence, however: in the concerto [in G] one also finds bass accompaniments from the time of Bach, and a melody that recalls Mozart, the Mozart of the Clarinet Quintet, which by the way is the most beautiful piece he wrote.’36 Elsewhere Ravel described the work as a divertissement ‘very much in the same spirit as those of Mozart and Saint-Saëns’.37 The Mozartian melody in question is the ostensibly simple one at the heart of the restrained second movement of the concerto, which is modelled on the slow movement of the Clarinet Quintet: in each case, the composers extend the melodic line to an inordinate length without once repeating themselves, or giving any inkling of the struggle involved. Ravel put it plainly: ‘That flowing phrase! … It nearly killed me!’38

What is disarming about Ravel’s music of this period, then, is that it synthesises multiple sources while barely registering their incongruity and without a hint of parody. If Stravinsky’s neoclassicism came from a desire to make himself a European composer, and Les Six’s came, at least in part, from a need to remove the stain of Wagnerism or so-called Impressionism (Ravel’s included), Ravel’s was more organic, stemming from a desire to position himself in a national lineage and to model his work, albeit idiosyncratically, on the great composers of the past. It was not a historicised reinvention of earlier styles, therefore, but a progressive ‘modernization’ of them, to borrow a term from Roy Howat.39 As Kelly writes: ‘Ravel drew unconsciously from his heritage, incorporating new elements into an essentially diatonic and modal framework, without overthrowing or dislocating the past.’40

The prominence in repertoire dating from the first half of the twentieth century of ballet and various forms of ‘mixed media’ might suggest that younger composers were not as interested as Ravel in traditional forms like the concerto. Such an impression is a product less of the music actually composed during the era than of those works’ respective afterlives, however; ballet’s importance is emphasised rather than disguised by the fact that its scores are most often heard in the concert hall. For example, several composers wrote concertos that enabled them to develop second careers as soloists: this was true for works of Poulenc (notably, the Concerto for Two Pianos, 1932) and Stravinsky (Concerto for Piano and Winds, and Capriccio, 1929). These concertos are not played nearly as often as Ravel’s today, but their occasional revival enriches not only the repertoire but also our understanding of the music of the period.

Opera is another case in point. It is striking both how many operas were premiered in the interwar years and how few garnered any hold, whether nationally or internationally. The Paris Opéra fared worst of all, even under the benevolent and modernising leadership of Jacques Rouché, its director from 1914 to 1945: among the operas from this period that have stuck around, Stravinsky’s Mavra was premiered by the Ballets Russes (albeit at the Palais Garnier, home of the Paris Opéra), while Ravel’s L’enfant et les sortilèges was introduced in Monte Carlo (and then in Paris at the Opéra-Comique). The Opéra did, however, have the dubious coup of reactionary works such as Vincent d’Indy’s La légende de Saint Christophe (1915, first performed 1920). Aside from belated French premieres of foreign works (of Puccini and Strauss, for example), only Roussel’s opéra-ballet Padmâvatî (1918, first performed 1923) has limited ongoing circulation. Large-scale opera, on the historical model of the grand opéra cultivated at the Opéra in the nineteenth century, simply struggled to keep up with modern aesthetic sensibilities.41

Nevertheless, many composers were concerned, obsessed even, with adapting traditional forms to their needs and those that they perceived in French music. Milhaud, for example, who would be enduringly frustrated that he continued to be defined by a few early works, wrote six chamber symphonies (1917–23) before graduating to symphonies for full orchestra (twelve, 1939–62), as well as eighteen string quartets (1912–50, of which Nos. 14 and 15 may be combined as an octet). He even wrote a trilogy of opéras-minutes (L’enlèvement d’Europe, L’abandon d’Ariane, La délivrance de Thésée, 1927): each lasts around ten minutes and took just a day to write, and all were premiered abroad (as was his gargantuan and more or less unperformable Christophe Colomb, 1928, premiered Berlin 1930).42 If this might not seem a wholehearted embrace of some of the most ‘elevated’ genres of Western music, nor was it a complete rejection of them.

Honegger also wrote important works for orchestra. He, like Milhaud, however, continues to be remembered primarily for early pieces such as Pacific 231, his orchestral impression of a steam train (specifically one with two axles in front, three in the middle and one at the back). Although he protested that the title was added after the fact, it is rather hard to hear this proto-film music in any other terms; Honegger did indeed go on to compose for movies.43 Yet such pictorialism is rarely felt in the symphonies (the first written in 1929–30, the other four in 1940–50), even those that carry titles, and is not typical of Honegger’s concert works. As composers matured and the bluster of the immediate post-war years faded, then, continuities with pre-war styles that had previously been hidden re-emerged.

New gods and old ones

Accounts of music in interwar France often position the 1930s as a pointed response to the 1920s, as if the Wall Street Crash of 1929 suddenly swept away frivolity and cosmopolitanism, engendering a return to tradition, religion and even reactionary politics (anticipating France’s collaboration in the Second World War). There is an element of truth in this, of course, but growing continuities with the pre-First World War era (as identified above) should not automatically indicate an about-turn on the 1920s.

On the matter of a spiritual revival, the connection between music and worship in France had never been broken, with the Schola Cantorum only the richest of several training grounds for church musicians. If Messiaen’s service for more than sixty years as organist at La Trinité is frequently sounded as a sign of his anomalous commitment to the church in a secular age, he stood in a long line of spry French organist-composers, many of whom played until their deaths (literally so in the case of Louis Vierne (1880–1937) at the console of Notre-Dame de Paris). As Nigel Simeone has recounted, César Franck served at the church of Sainte-Clotilde for more than thirty years in the late nineteenth century, his student Charles Tournemire (1870–1939) for over forty; Widor (1844–1937) spent more than sixty years at Saint-Sulpice, and his successor Marcel Dupré (1886–1971) almost forty; Maurice Duruflé (1902–86) put in forty-five years at Saint-Étienne-du-Mont, and so it goes on.44 All these figures composed prolifically, in part as a natural outgrowth of their improvisations and church duties. Although there is not space here to survey this grand (if rather conventional) repertoire, this tradition provides an important context for composers’ engagements with religious works that is too often forgotten.

Modernist composers were increasingly drawn to sacred works, whether through renewed faith, an abstract interest in ritual or more earthly concerns. Stravinsky’s cunning dedication of his Symphonie de psaumes, a commission from Serge Koussevitzky for the fiftieth anniversary of his rich American orchestra – ‘This symphony composed to the glory of GOD is dedicated to the “Boston Symphony Orchestra”’ – rather wonderfully brings these all together. Honegger, always the most serious of Les Six, completed a number of oratorio-like works: Le roi David (1921), which made his international reputation; Judith (1925); and Jeanne d’Arc au bûcher (1935). Poulenc also wrote a lot of religious music, beginning with Litanies à la vierge noire for female chorus (1936), followed by a Mass in G major (1937) and a number of motets. This new inclination would see its fullest expression after the war in his Stabat mater (1951) and Gloria (1960), as well as his opera Dialogues des Carmélites (1956), one of the most popular of the post-war era.

The so-called return to spiritualism in 1930s France was also strongly tinged with eclecticism. If Messiaen’s Catholic faith and his dedication to the Catholic Church were not in doubt, nor were his interests in musics and practices from afar, which combine to create a distinctive sound-world. This is even more true of Messiaen’s friend André Jolivet (1905–74), whose fascination with ritual and magic was loosely informed by anthropology and channelled through his vivid imagination. Far less well known than Messiaen today, Jolivet was the only student of Edgard Varèse (1883–1965), the French-born composer who spent much of his career in the United States. Although they worked together intensely in the early 1930s, Jolivet was influenced less by Varèse’s compositional technique – the younger man wrote almost no works during this time – than by his constant experimentation with sound and search for new aural experiences.

Varèse lies in a different sense behind one of Jolivet’s first mature works, Mana for piano (1935). As the story goes, on leaving France in 1933, he gave his student a curious collection of objets d’art, which Jolivet invested with a spiritual force connecting him to his teacher.45 Each thus spawned a movement of the suite, whose title derives from a Pacific island term (generalised in classic anthropology) for such supernatural power. Mana initiated what is sometimes described as Jolivet’s ‘magic’ or, better, ‘ritual’ period. While his freely atonal (though not serial) style obviously owes a lot to the Second Viennese School, several features of the music may be identified with French traditions of piano writing: an interest in the full timbral and textural range of the instrument; an ‘exotic’ sound-world, even given the predominantly atonal language, with pedal notes and modal passages; and a dynamic (and ritualistic) use of rhythmic stasis and propulsion. In a similar vein came Cinq incantations for flute (1936), Danse incantatoire for orchestra (1936) and Cinq danses rituelles for piano or for orchestra (1939), which collectively established Jolivet as one of the most distinctive voices of his generation.

In 1936, Jolivet and Messiaen became members of a group that seemed to strike a chord. La Jeune France comprised, in addition, Yves Baudrier (1906–88), who was its prime motivation and wrote the manifesto (but later became a composer primarily for film), and one of his teachers, Jean-Yves Daniel-Lesur (1908–2002), professor of counterpoint at the Schola Cantorum. They set out their intentions in a manifesto:

As life becomes increasingly strenuous, mechanized and impersonal, musicians ought to endeavor to contribute spiritual excitement to music lovers … The aim of the group [La Jeune France] is to promote performances of musical works which are youthful and free, standing aloof from revolutionary slogans or academic formulas … [The members’] common agreement lies in their desire to cultivate sincerity, generosity and artistic good faith.46

Like Les Six, La Jeune France had rather convoluted beginnings, growing in part from La Spirale, an association formed to perform and propagate new chamber music. Where La Spirale’s concerts were notably diverse (including whole concerts dedicated to contemporary music of the United States, Hungary and Germany), however, the new group’s were limited, with rare exceptions, to French composers and largely to the four members.47

Despite friendly relations and joint concerts (which continued after the war), little actually connects the more conservative music of Baudrier and Daniel-Lesur to that of Jolivet and Messiaen, beyond a certain seriousness of purpose. In the literature, La Jeune France has sometimes been positioned in opposition to Les Six, but this is not the case: Tailleferre’s Ballade for piano and orchestra (1922) was actually heard at the inaugural concert, a ‘conscious tribute from “Les Quatre” to “Les Six”’ in the words of the Messiaen biographers Nigel Simeone and Peter Hill; and Auric, Poulenc and Honegger all wrote in support of the group.48 In addition, the soloist in Tailleferre’s Ballade was its dedicatee Ricardo Viñes (1875–1943), an exact contemporary of Ravel’s, whose works were among the many he had premiered; and the conductor of both the first and several subsequent Jeune France concerts was Désormière, formerly of Satie’s École d’Arcueil. Here again, then, there are as many signs of collegiality and continuity among generations of composers as there are of antagonism.

Occupying time

War came to France more slowly in 1939 than it did in 1914, the official declaration in September preceding months of the so-called ‘drôle de guerre’ (phoney war). When the German offensive finally arrived in May 1940, troops swiftly outflanked the French to take Paris and led to surrender. The country was partitioned, with the north and west of France occupied by the Nazis while the south-east was left (until November 1942) to the puppet Vichy regime, located in the spa town 200 miles to the south. Parisians initially fled southwards in huge numbers, but as reports came back that life under Nazi occupation was bearable (save for certain groups), many returned, and soon a vibrant cultural life had resumed.49

Musicians were among the many who had been called up during the phoney war and had seen active service for the few weeks of the conflict. Famously, Messiaen was one of the 1.5 million soldiers captured in June 1940 and taken to a German prisoner-of-war camp, where he spent almost a year and composed Quatuor pour la fin du temps (for violin, cello, clarinet and piano, 1940–1): not the end of time as experienced by an incarcerated soldier, Messiaen always insisted, but as signalled by the angel of the Apocalypse, to whose Revelation the quartet was an earnest response. The unusual instrumentation reflects the musicians available among fellow prisoners (the violinist Jean le Boulaire, the cellist Étienne Pasquier and the clarinettist Henri Akoka), who premiered the work with Messiaen in the camp. Across the quartet’s eight movements, the full ensemble is heard somewhat rarely (though the sixth movement is in unison throughout). This may reflect the piecemeal composition of the work as much as the peculiarity of the ensemble, however, since the movements for clarinet solo (No. 3), cello and piano (No. 5), violin and piano (No. 8) and trio sans piano (No. 4) all originated prior to the quartet’s conceptualisation as such.50

Accounts of Quatuor pour la fin du temps have typically emphasised the remarkable conditions of its composition and premiere as the key to unlocking its meaning. In a thought-provoking discussion, however, Leslie Sprout follows Messiaen’s own first description, as well as early reviews of the work, in stressing instead its distance from the war.51 In fact, neither of the very slow duet movements, which contain the quartet’s most heart-wrenching music, originated in the camp at all: the concluding violin movement, ‘Louange à l’immortalité de Jésus’, derives from Messiaen’s Diptique for organ (1930), and the central cello movement, ‘Louange à l’éternité de Jésus’, comes, rather wonderfully, from Fêtes des belles eaux, a piece for six ondes Martenot that Messiaen wrote to accompany a water feature at the ‘Fêtes de la lumière’ of the 1937 Paris World’s Fair.52 Moreover, a description from the camp premiere of captured soldiers ‘divided between passionate approval and incomprehension’ sounds rather more likely than the rapt masses of Messiaen’s own later account (‘Never have I been listened to with such attention and such understanding’).53

For broader French audiences at the time, Sprout argues, it was not works like Quatuor that communicated the horrors of war, but rather those like the symphonic poem Stalag IX, ou Musique d’exil (1941) by Jean Martinon (1910–76), with its folkloric interludes for flute, and particularly Jolivet’s song cycle Trois complaintes du soldat (1940), which sets his own text, written after his battalion evaded capture but lost two-thirds of its men in the process.54 Composed for a baritone alternately representing and describing the defeated soldier, the latter piece did not entirely reject Jolivet’s modernist language, but it featured a direct form of address with which, Sprout argues, audiences could identify more easily than with Messiaen’s somewhat abstruse theological references. The second song, ‘La complainte du pont de Gien’, is also quite consonant, like a folksong partially disfigured, and reconnects with the French song tradition inherited from Fauré and Debussy.

Differing reactions to these wartime pieces were not simply responses to their musical styles. According to Sprout, ‘Critics and audiences in Paris readily accepted other modernist works as testimonials to the war, as long as they used music to confront, not escape, the harrowing current events.’55Jolivet’s Trois complaintes were performed widely by Pierre Bernac, later orchestrated by Jolivet, and both broadcast and recorded during the war. Meanwhile, Messiaen had difficulty securing further public performances of his Quatuor, which was not finally recorded until 1957. By this point, Messiaen’s own liner notes emphasised the circumstances of the piece’s composition and its premiere in front of ‘several thousand … prisoners of all classes of society: peasants, workers, merchants, writers, doctors, priests, etc.’, as if wishing on the work a greater power to speak to ordinary people than had thus far been the case (not to mention inflating their number, since the hall in fact held fewer than 500).56

In any case, it does no dishonour to Messiaen to observe that, within a year of his imprisonment, he was back in Paris, in a teaching position at the Paris Conservatoire, secured during a brief stay in Vichy.57 His new post is symbolic both of the uneasy return to a form of normality as the occupation wore on, and of the exceptional circumstances: although Messiaen seems to have been in line for a position for some time, in the event he took over the harmony class of André Bloch (1873–1960), who had been removed under the Statut des juifs (Vichy’s self-imposed racial laws). More important than Messiaen’s official teaching at the Conservatoire, however, were the private classes in analysis and composition that he began to hold for a group of young composers known as ‘Les Flèches’ (The Arrows); his most celebrated graduate, Pierre Boulez (b. 1925), first attended on 8 December 1944, at which meeting Messiaen discussed Ravel’s Ma mère l’oye (1911).58 His famous class was incorporated into the Conservatoire schedule from 1947, though officially it was in analysis and not composition.

During this period, Messiaen also completed a major exposition of his own music, his two-volume Technique de mon langage musical (Paris, 1944), with Quatuor as the prime example. He had early on devised his so-called seven modes of limited transposition (limited in the sense that, if the intervallic pattern is transposed by a semitone, one soon arrives at the same set of notes). These modes might be seen as an extension of the principle of the whole-tone and octatonic (semitone–tone alternation) scales already widely used in French and Russian music (Messiaen’s first and second modes, respectively), and like those scales remove any automatic gravitational pull (the dominant function of tonal harmony).59 A similar interest in the limitation of possibilities and symmetrical rather than linear structures lay behind Messiaen’s principal rhythmic innovation of this period: his non-retrogradable rhythms (phrases, sometimes long, whose rhythm – though not whose pitch – is the same read backwards as forwards). Such features combine to make Messiaen’s music immediately recognisable, even after limited exposure.

Although Messiaen rarely employed twelve-tone techniques, and never did so conventionally, after the war he briefly experimented with the serialisation of rhythm, dynamics and articulation, alongside pitch, in his ‘Mode de valeurs et d’intensités’ (from Quatre études de rythme, 1950). His innovations were more important for his students, such as Boulez, who took them up and extended them, than they were for Messiaen himself, however. Indeed, Anthony Pople has noted that the spirit and in many ways even the sound of Messiaen’s music remained more closely connected to the generation of Debussy and Dukas (Messiaen’s teacher) than to Les Six, who immediately preceded him.60 As we have seen above, the range of music of a Poulenc or a Honegger far exceeds the flippancy to which descriptions of Les Six are too often limited. Nevertheless, Messiaen’s loyalty to the music he grew up with usefully encourages us, once more, to think in terms of continuity as well as change.

So I would like to end with a work that is as canonical as any discussed here, but not in music history. La belle et la bête (1946) was only Cocteau’s second film as director (after Le sang d’un poète of 1932), though he had contributed to writing several during the war, when the French industry was surprisingly vibrant. In film studies, it is rightly celebrated as a seminal text of the fantasy genre. The music is by Georges Auric, the former member of Les Six who, back in 1918, had been the dedicatee of Cocteau’s Le coq et l’arlequin. By the point of La belle, Auric had already written more than thirty film scores, and he would finally complete well over a hundred: if this compositional mode were taken more seriously in music history, Auric’s would surely be considered a major twentieth-century voice.

The score of La belle et la bête at first sounds of a piece with countless mid-century films: it has march-like dramatic music, cymbals to the fore and soaring romantic music, with full-blooded brass and prominent harp glissandos. Gradually, though, we hear styles that are far less familiar, or rather, less familiar in this context: Auric’s ‘magic’ music has learned little from Jolivet or Messiaen, but it owes a lot to colourful French orchestral scores from Massenet to Dukas. Most striking is the sound of the beast’s spooky castle, complete with the female and male wordless choruses employed evocatively by Debussy and Ravel before the First World War. So it is hard not to hear ‘clouds, waves … and nocturnal scents’, possibly even some ‘thin snowy mist flecked with impressionist sunshine’, to turn Cocteau’s rebukes of musical impressionism in Le coq et l’harlequin against its dedicatee (and still his collaborator, some thirty years later).61

The obvious explanation for this turnaround is that all styles sooner or later become grist to the mill of the film composer, whose work relies upon familiar musical associations. In plying his new trade, Auric drew on everything he knew of his musical past. Not only Auric but also other composers who have been discussed above, notably Honegger and Baudrier, increasingly wrote for film in their later careers. Arguably, this became in the twentieth century the new compositional mainstream and an important counterpart to art music, from which it however poached constantly. A more telling way to hear La belle’s score, then, may be as part of France’s reckoning with history. If a younger generation of composers, most vocally Boulez, often defined themselves in angry renunciation of the past, an older one dealt with it more discerningly (though no less self-servingly) by choosing what to remember.

As a survey such as this one proves, a selective memory is paradoxically at once essential and antithetical to history, giving it shape at the expense of detail. Composers (and those who speak for and about them) do not simply inherit their tradition, but work to create it, crafting a past that suits their projections for the future. We should not be at all surprised if this craft and those projections change over time, least of all in the turbulent twentieth century. Yet, for all that, invented traditions are sometimes the most long-lasting and the most keenly felt. Perhaps that is one reason why this diverse repertoire, composed in times of war and peace, continues to sound to us so self-evidently – so self-confidently – French.

Notes

1 René Dumesnil, La musique en France entre les deux guerres, 1919–1939 (Geneva: Éditions du Milieu du Monde, 1946); Paul Landormy, La musique française après Debussy (Paris: Gallimard, 1943).

2 See Rachel Moore, ‘Performing propaganda: musical life and culture in Paris, 1914–1918’ (PhD thesis, Royal Holloway, University of London, 2012), 34–68, 126–74.

3 Michel Duchesneau, ‘La musique française pendant la guerre de 1914–1918: autour de la tentative de fusion de la Société Nationale et de la Société Musicale Indépendante’, Revue de musicologie, 82 (1996), 123–53; Carlo Caballero, ‘Patriotism or nationalism? Fauré and the Great War’, Journal of the American Musicological Society, 52 (1999), 610–13. Complete concert listings for both societies are provided in Michel Duchesneau, L’avant-garde musicale et ses sociétés à Paris de 1871 à 1939 (Sprimont: Mardaga, 1997), 225–327.

4 Moore, ‘Performing propaganda’, 18–19. See also Caballero, ‘Patriotism or nationalism?’, 593–8.

5 See Moore, ‘Performing propaganda’, 94–125.

6 Marion Schmid, ‘À bas Wagner! The French press campaign against Wagner during World War I’, in Barbara L. Kelly (ed.), French Music, Culture, and National Identity, 1870–1939 (University of Rochester Press, 2008), 77–91.

7 Moore, ‘Performing propaganda’, 129–32.

8 Ibid., 82–6; Caballero, ‘Patriotism or nationalism?’, 613.

9 Moore, ‘Performing propaganda’, 175–221, 136–54.

10 On Parade, see Francis Steegmuller, Cocteau: A Biography (London: Constable, 1986), 160–97; Nancy Perloff, Art and the Everyday: Popular Entertainment and the Circle of Erik Satie (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1991), 112–52; and Deborah Menaker Rothschild, Picasso’s Parade: From Street to Stage (London: Sotheby’s Publications, 1991).

11 Guillaume Apollinaire, ‘Parade’, programme note, 1917, in Steegmuller, Cocteau, 513.

12 See Steven Moore Whiting, Satie the Bohemian: From Cabaret to Concert Hall (Oxford University Press, 1999), 309–15.

13 Robert Orledge, Satie the Composer (Cambridge University Press, 1990), 172–5.

14 For a concise and insightful account of Satie’s life, see Mary E. Davis, Erik Satie (London: Reaktion Books, 2007).

15 See Robert Orledge, ‘Satie & Les Six’, in Richard Langham Smith and Caroline Potter (eds), French Music since Berlioz (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2006), 231–4.

16 Reference Orledge, Smith and PotterIbid., 234–6. See also Barbara L. Kelly, Tradition and Style in the Works of Darius Milhaud, 1912–1939 (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2003), 1–26.

17 Jean Cocteau, ‘The cock and the harlequin’, in A Call to Order, trans. Rollo Myers (London: Faber & Gwyer, 1926), 19.

22 Reference Cocteau and MyersIbid., 21. See Bernard Gendron, Between Montmartre and the Mudd Club: Popular Music and the Avant-Garde (University of Chicago Press, 2002), 83–101; Andy Fry, ‘Beyond Le Boeuf: interdisciplinary rereadings of jazz in France’, review article, Journal of the Royal Musical Association, 128 (2003), 137–53.

23 See Bengt Hager, Ballets suédois, trans. Ruth Sharman (London: Thames and Hudson, 1990); and Nancy Van Norman Baer (ed.), Paris Modern: The Swedish Ballet, 1920–1925 (Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco, 1995).

24 On La création du monde, see Glenn Watkins, Pyramids at the Louvre: Music, Culture, and Collage from Stravinsky to the Postmodernists (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1994), 112–33; and Jody Blake, Le tumulte noir: Modernist Art and Popular Entertainment in Jazz-Age Paris, 1900–1930 (University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1999), 137–62.

25 Erik Satie, Écrits, ed. Ornella Volta, 3rd edn (Paris: Champ Libre, 1990), 90.

26 Richard Taruskin, The Oxford History of Western Music, vol. IV: Music in the Early Twentieth Century (Oxford University Press, 2005), 496.

28 Richard Taruskin, Stravinsky and the Russian Traditions: A Biography of the Works through Mavra, 2 vols (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1996), vol. II, 1462–5.

30 Igor Stravinsky and Robert Craft, Expositions and Developments (1959; repr. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1981), 113.

31 Taruskin, Stravinsky and the Russian Traditions, vol. II, 1501–7.

32 Reference TaruskinIbid., 1529–39, 1549–84.

33 On the politics of neoclassicism in France, see Scott Messing, Neoclassicism in Music from the Genesis of the Concept through the Schoenberg/Stravinsky Polemic (Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1988); and Richard Taruskin, ‘Review: Back to whom? Neoclassicism as ideology’, Nineteenth-Century Music, 16 (1993), 286–302.

34 See Barbara L. Kelly, ‘Ravel, (Joseph) Maurice’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014); Barbara L. Kelly, ‘History and homage’, in Deborah Mawer (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Ravel (Cambridge University Press, 2000), 7–26; and Barbara L. Kelly, Music and Ultra-Modernism in France: A Fragile Consensus, 1913–1939 (Woodbridge: Boydell and Brewer, 2013).

35 Michael Russ, ‘Ravel and the orchestra’, in Mawer (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Ravel, 125–6.

36 Maurice Ravel, ‘Ten opinions of Mr. Ravel: on compositions and composers’, De Telegraaf, 6 April 1932, in A Ravel Reader: Correspondence, Articles, Interviews, ed. Arbie Orenstein (New York: Columbia University Press, 1990), 494.

37 M. D. Calvocoressi, ‘M. Ravel discusses his own work: the Boléro explained’, in A Ravel Reader, 477.

38 Marguerite Long, At the Piano with Ravel, ed. Pierre Laumonier, trans. Olive Senior-Ellis (London: Dent, 1973), 41.

39 Roy Howat, ‘Modernization: from Chabrier and Fauré to Debussy and Ravel’, in Smith and Potter (eds), French Music since Berlioz, 197–221.

40 Kelly, ‘Ravel’.

41 On the repertoire of the Opéra and Opéra-Comique, see Roger Nichols, The Harlequin Years: Music in Paris, 1917–1929 (London: Thames & Hudson, 2002), 59–105.

42 Kelly, Tradition and Style, 87–93.

43 Harry Halbreich, Arthur Honegger, trans. Roger Nichols (Portland, OR: Amadeus Press, 1999), 350–1.

44 Nigel Simeone, ‘Church and organ music’, in Smith and Potter (eds), French Music since Berlioz, 161–96.

45 Hilda Jolivet, Avec … André Jolivet (Paris: Flammarion, 1978), 77.

46 Nicolas Slonimsky, Music since 1900, rev. Laura Kuhn, 6th edn (New York: Schirmer, 2001), 309.

47 See Nigel Simeone, ‘Group identities: La Spirale and La Jeune France’, Musical Times, 143 (autumn 2002), 10–36.

48 See Nigel Simeone and Peter Hill, Messiaen (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2005), 62; and Simeone, ‘Group identities’, 17–18.

49 See Myriam Chimènes (ed.), La vie musicale sous Vichy (Bruxelles: Éditions Complexe, 2001); Stéphanie Corcy, La vie culturelle sous l’occupation (Paris: Perrin, 2005); and Jean-Pierre Rioux (ed.), La vie culturelle sous Vichy (Brussels: Complexe, 1990).

50 On the genesis, see Anthony Pople, Messiaen: Quatuor pour la fin du temps (Cambridge University Press, 1998), 7–11.

51 Leslie A. Sprout, ‘Messiaen, Jolivet, and the soldier-composers of wartime France’, Musical Quarterly, 87 (2004), 259–304. See also Leslie A. Sprout, The Musical Legacy of Wartime France (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2013), 80–119.

52 See Simeone and Hill, Messiaen, 73–6, 97–8.

53 M. H. [Marcel Haedrich], ‘Une grande première au Stalag VIIIC [sic]: Oliver Messiaen présente son Quatuor pour la fin des [sic] temps’, Le Figaro (28 January 1942), repr. and trans. in Sprout, ‘Messiaen, Jolivet’, 294; Antoine Goléa, Rencontres avec Olivier Messiaen (Paris: René Juillard, 1960), 63.

54 Sprout, ‘Messiaen, Jolivet’, 276–86.

55 Ibid., 276.

56 Messiaen, liner notes for recording, Club Français du Disque 77 (1957), repr. in ibid., 295; on the hall and audience, ibid., 287.

57 See Simeone and Hill, Messiaen, 103–11.

58 Ibid., 131–2, 138–9.

59 Pople, Messiaen: Quatuor, 96–9.

60 Ibid., 3.

61 On music in Cocteau’s films, see Laura Anderson, ‘The poetry of sound: Jean Cocteau, film and early sound design’ (PhD thesis, Royal Holloway, University of London, 2012).

9 Cultural and generational querelles in the musical domain: music from the Second World War

Jonathan Goldman

Business as usual or rupture?

On 12 February 1945, less than six months after the liberation of Paris, the pianist Yvette Grimaud premiered twelve miniatures by a nineteen-year-old composer named Pierre Boulez. It is tempting to view the violent gestures of these twelve-tone Notations as teetering on the threshold of a specifically French post-war musical adventure, even if a typical Parisian concert–goer would certainly not have had the occasion to hear them (and they were not published until 1975). To make such a symbolic claim is to view this era through the retrospective lens of the dominant avant-garde currents of later years – the story self-consciously constructed by Boulez and his contemporaries. Other narratives are conceivable, since the fabric of musical life in the years 1945–54 was woven from many simultaneous musical threads. Several generations of composers were productive in the same years, and there was no shortage of signs of business as usual among prominent French musicians after the war. At the liberation, on 19 August 1944, the composers of Les Six were only middle-aged, and were for the most part highly productive as composers, educators and administrators. Darius Milhaud (1892–1974) and Arthur Honegger (1892–1955) were fifty-two and fifty-three respectively, Francis Poulenc (1899–1963) forty-five. Milhaud, whose Jewish origins had made it difficult for his works to be performed under the occupation,1 returned to France in triumph: his Bolivar (1943, premiered in 1950) and David (1954, French premiere 1955) were produced with much aplomb, and he would later go on to teach composition at the Paris Conservatoire (giving lessons from his home).2 Poulenc’s music also held a prominent place on the French lyric stage.

Until 1968, the Prix de Rome, something of its aura still intact, continued to be handed out to composers of conventional concert music, their names today unfamiliar to many concert-goers both outside and within France. Prix de Rome winners from every generation, such as Tony Aubin (1907–81, Prix de Rome 1930) and Jacques Castérède (b. 1926, Prix de Rome 1953). State subsidies were mostly handed out to the national opera houses (the Opéra Garnier and Opéra-Comique) and to orchestras held over from the nineteenth century, including those of Colonne, Lamoureux and Pasdeloup and the Concerts du Conservatoire.3

Some composers trod a fine line between tradition and innovation. Henri Dutilleux (1916–2013) and Maurice Ohana (1913–92), for example, earned a prominent place in concert life in France. Dutilleux, whose works could be symphonic in scope, as for example his monumental Métaboles (1964) and Second Symphony (‘Le double’, 1959), effectively synthesised many of the prevailing musical idioms of the day, including atonality, modality and strong polarities. Other musical traditions continued to thrive well into the late twentieth century and beyond, such as the quintessentially French tradition of Catholic organ composers, represented by composers like Olivier Messiaen (1908–92), Maurice Duruflé (1902–86) and Jean Langlais (1907–91) and continuing through to a younger generation of composers like Thierry Escaich (b. 1965). Messiaen’s peers in the group La Jeune France (inaugurated in 1936), André Jolivet (1905–74), Jean-Yves Daniel-Lesur (1908–2002) and Yves Baudrier (1906–88), also continued to compose, largely in a spiritual vein.

New opera seemed to be floundering in the post-war period. The composers of Les Six were not immediately replaced by a post-war generation interested in lyric theatre, and opera houses were not going out of their way to encourage a new generation of opera composers. At the Opéra, housed until 1987 in the Palais Garnier, the most prestigious house in France, not a single world premiere was presented between 1955 (Henry Barraud’s Numance) and 1983 (Charles Chaynes’s Erzsebet and Messiaen’s Saint François d’Assise).4 At the same time, notable innovations in the realm of lyric music were being implemented in certain quarters. Dutilleux held various administrative functions with Radio France between 1943 and 1963, eventually becoming director of the Service des Illustrations Musicales, a kind of creative workshop for the exploration of new forms of expression for radio.5 With this mandate, Dutilleux commissioned some of the most pioneering musical dramas of the period, including Maurice Jarre’s Ruiselle (1951), Serge Nigg’s L’étrange aventure de Gulliver à Lilliput (1958) and Ohana’s Histoire véridique de Jacotin (1961).6 They marked the 1950s as an era of innovative programming for French radio (although perhaps not to the same extent as their counterparts in Germany, such as the West German Radio WDR), which became an important conduit for new compositional paths.

Watershed year

In 1954, signs of a sea change were notably felt at the Théâtre des Champs-Élysées, the site forty-one years earlier of the riotous premiere of Stravinsky’s Le sacre du printemps. The season finished with an ill-received first performance of Déserts, for orchestra and taped electronic sounds, by the French-born American expatriate Varèse, which was broadcast live on radio between works by Mozart and Tchaikovsky. While Hermann Scherchen attempted to conduct this work, the first of its kind to combine live orchestral and pre-recorded electronic sounds, another raucous ‘riot’ ensued: the audience reacted noisily to Varèse’s work, expressing their distaste with shouts that were simultaneously transmitted over Radio France’s airwaves. Varèse’s blocks of ‘organised sound’, combined with cries of protest, were beamed into the public imagination.7

Earlier that year, the Domaine Musical, the concert society founded by Boulez with help from the theatrical directors Jean-Louis Barrault and Madeleine Renaud as well as the benefactress Suzanne Tézenas, produced its first concert of avant-garde music at the Théâtre du Petit-Marigny. The Domaine Musical included major works from the pre-war atonal repertoire (by Berg, Schoenberg and Webern and others) in addition to new compositions by a younger generation of composers, including works by Luigi Nono and Karlheinz Stockhausen in the first concert. These works made use of tone rows or ‘series’, a principle that replaced tonality with pitch permutations, polarity with equal weighting of the twelve tones of the tempered scale, and a familiar temporal flow of musical material with unpredictable rhythms and forms. Serialist music was, according to the surrealist poet René Char, himself a regular at the Domaine concerts, ‘the mobile, cruel, true mirror – at once interior and exterior – of a point of novel fusion of the enigma of men’.8 As for the audience of the Domaine concerts, it mixed intellectuals and artists, as well as prominent members of the upper classes. Even such unlikely figures as Nadia Boulanger, champion of Stravinskian neoclassicism, and Jean Cocteau, spiritual leader of Les Six, purportedly attended the first concert.9

As diverse as audience demographics may have been, the same could not be said of the aesthetic convictions of most of the composers whose works were performed at the Domaine concerts. Avant-garde composers not subscribing to serial doctrines were either omitted from programmes or performed reluctantly, most notably Iannis Xenakis, whose highly original attempts to exploit analogies (‘alloys’ as he called them10) between music and mathematical principles had led him to decry a ‘crisis of serial music’ as early as 1955,11 and to apply principles of statistical distribution of densities to produce scores regulated by ‘stochastic’ (i.e. random) rather than serial processes. In the same year, his Metastaseis (1954), for sixty-one players, projected geometrical forms onto a musical score in which sloped lines corresponded to string glissandos of variable speeds – a musical translation of the polytope that Xenakis, a trained engineer working as the assistant of Le Corbusier, used to design the Philips Pavilion at Expo 58 (the Brussels World’s Fair). Xenakis’s public dismissal of serialism was enough to exclude him from Domaine programmes, until the organisation’s benefactress Tézenas persuaded Boulez to place Xenakis’s piano piece Herma at a 1963 concert.12 Other composers managed to straddle the conflicting exigencies of both the Domaine and the traditional concert societies. The Franco-American Betsy Jolas (b. 1926), for example, was the only composer to have had her works performed by both Boulez’s Domaine and the august Societé Nationale de Musique.13

The significance of the Domaine Musical is largely symbolic: attended as it was by intellectuals, ‘chic’ Parisians and government officials, it represented, as François Porcile has noted, a transitional step between the pre-war system of aristocratic benefaction and the post-war system of state intervention in cultural affairs.14 As such it heralded the projects that would come to fruition under the presidency of Georges Pompidou (1969–74) and especially in the large-scale state-subsidised cultural projects of François Mitterrand (1981–95). Nevertheless, the mystique surrounding the institution of the Domaine, the concept of the series and the dominant figure of Boulez himself in the ten years that followed the Domaine’s first concert is indisputable; some would go so far as to declare a near-apocalyptic deliverance from musical mediocrity.15

Three pillars

The change in musical mores was ushered in by three formative personalities, all born around the year 1910: Messiaen, René Leibowitz (1913–72) and Pierre Schaeffer (1910–95).

Messiaen

The meteoric rise of Messiaen as the most prominent composer to emerge from the années noires was a striking feature of post-war musical France. His internment in the German prisoner-of-war camp Stalag VIIIA at Görlitz, Silesia, in which he famously composed and premiered what is arguably the most significant work to come out of the war years in France, Quatuor pour la fin du temps (1941), and the fact that he had not received any commissions from the Vichy regime,16 were a prelude to a glorious post-war career. A ‘Messiaen spring’ comprising three successive premieres in 1945 confirmed his prominent standing: Vingt regards sur l’Enfant-Jésus (26 March), Les corps glorieux (15 April) and Trois petites liturgies (21 April).17 In 1949 Messiaen’s monumental ten-movement Turangalîla-symphonie for piano solo and orchestra (with a prominent ondes Martenot part) was premiered by the Boston Symphony Orchestra; its French premiere was yet another highlight of the Théâtre des Champs-Élysées’s dynamic 1954 season, alongside Varèse’s Déserts.18 With its Berliozian dimensions, rich orchestration, ‘chord themes’ and mysterious modal harmonies, this peculiarly French ode to love has since been widely performed.

As well as being considered the most original composer of his generation in France, by the end of the war Messiaen had also developed a reputation as a formidable musical pedagogue. In 1942, the thirty-three-year-old Messiaen set about writing Technique de mon langage musical, which would become the basis for his courses at the Paris Conservatoire.19 He had been employed there as professor of harmony since 1941. Messiaen’s class, essentially devoted to analysis, would become the obligatory rite of passage for two generations of avant-garde composers, including Stockhausen, Boulez, Xenakis, Karel Goeyvaerts, Jean-Louis Martinet, Nigg and Maurice Le Roux; in the 1960s and 1970s, Tristan Murail (b. 1947), Gérard Grisey (1946–98), Michèle Reverdy (b. 1943) and Michaël Levinas (b. 1949) also benefited from his instruction. As Messiaen’s renown grew in the late 1970s and 1980s, many foreign musicians came to Paris to attend his classes, including George Benjamin from England and Qigang Chen from China.20

The content of these classes was famously eclectic. Students were exposed to Greek and Indian rhythms (including those of the famous ‘non-retrogradable’ – i.e. palindromic – variety), modes of limited transposition and analyses of works from all periods, whether by Claude Lejeune, Mozart, Stravinsky or Berg. While many of Messiaen’s students assimilated a penchant for the use of exotic modes and predominantly harmonic writing, several of his students in the post-war years were inspired to explore serial techniques. They would go on to comprise the bread-and-butter of the Domaine concerts, as well as those of the famous Darmstadt International Summer Courses for New Music, the Mecca of the post-war avant-garde, which had a prominent French contingent almost from its beginnings in the early post-war years (including Messiaen and Boulez). In 1952 Boulez wrote, ‘Serial rhythmic principles could not have been conceived without the rhythmic nervousness and the technique which Messiaen transmitted to us.’21 In a further extension of serialist techniques, Messiaen’s piano study ‘Mode de valeurs et d’intensités’ (1949) from his Quatre études de rythme (1950), itself inspired by the serialist adventures of his students, gave rise to what was to become known as ‘total’, ‘integral’ or ‘multi-parametric’ serialism, a procedure best exemplified by the first piece of Boulez’s Structures Ia for two pianos (1952), in which proportions abstracted from pitch relationships in a series are used to govern the successions of durations, dynamics, timbres and tempos.

Leibowitz

In his apartment on Paris’s Left Bank, Leibowitz, the Polish-born composer who had been living in France since the age of twelve, would convene students (including Vinko Globokar, Hans Werner Henze and Boulez among many others) for lessons in Schoenberg’s twelve-tone method.22 Leibowitz, like Messiaen, had also been working on a seminal book during the war years. In 1947 he published what the music critic Antoine Goléa belligerently described as ‘the bomb that he dropped … first on Parisian musical life, then on Germany, Western Europe and North America’.23 This was Schoenberg et son école, the first thorough introduction to twelve-tone music in French.24 In the decade and a half that followed the war, serialism (and for a time the person of Leibowitz himself) carried enormous cultural prestige. Jean-Paul Sartre himself wrote the preface to Leibowitz’s book L’artiste et sa conscience: esquisse d’une dialectique de la conscience artistique.25

The decline of Leibowitz’s influence is often attributed to his continued attachment to the twelve-tone music of Schoenberg when the young avant-gardists (Boulez first and foremost) were in the process of forging the language of total serialism. Recent research suggests, however, that Leibowitz was interested in transposing serial organisation to rhythm, timbre and other musical parameters.26 His receding influence may have had more to do with a personal rift with Boulez than with aesthetic-philosophical differences. Nevertheless, it was he who helped to light the serial fires in post-war France.

Schaeffer

Schaeffer, the other imposing godfather of post-war French music, noted in his diary on 5 May 1948 that he had composed a score made from recorded sounds of a train, isolated into leitmotifs and superimposed in counterpoint.27 Three weeks later he completed the first work of musique concrète, the Étude No. 2 imposée, better known as Étude aux chemins de fer (‘Locomotive study’).28 Thus was born another essential branch of avant-garde experimentation, one that distinguishes itself from traditional concert music in that it dispenses with performers altogether, albeit not with concerts per se: on 18 March 1950 the first public concert of musique concrète took place at the École Normale de Musique in Paris.29 The programme note defined musique concrète as ‘the use of sound in its native state, supplied by nature, fixed by machines and transformed through their manipulations’.30 The programme announced a single work, the forty-six-minute-long Symphoniepour un homme seul (‘Symphony for one man alone’) by Schaeffer and Pierre Henry (b. 1927), a former student of Messiaen.31

Schaeffer himself was an employee of Radiodiffusion Française (later known as Radio France32) who from the 1930s dreamed of composing a ‘symphony of noise’ under the influence of German radio Hörspiele.33 He began experimenting with the notion of composing sounds ‘fixed’ onto a capturing medium. In 1942, the Studio d’Essai was created, a kind of research group that explored the sonic possibilities of the medium of radio.34 This eventually gained institutional weight, becoming first the Club d’Essai and finally in 1958 the Groupe de Recherches Musicales (GRM), which Schaeffer co-founded with Luc Ferrari (1929–2005) and François-Bernard Mâche (b. 1935). The two Pierres (Schaeffer and Henry) symbolically embodied the double vocation of the GRM as both an institute of sound research (Schaeffer) and one devoted to the creation of concert music (Henry). Musique concrète was later subsumed under the umbrella term ‘electro-acoustic music’, which includes both recordings of naturally and electronically generated sounds. The productions of this institute (and soon thereafter of countless electronic music studios in France and around the world) would continue to embody this double character, which is caught by the expression ‘recherche musicale’ (musical research): it is both an acoustic laboratory and a studio for musical composition.35 Like Messiaen and Leibowitz, Schaeffer developed his ideas in systematic, book-length form in an attempt to found a new discipline that went well beyond the ‘art of noises’ with which the Italian Futurists had experimented half a century earlier. Schaeffer’s seminal book, with the suitably weighty title Traité des objets musicaux: essai interdisciplines, was the culmination of fifteen years of research at the GRM that marked a crucial turning point in the institutional acceptance of electro-acoustic music as a legitimate art form.36 In 1968 the first electro-acoustic classes were offered at the conservatoires of Paris and Marseilles.37

While Schaeffer’s Étude aux chemins de fer and Études aux allures have something of the character of laboratory experiments, the collaborations with Henry, such as the Symphonie pour un homme seul and Henry’s Variations pour une porte et un soupir have an undeniable musical interest. In the latter work, the fanciful transformations of the sound of a creaking door constitute an unmistakably ‘discursive’ use of noises. The electro-acoustic genre would gain considerable currency over the course of the 1960s and 1970s. Ultimately, many adventurous French and European composers came through the studios of the GRM, including Messiaen, Boulez, Jean Barraqué (1928–73), Stockhausen, Xenakis and Luciano Berio, as well as Bernard Parmegiani (1927–2013), Michel Chion (b. 1947), Eliane Radigue (b. 1932) and Ivo Malec. Their productions ran the gamut from the incongruous curiosity of Messiaen’s withdrawn Timbres-durées (1952) and Boulez’s two Études (1952) to highly polished sound-worlds in Parmegiani’s De natura sonorum (1975) and Ferrari’s ‘anecdotal’ Hétérozygote (1964) – which contains sound issuing from recognisable sources and thus has a documentary as well as a purely aesthetic interest – as well as many works by Malec and François Bayle (b. 1932). Towards the end of the 1960s it seemed as if electro-acoustic music would enter the mainstream by dovetailing with pop-music currents popular at the time: the tape manipulations of the Beatles’ ‘Revolution 9’ from their eponymous 1968 double long-playing record (the so-called ‘White Album’) seemed to announce an imminent rock–electro-acoustic marriage; in France the most durable example of such a fusion was Henry’s Messe pour le temps présent (1967), originally produced as an accompaniment to a ballet by Maurice Béjart’s dance company, which makes use of ‘groovy’ pop-rock arrangements by Michel Colombier (1939–2004).

The example of Boulez

The imprecise ‘serialist’ moniker encompasses works constructed through considerably varied means, by composers of sometimes strikingly different aesthetic leanings. Consequently it might be more helpful to refer to what Makis Solomos calls the ‘parametric’ tradition or what Jésus Aguila calls ‘postwebernien’ music,38 which unites many composers born around 1925, including Claude Ballif, Nigg, Marius Constant, Barraqué, Jolas, Xenakis, Michel Philippot and Michel Fano, as well as countless others. Works from this era testify to a sustained preoccupation with the structuralist currents that dominated French intellectual life in the 1960s. This generation of composers gleaned much from the aesthetic pronouncements of one of their most prominent contemporaries: Boulez. It is therefore instructive to follow the vicissitudes of Boulez’s aesthetic choices.39

Boulez’s influence owes as much to his formidable talents as a writer and polemicist as to his gifts as a composer. His public pronouncements had a decisive impact on various musical controversies, from his provocative eulogy on the death of the godfather of twelve-tone music, ‘Schoenberg is dead’ (1951),40 to his foolhardy indictment as ‘useless’ of any composer who had not felt the necessity of the twelve-tone language (originally published in 1952).41 In early works like the Flute Sonatina (1946) and the densely contrapuntal Piano Sonata No. 2 (1948), Boulez demonstrated his ability to fuse Messiaen’s rhythm and Webern’s pitch organisation. Far from defending a kind of musical rationalism, Boulez’s aesthetic positions placed him squarely within the surrealist tradition. In a 1948 essay he proclaimed that music ‘should be collective hysteria and magic, violently modern – along the lines of Antonin Artaud’.42 In his major work from the 1950s and still his most famous, Le marteau sans maître (1955), he created a convincing musical analogue of surrealist poetry (Char’s). In Le marteau, the instrumentation, consciously chosen to evoke the traditional musics of Japan, Bali and central Africa, and all occupying the middle of the register of the guitar, marimba, viola, alto flute, vibraphone and percussion, has some of the characteristics of what would become the typically Boulezian sound-world, most notably resonating instruments for which the musician relinquishes control over the sound once the note is attacked (this applies to all of the Marteau instruments except the flute and the viola, not to mention the voice).

During the brief but crucial period in which he explored ‘integral’ or ‘total’ serialism, alluded to above with reference to the frequently analysed Structures Ia, Boulez explored the serialisation of parameters other than pitch, a technique already anticipated across the Atlantic by Milton Babbitt in his Three Compositions for Piano of 1947. Boulez originally gave Structures Ia the telling title At the Limit of Fertile Ground, after a painting by the Bauhaus artist Paul Klee, aware that, like many liminal phenomena, it was not lacking in absurdity. Other colleagues embraced the integral series at around the same time, as such pointillist works as Goeyvaerts’s Sonata for Two Pianos (1951), Stockhausen’s Kreuzspiel (1951), Barraqué’s Piano Sonata (1952) and Fano’s Sonata for Two Pianos (1952) attest.43

Open forms

Like many of his contemporaries, Boulez also went on to explore various degrees of openness or mobility in his works of the late 1950s and 1960s. This phenomenon has a variety of sources: in 1957 Stockhausen’s Klavierstück XI was given its first performance. It is an open-ended work in which the performer chooses a trajectory through the piece: there are ‘nineteen components, and their order can be changed at random’.44 In the same year, Boulez performed his Piano Sonata No. 3 at the Domaine Musical, a work of ‘directed improvisation’ composed of five mobile ‘formants’. Both of these works in turn testified to the encounter with the anti-deterministic Zen-inspired philosophies of John Cage, and to the mobile works of other composers in Cage’s circle, in particular Earle Brown and Morton Feldman. As for Cage, his ideas were communicated directly to Boulez, notably through a lively transatlantic correspondence that the two composers maintained between 1949 and 1954.45 Boulez propagated his ideas on openness (or ‘aleatoric’ works as he called them) in essays of the time such as ‘Alea’ (1957) and ‘“Sonate, que me veux-tu?”’ (1960).46 Also decisive was Boulez’s encounter with Mallarmé’s unfinished (and indeed unfinishable) Livre, a book of free-form verse of infinitely mobile presentation, of which ‘Un coup de dés’ (‘A throw of the dice’), which invites variable readings from multiple directions, was to be the prototype.47 The aesthetics of the open work were disseminated by André Boucourechliev, the French composer and writer of Bulgarian heritage who, as musical correspondent of the important literary journal the Nouvelle revue française, had written about Boulez’s Third Piano Sonata as early as 1958.

The theoretical underpinnings of indeterminacy and openness were elaborated in 1962 by Umberto Eco in his Opera aperta (‘Open work’), co-translated into French by Boucourechliev himself in 1965. Other French composers began to write music in which the form is to greater or lesser degrees left to the care of the players and then fixed in the instant of performance. Boucourechliev put these ideas into practice in a series of compositions entitled Archipels, composed for various instrumental ensembles that were the subject of considerable attention at the time of their publication. Musical figures are laid out in dense, island-like thickets on large sheets of paper (hence the archipelagos of the title), which give rise to a multiplicity of performance possibilities. For example, in Archipel 2, for string quartet, Boucourechliev’s score uses black and red ink. When one of the musicians wishes to move to a passage printed in red, ‘His intention is made known to his partners by a softly spoken rouge.’48 Many works from this period are also mobile in another sense: they make unconventional use of space by having musicians change their positions with respect to the audience. Countless French works around the 1960s make use of this spatial parameter, including those of Xenakis, whose Duel (1959) exploits two small orchestras; his Terretektorh (1966) disperses members of the orchestra into the audience, which is arranged in a circle. Examples by Boulez include Figures-Doubles-Prismes (1958, 1963, 1968) and Domaines (1968) for a clarinettist who wanders through six spatially separated instrumental groups. One final instance is Dutilleux’s Second Symphony (‘Le double’, 1959), in which the orchestra is divided, with a chamber ensemble of twelve musicians seated in front of the rest of the orchestra.

Young composers in the 1960s

If the composers who were in their mid-twenties in 1950 were an outspoken lot, elaborately theorising the role of the series, the status of the open work and the possibilities offered by the electronic manipulation of sound, the younger composers of the 1960s were more circumspect, generally accepting (if tacitly) the new rails upon which their elders had dispatched the avant-garde. These composers benefited from and supported the musical institutions established by their older avant-garde mentors. Many of them, especially those born around 1935, such as Gilbert Amy (b. 1936), Jean-Claude Éloy (b. 1938), Bayle, Ton-That Tiêt (b. 1933), Alain Bancquart (b. 1934), François-Bernard Mâche (b. 1935), Michel Decoust (b. 1936), Jean-Claude Risset (b. 1938) and Roger Tessier (b. 1939), went on to assume important institutional roles in French musical life in the 1970s and 1980s: Bancquart, a serialist composer who also worked with microtonality, was inspector-general of music for the French ministry of culture between 1977 and 1984; Decoust occupied the same position as well as playing a crucial role in the establishment of a system of subsidies which allowed the electronic music studios (centres de recherches musicales) to thrive between 1975 and 1985;49Constant co-founded Radio France’s classical music radio station France-Musique; Risset held a research position at the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) from 1969 to 1972 and became a director of research in 1985;50Amy went on to take over the direction of the Domaine Musical from Boulez’s departure until its dissolution in 1973 and became director of the Lyons Conservatoire in 1984.51

In retrospect some of the musical creations of this generation – particularly in the 1960s and early 1970s – may seem derivative of earlier models: Équivalences (1965) by Jean-Claude Eloy (b. 1938), for eighteen instruments, dedicated to ‘my master Pierre Boulez, as an expression of gratitude and friendship’, might recall one of the dense creations of his ‘master’, somewhere between ‘Don’ (from Pli selon pli) and Éclat (1965). Amy’s Jeux (1970) for one to four oboists contains loose-leaf material that the performer is required to assemble: ‘The interpreter has at his disposal already realized material, material to be realized, structures involving flexible ordering of sections, etc.’ With its sections entitled ‘Trope’, ‘Variation’, ‘Répons’ and so on, it belongs to a family of open works that by then could be construed as an autonomous genre. The common musical and literary influences on composers of this period (Webern, Debussy, Mallarmé, Char) sometimes result in works even sharing titles, such as Bancquart’s Explosante-fixe (1972) for wind quintet and harp, not to be confused with Boulez’s Stravinsky tribute … explosante-fixe …, whose first version dates from the same year and which borrows its title from the same André Breton poem. Ballif’s Un coup de dés (1979) sets the Mallarmé poem which had partly inspired Boulez’s Piano Sonata No. 3, this time for chorus, six musicians and tape.

Inevitably, many of the young composers of the 1960s clearly side with one or other of the dominant musical camps of the period, either as purveyors of what rancorous critics called the ‘Domaine Musical style’,52 presumably referring to certain stylistic tics such as wide registral leaps and a preference for dissonant intervals, or as creators in the GRM manner, devoted to the production of mostly tape music. In other words, their musical output and aesthetic orientations were strongly determined by the ideological assumptions of the institutions with which they were associated. Inevitably in this ideologically charged environment, there were also ‘turncoats’ who crossed the aisle to join one or other of the opposing camps. By the end of the 1960s Eloy, for example, had distanced himself from the serialist manner and begun composing music with oriental influences, often using taped sounds or synthesisers; Pierre Jansen (b. 1930), whose Concerto audiovisuel was premiered at the Domaine in 1960, along with a cybernetic sculpture baptised a ‘musiscope’ by the visual artist Nicolas Schöffer,53 went on to become a non-serial, though occasionally atonal composer of film music, most notably for many of Claude Chabrol’s films.54 Indeed, the birth of pop music and the flourishing of a distinctive French cinema (the earthy, literary, wilfully unpolished cinema of the French New Wave) had a decisive impact on the musical careers of some key figures in French music at the time: Michel Legrand (b. 1932), the impossibly versatile composer, songwriter and jazz pianist, a former pupil of the Paris Conservatoire, composed a score to Jacques Demi’s Les parapluies de Cherbourg (1964) which, with its sung dialogue, bridges the traditions of the Broadway-style musical and the orchestral film score. Georges Delerue (1925–92), a student of Milhaud, supplied the distinctive sound to a whole generation of French cineastes. His lush ‘tapis’ (or ‘carpet’, as it is called) of strings becomes a cast-member in its own right in Jean-Luc Godard’s Le mépris of 1963, where it is used ironically, creating a kind of Brechtian defamiliarisation. Other musicians skilfully navigated between the worlds of contemporary music and jazz, most notably the clarinettist Michel Portal (b. 1935), who was instrumental in the development of free jazz in France; at the same time he was a prestigious performer of avant-garde music. The composer and jazz musician André Hodeir (1921–2011) also straddled these two worlds. Only with the arrival in the early 1970s of a new generation of composers, who came to be known as Spectralists, as comfortable in serial idioms as electro-acoustic techniques, did a new aesthetic vision emerge that was able to confront and rival the narratives of the 1925 generation.

L’Itinéraire and Spectralism

In January 1973, l’Itinéraire, a collective of composers and performers, was created in Paris, for the most part from graduates of the Paris Conservatoire, especially from Messiaen’s famous analysis class. It was founded by the composers Murail, Levinas and Tessier, who were soon joined by Grisey, Hugues Dufourt (b. 1943) and others.55 The group also included renowned performers like the flautist Pierre-Yves Artaud. The composers who began writing specifically for this ensemble often required the musicians to perform micro-intervals, which approximate the frequencies of the natural overtone series. Thus they came to be grouped together as ‘spectral’ composers, a term coined by Dufourt,56 the theoretician of the group, who, in addition to being a composer, also later held a senior research position in philosophy sponsored by the CNRS, the French research umbrella organisation. Grisey famously declared: ‘We are musicians and our model is sound and not literature, sound and not mathematics, sound and not theatre, visual arts, quantum physics, geology, astrology, or acupuncture.’57 Thus begins a kind of 1968-inflected manifesto by Grisey, whose Partiels (1975) for eighteen players, included in the cycle Les espaces acoustiques, gave an eloquent demonstration of the ways in which the evolution of sound could be used as the basis for a musical composition.58 In it, Grisey imagined the ways the overtones theoretically contained in sound produced by the low Es of the trombone and double bass at the beginning of the work could be projected onto an instrumental canvas. Each instrument then sounds one of the frequencies of these overtones, also imitating the staggered manner in which these overtones ‘kick in’ (a slow-motion simulation, since the ensemble performs in some ten seconds what nature accomplishes in two-tenths of a second). In later works such as Transitoires (1980–1), Grisey would go on to examine spectrograms (charts graphing frequency on the vertical axis and time on the horizontal, which represent the relative intensity of the overtones with lines of different hues), which he would then project onto an instrumental ensemble, the instruments respecting the pitch, degree of stability and relative intensity of the partials appearing in the spectrogram.59 This technique was also used in such pioneering spectral works as Murail’s Gondwana (1980), in which bell and trumpet sounds are modelled.60 It is sometimes known as ‘instrumental synthesis’ and is but one – albeit the most characteristic – of many techniques that Grisey and several of his peers employed, either by transcribing properties of natural sounds made visible through electronic tools or else by imitating, on acoustic instruments, techniques of electronic sound manipulation such as ring modulation and tape-feedback loops, as in Murail’s Mémoire/Érosion (1976). More than Grisey, Murail often mixes electronic and instrumental sounds to impressive effect, as in his seminal Désintégrations (1982), for fifteen instruments and computer-generated tape, or in the overtly spiritual Les septs paroles (2009–10) for choir, orchestra and electronics. For Spectralists like Grisey and Murail, the important point about instrumental synthesis is not the possibility of synthesising the sounds of musical instruments, but rather the fact of creating a liminal experience: one in which harmony and timbre become indistinguishable.

Spectral musical explorations were also part and parcel of the French tradition of recherche musicale, an area of activity which, as we have seen, straddles scientific and technological enquiry on the one hand and the creation of musical works intended for a concert setting on the other, and which has its roots in Schaeffer’s sound explorations at the GRM. Institutes devoted to this kind of research, with acronyms like CERM, GMEB, CIRM, GMEM, ACROE and CEMAMu, thrived throughout the 1970s and well into the 1980s, notably during the music critic Maurice Fleuret’s tenure as director of music and dance in the French ministry of culture (1981–6). The lavish subsidies allotted to these institutions began to be the object of considerable criticism in the mid-1980s, following the publication of the sociologist Pierre-Michel Menger’s widely read book Le paradoxe du musicien: le compositeur, le mélomane et 1’État dans la société contemporaine (1983), which applied sociological principles partly inspired by Pierre Bourdieu to the culture of contemporary music subsidies in France and adopted a critical position with respect to these subsidies. Ironically, one of the most prominent – or at least durable – of these research institutes emerged in more or less explicit opposition to Schaeffer’s approach to the electronic medium: IRCAM (Institut de Recherche et de Coordination Acoustique/Musique), inaugurated by Boulez in 1977, was devoted to collaborations between scientists and musicians in the development of electronic modes of sound production in music.

Following in the footsteps of Varèse’s Déserts, so-called ‘mixed’ works (i.e. works for instruments and electronics) conceived at IRCAM and other musical research institutions formed an increasingly important part of French avant-garde musical production from the 1970s. For example, in François-Bernard Mâche’s Maraé (1974), produced at GRM and scored for amplified percussionists and tape, unadulterated sounds of nature are incorporated into the pre-recorded tape part. It is difficult to say whether French composers have a predilection for mixed works or whether the establishment of these institutions encouraged composers to compose such works through commissions and pedagogical ‘internships’ (such as IRCAM’s year-long ‘cursus’). In these research institutions, composers work alongside ‘computer music producers’ (‘réalisateurs en informatique musicale’, or RIM, is the most current term for this crucial and relatively new métier) in the development of the electronic components of their projects; these producers sometimes play a considerable role in the outcome of the finished product (e.g. Andrew Gerszo for Boulez and Gilbert Nouno for Jonathan Harvey).

In the 1990s, many composers aligned with the Spectral school began to work both in IRCAM and the GRM; the period of ideological schism abated and many young composers began to be as comfortable in a GRM studio of musique concrète as they were writing pieces for instruments and live electronics at IRCAM, or spectral pieces that imitate electro-acoustic techniques through instrumental means. This generation includes Philippe Leroux (b. 1959), acclaimed for his scintillating Voi(rex) for voice, six instruments and electronics (2002) and Apocalypsis for voice, ensemble and electronics (2005–6),61Philippe Hurel (b. 1955), the Finnish-born Kaija Saariaho (b. 1952) and Marc-André Dalbavie (b. 1961). Over and above the use of this or that technology of electronic sound transformation, what all of these composers have in common, and what qualifies them as in some sense neo-spectral, is an approach that tends to blur the line between the construction of timbre and the elaboration of harmony.

Circling outwards

Predictably, as we move closer to the present, the fault lines of aesthetic rivalries become less clear, and no consensus prevails about which works deserve our attention. With the passing on of the Spectral school (Grisey died in 1998 and others, like Levinas, no longer define themselves as spectral), the last ‘grand narrative’ to inform the history of contemporary music in France, or in any case the last one to have any chance of rivalling the way the series so enthralled adventurous musicians at its height in the 1950s, was put to rest. Like the immediate post-war period, the last two decades of the twentieth century bore witness to a high degree of stylistic pluralism. Politically, the 1980s were the Mitterrand years, which were characterised by large-scale social projects, represented in the musical world by the construction of the Bastille Opera House and by Jack Lang, Mitterand’s minister of culture, who instituted an annual ‘fête de la musique’, which favours inclusive and accessible public music-making. Other anti-elitist measures had been put in place before this, in the spirit of André Malraux’s determination in the 1960s to decentralise culture in France. As director of music and dance from 1966 to 1975, Marcel Landowski (1915–99) had already set up a system of regional conservatoires, which enable French musicians to receive professional musical training outside the main centres of Paris and Lyons.

One of the corollaries of the popularising ambitions of French cultural policy, beginning in the 1990s and continuing into the twenty-first century, is a surprising resurgence of opera, a genre which is particularly apt at bridging the gap between high and low art. A composer in tune with this period is surely the prolific Pascal Dusapin (b. 1955). A composer whose music is performed regularly in France and abroad, he is also gifted at articulating his thought in intellectual terms.62 His opera Passion (2008) was premiered at the prestigious Festival d’Art Lyrique in Aix-en-Provence and then produced at the Théâtre de la Monnaie in Brussels. Other notable operas from the end of the twentieth century have been composed by the likes of Philippe Manoury (b. 1952), whose fifth opera, La nuit de Gutenberg, was premiered at the Musica Festival in Strasbourg in 2011, Levinas, whose opera Les nègres was premiered in Lyons in 2003, and Michèle Reverdy, whose Médée (2001) was premiered by the Lyons opera in 2003. One of the most adventurous and prolific composers for the voice, the Greek-born Georges Aperghis (b. 1945), premiered his opera Avis de tempête in Lille in 2004.

Another current of the first decade of the new century whose lasting influence is still to be confirmed is represented by the so-called ‘Saturationnistes’ (distorsionists), graduates of IRCAM’s ‘cursus’ composition programme including Franck Bedrossian (1971), Yann Robin (1974) and Raphaël Cendo (1975), who follow in the footsteps of the Franco-Italian rock-influenced neo-spectral composer Fausto Romitelli (1963–2004) by composing complex and un-genteel music.63

Predictably, even strong musical personalities like the aforementioned ones could never hope to elicit the eloquent querelles that characterised musical life in the first two decades after the war. Beyond this proclivity for fierce aesthetic ‘quarrelling’, other features of the musical landscape of the second half of the twentieth century could strike an outside observer as typically French: the preference for strong institutions and the capacity to establish them; the passion for new sounds, rooted in a taste for the imprévu or ‘unexpected’; an ability to absorb outside influences; and a certain devotion to métier or craft – a professionalism that is not averse to displays of virtuosity. Over and above this or that stylistic tendency, these characteristics link certain features of post-war musical production – even of the avant-garde variety – with many aspects of its past.

Notes

1 Yannick Simon, Composer sous Vichy (Lyons: Symétrie, 2009), 32–5.

2 François Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 1940–1965 (Paris: Fayard, 2001), 60.

3 Julien Mathieu, ‘Transgressions impossibles? L’avant-garde atonale et le champ musical parisien en 1954’, Vingtième siècle: revue d’histoire, 83 (2004), 40.

4 Danièle Pistone (ed.), Le théâtre lyrique français, 1945–1985 (Paris: Champion, 1987), 13.

5 Pierrette Mari, Henri Dutilleux, Musiciens de Notre Temps (Paris: Hachette, 1973), 33–4.

7 Fernand Ouellette, Edgard Varèse, trans. Derek Coltman (New York: Orion Press, 1968), 183–8; see also Julien Mathieu, ‘Un mythe fondateur de la musique contemporaine: le “scandale” provoqué en 1954 par la création de Déserts d’Edgar Varèse’, Revue d’histoire moderne et contemporaine, 51 (2004), 129–52.

8 In response to a survey by André Boucourechliev, ‘La musique sérielle aujourd’hui’, Preuves, 177 (1965), quoted in Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 237.

9 Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 186–9.

10 See the title of Xenakis’s book Arts/Sciences: Alloys: The Thesis Defense of Iannis Xenakis before Olivier Messiaen, Michel Ragon, Olivier Revault d’Allonnes, Michel Serres, and Bernard Teyssèdre, trans. Sharon Kanach (New York: Pendragon Press, 1985).

11 Iannis Xenakis, ‘La crise de la musique sérielle’, Gravesaner Blätter, 6 (1955) repr. in Iannis Xenakis, Kéleütha: écrits, ed. Benoît Gibson (Paris: L’Arche, 1994), 39–43.

12 Jésus Aguila, Le domaine musical: Pierre Boulez et vingt ans de création contemporaine (Paris: Fayard, 1992), 30–1, 273; Anne-Sylvie Barthel-Calvet has recently shown that Xenakis’s position with respect to serialism was in fact more ambiguous and nuanced than the notorious title of his essay ‘The crisis of serial music’ (1955) might suggest. See MÉTASTASSIS-analyse: un texte inédit de Iannis Xenakis sur Metastasis’, Revue de musicologie, 89 (2003), 129–87.

13 Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 252.

14 Ibid., 185.

15 See Pierre Souvtchinsky’s heady announcement of the arrival of a musical ‘saviour’, the unnamed Pierre Boulez: Pierre Souvtchinsky, ‘À propos d’un retard’, Cahiers de la Compagnie Madeleine Renaude–Jean-Louis Barrault, 2 (1954), 127.

16 Leslie Sprout, ‘Les commandes de Vichy: aube d’une ère nouvelle’, in Myriam Chimènes (ed.), La vie musicale sous Vichy (Bruxelles: Éditions Complexe, 2001), 164–5. See the discussion of the genesis and reception of this work in Chapter 8 above.

17 Paul Griffiths, Olivier Messiaen and the Music of Time (London: Faber, 1985), 112–13.

18 Antoine Goléa, Rencontres avec Olivier Messiaen (Paris: Julliard, 1960), 78.

19 Trans. John Satterfield as The Technique of my Musical Language (Paris: Leduc, 1956).

20 Jean Boivin, La classe de Messiaen (Paris: C. Bourgois, 1995).

21 Pierre Boulez, ‘Éventuellement’, in Points de repère, vol. I: Imaginer, ed. Jean-Jacques Nattiez and Sophie Galaise (Paris: C. Bourgois, 1995), 289.

22 Sabine Meine, ‘Leibowitz, René’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

23 Antoine Goléa, Vingt ans de musique contemporaine: de Messiaen à Boulez (Paris: Seghers, 1962), 112.

24 Antoine Goléa, Schoenberg and his School: The Contemporary Stage of the Language of Music, trans. Dika Newlin (New York: Philosophical Library, 1949).

25 Paris: L’Arche, 1950.

26 See M. J. Grant, reviews of Inge Kovács, Wege zum musikalischen Strukturalismus, Michael Custodis, Die soziale Isolation der neuen Musik: Zum Kölner Musikleben nach 1945, and Sabine Meine (ed.), Reihe und System: Signaturen des 20. Jahrhunderts, all in Music and Letters, 87 (2006), 347.

27 Pierre Schaeffer, De la musique concrète à la musique même (Paris: Mémoire du Livre, 2002), 112, quoted in Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 105.

28 Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 116.

29 Évelyne Gayou, Le GRM: Groupe de Recherches Musicales: cinquante ans d’histoire (Paris: Fayard, 2007), 75.

30 Serge Moreux, quoted in Gayou, Le GRM, 75.

31 Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 106.

32 The institution was variously named Radiodiffusion Française (RDF) until 1949, then RTF until 1963, ORTF until 1974 and Radio France from 1975 onwards. See www.radiofrance.fr/l-entreprise/histoire-de-la-radiodiffusion/archives-historiques-de-radio-france (accessed 22 May 2014).

33 Francis Dhomont, ‘Schaeffer, Pierre’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

34 Mathieu, ‘Transgressions impossibles?’, 42.

35 Anne Veitl, ‘Les musiques électroacoustiques et la politique culturelle: repères historiques’, in Sylvie Dallet and Anne Veitl, Du sonore au musical: cinquante années de recherches concrètes, 1948–1998 (Paris: L’Harmattan, 2001), 341.

36 Paris: Éditions du Seuil, 1966.

37 Veitl, ‘Les musiques électroacoustiques’, 342 n. 6.

38 Makis Solomos, ‘Les évolutions récentes de la musique contemporaine en France’, Musik und Ästhetik, 4 (2000), 80–9; Jésus Aguila, Le Domaine Musical (Paris: Fayard, 1992), 273.

39 A more detailed account can be found in Jonathan Goldman, The Musical Language of Pierre Boulez: Writings and Compositions (Cambridge University Press, 2011), 6–15.

40 The Score, 6 (1952), 18–22.

41 Pierre Boulez, ‘Possibly …’, in Stocktakings from an Apprenticeship (Oxford University Press, 1991), 113.

42 Pierre Boulez, ‘Proposals’, in Stocktakings from an Apprenticeship, 54.

43 See Richard Toop, ‘Messiaen/ Goeyvaerts, Fano/ Stockhausen, Boulez’, Perspectives of New Music, 13 (1974), 141–69.

44 Karlheinz Stockhausen in Jonathan Cott, Stockhausen: Conversations with the Composer (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1973), 70.

45 Pierre Boulez and John Cage Correspondence, ed. Jean-Jacques Nattiez, trans. Robert Samuels (Cambridge University Press, 1993).

46 Pierre Boulez, ‘Alea’, in Stocktakings from an Apprenticeship, 26–38; “Sonate, que me veux-tu?”’, in Orientations: Collected Writings, ed. Jean-Jacque Nattiez, trans. Martin Cooper (London: Faber, 1986), 143–54.

47 The Livre had been reconstructed in Stéphane Mallarmé, Le ‘Livre’ de Mallarmé: premières recherches sur des documents inédits, ed. Jacques Scherer (Paris: Gallimard, 1957).

48 Instructions in score (Universal Edition 15 639).

49 Veitl, ‘Les musiques électroacoustiques’, 350–3.

50 Adrian Moore, ‘Risset, Jean-Claude’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

51 Jeremy Thurlow, ‘Amy, Gilbert’, Grove Music Online, Oxford Music Online (accessed 22 May 2014).

52 Aguila, Le Domaine Musical, 403.

53 Madeleine Renaud and Jean-Louis Barrault (eds), La musique et ses problèmes contemporains, 1953–1963 (Paris: Julliard, 1963), 377; Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 355.

54 Porcile, Les conflits de la musique française, 296–7.

55 Danielle Cohen-Lévinas, ‘Prélude’, Revue musicale, 421–4 (1990), 11.

56 Hugues Dufourt, ‘Musique spectrale: pour une pratique des formes de l’énergie’, Bicéphale, 3 (1981), 85–9.

57 Gérard Grisey, ‘La musique: le devenir des sons’, Darmstädter Beiträge zur neuen Musik, 19 (1984), 22.

58 On the political inspiration of Spectralist discourse, see Eric Drott, ‘Spectralism, politics and the post-industrial imagination’, in Björn Heile (ed.), The Modernist Legacy: Essays on New Music (Farnham: Ashgate, 2009), 39–60.

59 François-Xavier Féron’s research on Grisey’s compositional sketches housed at the Paul Sacher Stiftung in Basel has strongly suggested that, contrary to what is claimed in Grisey’s writings, Partiels, unlike later works by the composer, was probably not inspired by the study of spectrograms. See François-Xavier Féron, ‘Sur les traces de la musique spectrale: analyse génétique des modèles compositionnels dans Périodes (1974) de Gérard Grisey’, Revue de musicologie, 96 (2010), 411–43, especially 440–1.

60 Eric Humbertclaude, ‘Les modèles perceptuels par simulation instrumentale dans les œuvres de Tristan Murail’, Revue musicale, 421–4 (1990), 114–17.

61 See Nicolas Donin, ‘Genetic criticism and cognitive anthropology: a reconstruction of Philippe Leroux’s compositional process for Voi(rex)’, in William Kinderman and Joseph E. Jones (eds), Genetic Criticism and the Creative Process: Essays from Music, Literature, and Theater (University of Rochester Press, 2009), 192–215.

62 Pascal Dusapin’s book Une musique en train de se faire (Paris: Seuil, 2009) emerged from lectures he gave at the Collège de France as chaire de création artistique in 2006–7.

63 See Pierre Roullier (ed.), Franck Bedrossian: de l’excès du son (Champigny sur Marne: Ensemble 2e2m, 2008).

Figure 0

Example 1.1 Fulbert of Chartres, Stirps Jesse, responsory for the Nativity of the Virgin, respond only

Figure 1

Example 1.2 Gace Brulé, ‘Desconfortez’

Figure 2

Example 2.1a Alleluia Nativitas, organum purum (beginning) by Leonin(?)

Figure 3

Example 2.1b Alleluia Nativitas, discant on ‘Ex semine’ (beginning) by Leonin(?)

Figure 4

Example 2.1c Alleluia Nativitas, discant on ‘Ex semine’ (beginning) by Perotin(?)

Figure 5

Example 2.2 Perotin(?) and Philip the Chancellor(?), motet Ex semine Abrahe/Ex semine

Figure 6

Example 2.3 Periodic structure in Philippe de Vitry(?), motet Garrit gallus/In nova fert/[Tenor]

Figure 7

Example 2.4 Guillaume de Machaut, ballade Dame de qui toute ma joie vient, beginning

Figure 8

Example 2.5a Guillaume Du Fay, ballade Se la face ay pale, last phrase

Figure 9

Example 2.5b Guillaume Du Fay, Missa Se la face ay pale, Gloria, last phrase

Figure 10

Table 2.1 Text distribution in Du Fay’s Ave regina celorum (III), first section

Figure 11

Example 2.6 Guillaume Du Fay, Marian antiphon Ave regina celorum (III), end of first section

Figure 12

Example 4.1 Authors’ transcription of a Guédron récit from the Ballet de la délivrance de Renaud

Figure 13

Example 6.1 Giuseppe Maria Cambini, Symphonie concertante in D, ‘La patriote’, finale, bars 239–43

Figure 14

Example 7.1 Fauré, Violin Sonata No. 1, first movement, bars 22–33, harmonic reduction

Figure 15

Example 7.2 Fauré, Nocturne No. 6 in D♭, Op. 63, bars 1–3

Figure 16

Example 7.3 (a) Fauré, Cinq mélodies ‘de Venise’, Op. 58 No. 5, ‘C’est l’exstase’, bars 2–7 (b) Debussy, Ariettes oubliées, ‘C’est l’extase’, bars 3–9

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure no-reply@cambridge.org is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

Available formats
×